1
       << Back to Home Page

       Trial Transcript Vols. 1- 3
       1             IN THE DISTRICT COURT OF DAVIS COUNTY
                                STATE OF UTAH
       3                             *****
       4    STATE OF UTAH,             )
                                       )
       5             PLAINTIFF,        )
                                       )    REPORTER'S TRANSCRIPT
       6    VS.                        )
                                       )    CASE NO. 991700983
       7    ROBERT ALLEN WEITZEL,      )
                                       )
       8             DEFENDANT.        )
       9                             *****
      10
      11                    TRIAL - VOLUME 1 OF 21
      12                         JUNE 9, 2000
      13                    HONORABLE THOMAS L. KAY
      14
      15                             *****
      16        APPEARANCES:
      17             FOR THE STATE:         MR. MELVIN C. WILSON
                                            MR. STEVEN V. MAJOR
      18                                    MS. CHARLENE BARLOW
      19             FOR THE DEFENDANT:     MR. PETER STIRBA
                                            MR. JOHN WARREN MAY
      20
      21
      22
      23
      24
      25






       1                             INDEX
       2        WITNESSES                                        PAGE
       3     SHEILA K. HEWARD
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                   86
       4        VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                90
                DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MR. WILSON           91
       5        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   114
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                130
       6
             SHEILA MOORE
       7        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                  138
                VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA               151
       8        DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW          152
                DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW          170
       9
             TODD CHAMBERS
      10        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   188
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   233
      11        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                 268
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 270
      12
             WELBY NEAL JENSEN
      13        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  271
                DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MR. WILSON          333
      14        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   336
      15     JOSEPH MORRISON
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  345
      16
             KATHY CHARLESWORTH
      17        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  357
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   379
      18        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                405
      19     RACHEL STUBBS
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   408
      20        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   434
                VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                436
      21        CROSS-EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MR. STIRBA           439
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                 466
      22        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 472
      23     KAREN BRINGHURST
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  525
      24        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   552
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                574
      25        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 582






       1                             INDEX
       2        WITNESSES                                        PAGE
       3     SCOTT SOUTHWORTH
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  583
       4        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   597
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                613
       5        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 616
       6     SHARON OSSMEN SMITH
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  628
       7        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   650
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                655
       8
             KENT DEAN SMITH
       9        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  656
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   670
      10        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                677
      11     BONNIE SMITH WEIGHT
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  678
      12        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   690
      13     MICHAEL H. SUMKO
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   700
      14        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   725
      15     ALAN J. ACORD
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   738
      16        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   747
      17     BARBARA POHLMAN
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   768
      18        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   794
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                 822
      19
             DIANE MARIAH
      20        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   825
      21     SCOTT CUNNINGHAM
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   853
      22        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   868
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                 914
      23        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 918
      24
      25






       1                             INDEX
       2        WITNESSES                                        PAGE
       3     VONDA ALLDREDGE
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   923
       4        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   940
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                 949
       5        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 953
       6     GREGORY STEVENS
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  967
       7        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   982
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                1000
       8
             JAMES PEARCE
       9        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  1006
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   1013
      10        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                1028
      11     DAVID DIENHART
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  1045
      12        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   1093
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                1138
      13
             ROBERT FELT BITNER
      14        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  1141
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   1150
      15
             NEAL CLINGER
      16        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   1156
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   1174
      17
             STEVEN MEEK
      18        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  1229
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   1233
      19
             TRACY SCHOLL
      20        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                  1238
                VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA               1297
      21        DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW          1299
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   1320
      22        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                1353
      23     DORENE KLEI
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                  1386
      24        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   1403
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                1411
      25        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 1414






       1                             INDEX
       2        WITNESSES                                        PAGE
       3     EARLENE COZZENS COOPER
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                 1417
       4        DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW         1480
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  1536
       5        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW               1579
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                1585
       6
             RICHARD B. CLARK
       7        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                 1590
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  1596
       8
             BONITA HARDEY
       9        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                 1604
                DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW         1719
      10        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  1758
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW               1804
      11        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                1814
                FURTHER REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW       1815
      12
             PAUL R. JENSEN
      13        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                  1816
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  1834
      14        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                1842
      15     MARCEL BIBEAULT
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                  1843
      16        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  1845
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                1847
      17        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                1848
      18     HAROLD LARSEN
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                 1850
      19
             MERLIN LARSEN
      20        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                 1862
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  1886
      21        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON               1899
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                1902
      22
             TODD CAMERON GREY
      23        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                  1909
                VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA              1931
      24        DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MR. MAJOR          1932
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  1976
      25        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                2012
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                2026





       1                             INDEX
       2        WITNESSES                                         PAGE
       3     MAUREEN JANE FRIKKE
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   2028
       4        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   2047
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                 2058
       5
             CHARLES FEHLAUER
       6        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                  2182
                VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA               2241
       7        DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW          2242
                DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW          2275
       8        VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA               2305
                DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW          2306
       9        DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW          2386
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   2444
      10        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                2498
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW        2515
      11        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 2522
                FURTHER REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW        2527
      12
             BRADFORD HARE
      13        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  2529
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   2634
      14        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                2718
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 2735
      15
             MICHAEL CROOKSTON
      16        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  2747
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   2815
      17        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                2859
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 2869
      18        FURTHER REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON        2875
      19     LAUREL HERMANSON HERBST
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  2966
      20        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                   3030
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                3095
      21        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                 3098
      22     LAURIE STEVENSON
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  3102
      23        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                   3174
                CROSS-EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MS. BARLOW           3201
      24        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                3236
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                 3241
      25






       1                             INDEX
       2        WITNESSES                                         PAGE
       3     ROBERT KEITH ROTHFEDER
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  3243
       4        VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                3249
                DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MR. STIRBA          3262
       5        DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MR. STIRBA          3324
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                    3360
       6        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                3408
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                  3410
       7        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                3411
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                  3413
       8
             SHEILA HANSEN
       9        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  3420
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                   3442
      10        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                3469
      11     JOHN CANNON
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  3470
      12        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                   3489
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                3514
      13        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                 3518
      14     ROBERT SUPERNAW
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  3519
      15        DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D BY MR. STIRBA          3543
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                   3552
      16        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                3574
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                 3574
      17
             C. STRATTON HILL
      18        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  3576
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                   3608
      19        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                3641
      20     ROBERT WEITZEL
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  3745
      21        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                   3843
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                4041
      22
              BRADFORD HARE
      23        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  4085
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   4117
      24        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                4125
      25






       1                             INDEX
       2        WITNESSES                                         PAGE
       3     BARBARA POHLMAN
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   4169
       4        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   4172
                REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                 4176
       5        RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 4177
       6      JAY POHLMAN
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                   4180
       7        CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   4185
       8     BONITA HARDEY
                DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                  4188
       9
             MICHAEL CROOKSTON
      10        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. WILSON                  4194
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   4202
      11
             CHARLES STEVEN FEHLAUER
      12        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                  4207
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                   4223
      13        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MS. BARLOW                4230
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                 4234
      14
             ROBERT KEITH ROTHFEDER
      15        DIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                  4241
                CROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                    4244
      16        REDIRECT EXAMINATION BY MR. STIRBA                4251
                RECROSS-EXAMINATION BY MR. MAJOR                  4253
      17
      18
      19
      20
      21
      22
      23
      24
      25


                                                                       9



       1           (WHEREUPON, THE MORNING SESSION BEGINS.)
       2             THE COURT:  OKAY.  PLEASE BE SEATED.  THIS IS THE
       3    CASE OF THE STATE OF UTAH VERSUS ROBERT ALLEN WEITZEL.  THE
       4    RECORD SHOULD REFLECT THAT THE ATTORNEYS FOR THE PARTIES ARE
       5    ALL PRESENT, THE DEFENDANT IS PRESENT AND ALL THE JURORS ARE
       6    PRESENT.  AND I WOULD JUST LIKE TO EXPRESS TO THE JURY, I'M
       7    VERY GRATEFUL THAT YOU WERE ON TIME.  I THINK OUR FIRST
       8    JUROR GOT HERE AT FIVE MINUTES TO EIGHT AND THE LAST ONE AT
       9    25 AFTER WHICH I ASKED YOU AND I VERY MUCH APPRECIATE THAT
      10    AND COUNSEL.
      11         MEMBERS THE JURY, WE ARE ABOUT TO BEGIN THE TRIAL OF
      12    THIS CASE.  YOU MAY HAVE HEARD SOME DETAILS ABOUT THE CASE
      13    DURING THE PROCESS OF JURY SELECTION.  BEFORE THE TRIAL
      14    BEGINS, HOWEVER, THERE ARE CERTAIN INSTRUCTIONS YOU SHOULD
      15    HAVE TO BETTER UNDERSTAND WHAT WILL BE PRESENTED TO YOU AND
      16    HOW YOU SHOULD CONDUCT YOURSELF DURING THIS TRIAL.  THE
      17    PARTY WHO BRINGS THE LAWSUIT IS CALLED THE PLAINTIFF...
      18     (WHEREUPON PRELIMINARY JURY INSTRUCTIONS WERE READ.)
      19             THE COURT:  AND I WOULD JUST ADD, LADIES AND
      20    GENTLEMEN, WHAT I'VE SAID TO YOU BEFORE AND WHAT I'VE SAID
      21    TO THE ATTORNEYS IS THAT I WANT TO START ON TIME AND I WANT
      22    TO END ON TIME.  AND IF THE ATTORNEYS HAVE THINGS THAT THEY
      23    NEED TO DISCUSS WITH ME, WE WANT TO DISCUSS THOSE THINGS
      24    WHEN YOU ARE EITHER AT LUNCH OR BEFORE YOU GET HERE OR AFTER
      25    YOU LEAVE.  AND SO HOPEFULLY THE TIMES THAT YOU'LL BE --


                                                                       10



       1    HOPEFULLY ALL THE TIME THAT YOU ARE GOING TO BE HERE OTHER
       2    THAN BREAKS AND FOR LUNCH ARE GOING TO BE HERE IN THE
       3    COURTROOM HEARING EVIDENCE.  THE CASE WILL PROCEED IN THE
       4    FOLLOWING ORDER:
       5    (WHEREUPON PRELIMINARY JURY INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED.)
       6             THE COURT:  SO, MS. BARLOW, IF YOU WISH TO GIVE
       7    YOUR OPENING STATEMENT.
       8             MS. BARLOW:  THANK YOU, YOUR HONOR.
       9         MAY IT PLEASE THE COURT, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN OF THE
      10    JURY.  ON BEHALF OF THE STATE OF UTAH, I WOULD LIKE TO THANK
      11    YOU FOR YOUR WILLINGNESS TO SERVE HERE TODAY.  AS INDICATED,
      12    I THINK THAT WE'VE ALL INTRODUCED OURSELVES DURING THE
      13    COURSE OF JURY SELECTION BUT I WOULD LIKE TO REINTRODUCE THE
      14    TEAM, AS IT WERE, FOR THE STATE HERE.  MEL WILSON IS SEATED
      15    OVER HERE, HE'S THE DAVIS COUNTY ATTORNEY AND HE IS LEAD
      16    COUNSEL IN THIS MATTER FOR THE STATE.  MY NAME IS CHARLENE
      17    BARLOW, I'M ASSISTING.  STEVE MAJOR IS A DEPUTY COUNTY
      18    ATTORNEY WHO IS ALSO ASSISTING MR. WILSON IN THIS CASE.
      19         I WANT TO THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE.  IT IS PART OF THE
      20    BEAUTY OF OUR CONSTITUTIONAL SYSTEM THAT WE HAVE THIS
      21    SYSTEM.  YOU -- I MEAN, PROBABLY NONE OF US THOUGHT THIS IS
      22    THE WAY WE WOULD BE SPENDING THE FIRST PART OF OUR SUMMER,
      23    BUT THIS IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT THAT IS PROVIDED FOR A
      24    TRIAL BY JURY AND A SPEEDY TRIAL BY JURY.  AND SO WE'RE
      25    GOING TO TRY AND KEEP THIS WITH ALL DELIBERATE SPEED MOVING


                                                                       11



       1    ALONG SO THAT YOU CAN HEAR THE EVIDENCE THAT COMES IN SO
       2    THAT YOU CAN UNDERSTAND WHAT HAS HAPPENED IN THIS MATTER.
       3         YOU'LL SEE THAT THERE ARE ATTORNEYS ON BOTH SIDES.
       4    YOU'LL SEE THERE ARE A NUMBER OF ATTORNEYS ON BOTH SIDES.
       5    THIS IS A VERY SERIOUS CASE.  WE ARE TALKING ABOUT CHARGES
       6    OF HOMICIDE.  NOBODY TAKES THOSE CHARGES LIGHTLY ON EITHER
       7    SIDE.  THIS WAS AN EXTENSIVE CASE.  THERE ARE FIVE VICTIMS
       8    IN THIS MATTER.  THERE WAS AN EXTENSIVE INVESTIGATION.
       9    THERE WILL BE MANY WITNESSES THAT YOU WILL SEE OVER THE
      10    COURSE OF THE NEXT FEW WEEKS.  AND BECAUSE OF THAT,
      11    SOMETIMES YOU MAY SEE ONE OR THE OTHER OF THE ATTORNEYS THAT
      12    ARE NOT HERE AND YOU MIGHT BE, WELL, WHERE ARE THEY?  I'M
      13    SITTING HERE, WHY AREN'T THEY SITTING HERE?  BUT IN ORDER TO
      14    KEEP THE CASE MOVING SMOOTHLY AND TO MAKE SURE THE WITNESSES
      15    ARE AVAILABLE AND HERE AND EVERYTHING CAN KEEP MOVING
      16    SMOOTHLY, THERE ARE TIMES WHEN MAYBE ONE OR THE OTHER OF US
      17    MAY NOT BE HERE, BUT REST ASSURED WE WILL BE WORKING ON THE
      18    CASE.
      19         YOU MAY HAVE WONDERED AS YOU READ THE JURY
      20    QUESTIONNAIRE THAT YOU FILLED OUT, YOU KNOW, WHAT IS THIS
      21    CASE ABOUT?  AND SOME OF THE QUESTIONS MIGHT MAKE YOU THINK,
      22    WELL, YOU KNOW, MAYBE IT'S ABOUT THIS OR MAYBE IT'S ABOUT
      23    THAT.  I WANT TO TELL YOU A FEW THINGS THAT MIGHT HAVE BEEN
      24    RAISED IN THE JURY QUESTIONNAIRE IN YOUR MIND THAT IT'S NOT
      25    ABOUT.


                                                                       12



       1         THIS IS NOT A CASE ABOUT ASSISTED SUICIDE.  THIS IS NOT
       2    A MATTER OF ANYONE COMING TO THE DEFENDANT AND SAYING I
       3    DON'T LIKE MY LIFE ANYMORE, WOULD YOU PLEASE HELP ME END IT.
       4    THERE'S NO EVIDENCE OF THAT.  SO PLEASE SET ASIDE ANY
       5    THOUGHT OF IS THIS AN ASSISTED SUICIDE CASE.  IT IS NOT.
       6         IT'S NOT A CASE ABOUT MERCY KILLING, EITHER.  MERCY
       7    KILLING IS THE IMPRESSION OF, YOU KNOW, THIS POOR PERSON'S
       8    LIFE IS NOT GOOD, I FEEL SORRY FOR THEM, I WILL HELP THEM
       9    LEAVE THIS LIFE BECAUSE THEIR LIFE IS SO UNHAPPY OR
      10    UNPLEASANT, THEIR QUALITY OF LIFE IS SO POOR.  THAT PRESUMES
      11    AN ATTITUDE ON THE PART OF THE PERSON HELPING OF BEING
      12    MERCIFUL, AND I THINK OUR EVIDENCE IS GOING TO SHOW YOU THAT
      13    ATTITUDE IS NOT PRESENT IN THIS CASE.
      14         IT IS A CASE ABOUT EUTHANASIA.  IT IS A CASE ABOUT
      15    HASTENING DEATH.  EUTHANASIA IS NOT LAWFUL IN THE STATE OF
      16    UTAH.  SOMEONE'S LIFE MAY BE VERY POOR QUALITY, SOMEONE MAY
      17    BE DEMENTED, SOMEONE MAY BE IN A LOT OF PROBLEMS AND A LOT
      18    OF TROUBLE AND MAY NOT BE HAPPY WITH THEIR LIFE OR MAY NOT
      19    EVEN BE AWARE OF WHAT THEIR LIFE IS, BUT THE LAW DOES NOT
      20    ALLOW ANYONE TO TAKE THEIR LIFE, NO MATTER HOW POOR THE
      21    QUALITY OF LIFE MAY BE.  AND I'M NOT SAYING THAT THE QUALITY
      22    OF LIFE IN THESE PEOPLE WAS THAT POOR.  BUT I WANT TO LET
      23    YOU KNOW THE STATE DOES NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO TAKE SOMEONE
      24    ELSE'S LIFE JUST BECAUSE THEIR QUALITY OF LIFE IS NOT WHAT
      25    SOMEONE ELSE THINKS IT OUGHT TO BE.


                                                                       13



       1         EVIDENCE IS GOING TO COME IN WITNESS BY WITNESS.  WE
       2    HAVE TELEVISION MONITORS HERE.  YOU WON'T BE WATCHING THE
       3    SHOW.  YOU WON'T BE WATCHING, YOU KNOW, SOMETHING THAT'S
       4    GOING TO BE WRAPPED UP IN A HALF OR OUR HOUR LONG OR EVEN A
       5    TWO-HOUR MOVIE.  YOU WON'T BE WATCHING SOMETHING WHERE YOU
       6    CAN PICTURE HOW THINGS HAPPEN BECAUSE THAT'S THE WAY THEY
       7    SHOW IT ON TV.  YOU ARE GOING TO BE HEARING WHAT HAPPENED
       8    WITNESS BY WITNESS.  WE'RE GOING TO DO OUR BEST TO MAKE IT A
       9    VERY LOGICAL PROGRESSION WITH THE WITNESSES, BUT, YOU KNOW,
      10    ONE PERSON WILL SEE THIS PART OF IT BUT THEY WON'T SEE
      11    ANOTHER PART OF IT, SO ANOTHER WITNESS WILL COME IN AND SAY
      12    I SAW THIS OTHER PART OF IT.  SO YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE TO
      13    LISTEN CAREFULLY AND NOT FORM ANY OPINION BUT TO LISTEN
      14    CAREFULLY ALL THE WAY THROUGH AND SAY, OKAY, THIS WITNESS
      15    TOLD ME THIS, THIS WITNESS TOLD ME THAT.  BUT THAT'S THE WAY
      16    IT'S GOING TO COME TOGETHER.  AND, AGAIN, WE'RE GOING TO TRY
      17    TO MAKE IT JUST AS LOGICAL AS POSSIBLE SO, YOU KNOW, WE HAVE
      18    A PROGRESSION THERE AND IT MAKES SENSE TO YOU AS WE'RE GOING
      19    FORWARD.
      20         YOU WILL HEAR FROM EXPERT WITNESSES.  YOU WILL HEAR
      21    FROM DOCTORS AND NURSES WHO WERE NOT INVOLVED IN THIS CASE
      22    OTHER THAN AS WHAT'S CALLED AN EXPERT WITNESS.  THEY HAVE
      23    BEEN GIVEN INFORMATION, THEY HAVE LOOKED AT THAT
      24    INFORMATION, THEY HAVE FORMULATED CERTAIN OPINIONS ABOUT
      25    WHAT HAPPENED IN THIS MATTER WHICH THEY WILL GIVE TO YOU AND


                                                                       14



       1    THEN YOU WILL MAKE THE FINAL DETERMINATION.  I MEAN, WE'RE
       2    ALL HERE -- YOU KNOW, THE JUDGE HAS HIS ROLE, WE HAVE OUR
       3    ROLE, DEFENSE HAS THEIR ROLE.  YOU HAVE THE MOST IMPORTANT
       4    ROLE IN THIS MATTER AND THAT IS TO DECIDE WHERE THE TRUTH
       5    LIES, WHETHER THE DEFENDANT IS GUILTY OR NOT.  AND PART OF
       6    THAT, PART OF WHAT YOU WILL NEED TO DECIDE IS WHAT MENTAL
       7    STATE DID THE DEFENDANT HAVE WHEN HE DID THE THINGS THAT HE
       8    DID.
       9         YOU WILL GET INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE COURT ON THIS AND
      10    THEY WILL EXPLAIN TO YOU WHAT MENTAL STATE MEANS.  I THINK
      11    WE ALL UNDERSTAND WHAT A MENTAL STATE IS.  IN THE LAW IT'S
      12    CALLED A CULPABLE STATE.  IT'S A MENTAL STATE OF, YOU KNOW,
      13    YOU KIND OF KNOW WHAT YOU ARE DOING.  THESE CHARGES ARE
      14    BASED ON THREE POSSIBLE MENTAL STATES AND YOU WILL BE THE
      15    ONES TO DECIDE WHETHER ANY OR ALL OF THESE MEET THE MENTAL
      16    STATES FIT IN THIS CIRCUMSTANCE.
      17         THE FIRST IS INTENT AND THE JURY INSTRUCTION WILL TELL
      18    YOU WITH MUCH MORE SPECIFICITY BUT INTENT IS DEFINED AS A
      19    CONSCIOUS OBJECTIVE TO DO THE CONDUCT OR CAUSE THE RESULT.
      20    SO THAT IS ONE OF THE MENTAL STATES WE'LL BE PRESENTING TO
      21    YOU.
      22         ANOTHER MENTAL STATE THAT -- AND IF YOU DON'T THINK
      23    IT'S INTENTIONAL, YOU MIGHT FIND THAT IT'S KNOWING, AND
      24    KNOWINGLY IS BEING DEFINED AS BEING AWARE THAT THE CONDUCT
      25    IS REASONABLY CERTAIN TO CAUSE A PARTICULAR RESULT.  SO


                                                                       15



       1    WE'LL ASK YOU TO LOOK AND SEE IF THERE'S EVIDENCE THAT
       2    PERHAPS THIS CONDUCT WAS DONE KNOWINGLY.
       3         AND FINALLY, THERE IS THE THIRD MENTAL STATE AND THAT
       4    IS CALLED DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE, LEGAL TERMS.  BUT AS
       5    DEFINED IT'S THE DEFENDANT DOES CERTAIN CONDUCT CREATED
       6    TO -- EXCUSE ME -- CONDUCT THAT CREATES A GRAVE RISK OF
       7    DEATH AND THEN DOES CAUSE THE DEATH BY THAT CONDUCT.
       8         AGAIN, I'M JUST GIVING YOU AN OVERVIEW OF THAT.  IN
       9    FACT, I'LL BE JUST GIVING YOU AN OVERVIEW OF EVIDENCE TODAY.
      10    I'M NOT GOING TO HIT ON EVERY PIECE OF EVIDENCE YOU'RE GOING
      11    TO HEAR IN THE NEXT SEVERAL WEEKS, YOU KNOW.  I CLEARLY
      12    COULDN'T DO THAT.  BUT IN ORDER TO GIVE YOU AN OVERVIEW OF
      13    WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT HERE, WE'RE LOOKING AT THE DEATHS OF
      14    FIVE PEOPLE AND WE'RE LOOKING AT CERTAIN MENTAL STATES ON
      15    BEHALF OF THE DEFENDANT AS THESE DEATHS WERE CAUSED.
      16         THESE HAPPENED AT DAVIS NORTH HOSPITAL IN WHAT IS
      17    CALLED THE GEROPSYCH UNIT, THE GEROPSYCHIATRIC UNIT.  GERO
      18    IS FROM THE ROOT OF GERIATRIC DEALING WITH ELDERLY PEOPLE.
      19    PSYCHIATRIC, WE KNOW WHAT THAT IS.  THE PURPOSE OF THE
      20    GEROPSYCH UNIT -- IT WAS SET UP I GUESS IT WAS MID 1994 AND
      21    YOU'LL HEAR EVIDENCE THAT, YOU KNOW, THERE WASN'T A
      22    GEROPSYCH UNIT IN THE SURROUNDING STATES AND SO THERE WAS A
      23    DECISION TO CREATE A GEROPSYCH UNIT AND IT WAS DONE THERE IN
      24    DAVIS HOSPITAL.
      25         YOU'LL HEAR THAT THERE'S KIND OF A DIVISION OF


                                                                       16



       1    RESPONSIBILITIES AS IT WERE.  THE HOSPITAL HIRED THE NURSES
       2    AND CONTROLLED THE NURSES.  THE GEROPSYCH UNIT WAS MANAGED
       3    BY A PSYCHIATRIST WHO WAS HIRED BY A COMPANY CALLED HORIZON.
       4    AND HORIZON EVIDENTLY HAS SET UP THESE UNITS IN OTHER AREAS,
       5    CAME IN HERE SAID WE'VE GOT THIS GREAT IDEA FOR A UNIT, WE
       6    WILL HIRE THE PSYCHIATRIST, WE WILL RUN THE UNIT, MANAGE --
       7    THIS PSYCHIATRIST WILL MANAGE THE UNIT, YOU'LL PROVIDE THE
       8    NURSES AND WE'LL HAVE A UNIT THAT -- THE PURPOSE OF THIS
       9    UNIT WILL BE TO HELP ELDERLY PEOPLE WHOSE BEHAVIOR IS
      10    CAUSING SUCH PROBLEMS THAT PERHAPS THEY CAN'T STAY IN THE
      11    SETTING WHERE THEY ALREADY ARE.
      12         YOU KNOW, UNFORTUNATELY AS WE GET OLDER, OUR MEMORIES
      13    GO, YOU KNOW, TO DIFFERING DEGREES.  AND UNFORTUNATELY OUR
      14    HUMAN BODIES ARE SUCH THAT SOMETIMES THE MEMORIES GO VERY
      15    POORLY.  THIS IS CALLED DEMENTIA.  IT'S ALSO CALLED
      16    ALZHEIMERS.  YOU KNOW, WHETHER IT'S SENILE DEMENTIA OR
      17    ALZHEIMERS, THAT'S NOT REALLY THE POINT HERE.  BUT THE POINT
      18    IS WE HAVE PEOPLE THAT IN THE COURSE OF THEIR LIVES START TO
      19    LOSE THEIR RECOLLECTION, LOSE THEIR MEMORY, LOSE THEIR
      20    ABILITY TO PERFORM DAILY FUNCTION, DAILY LIVING MATTERS, YOU
      21    KNOW, AND DIFFERENT THINGS ARE DONE IN THOSE CIRCUMSTANCES.
      22    SOMETIMES PEOPLE ARE ABLE TO KEEP THEM AT HOME.  OTHER TIMES
      23    THEY ARE ABLE TO KEEP THEM AT HOME FOR A WHILE BUT THEN THEY
      24    JUST CAN'T HANDLE WHAT'S GOING ON ANY LONGER AND PUT THEM
      25    INTO A LONG-TERM CARE FACILITY.


                                                                       17



       1         DEMENTIA IS SUCH THAT IT'S A GRADUAL ONSET.  IT'S A
       2    GRADUAL DECLINING OF A PERSON'S ABILITY.  YOU'LL HEAR
       3    EXPERTS TESTIFY AS TO -- AND THEY'VE BEEN ABLE TO PRETTY
       4    MUCH CHART, YOU KNOW, IF A PERSON CAN DO THESE THINGS BUT IS
       5    KIND OF LOSING IT A LITTLE BIT, YOU KNOW.  THEY MAY HAVE
       6    ANOTHER 12, 15, 20 YEARS TO LIVE.  A PERSON AS THEY  
       7    GRADUALLY LOSE THEIR ABILITY TO FUNCTION IN -- NOT JUST IN
       8    SOCIETY BUT JUST IN DAILY LIVING AND THEY CAN CHART HOW, YOU
       9    KNOW, WHICH ABILITIES GO AT WHAT POINT UNTIL, YOU KNOW, YOU
      10    GET TO THE POINT WHERE THEY CAN NO LONGER EVEN SIT UP.  AND
      11    IF THEY CAN NO LONGER EVEN SIT UP, DEATH IS VERY IMMINENT.
      12    AND ONE OF THEM IS EVEN LOSING THE ABILITY TO SMILE, THAT'S
      13    ONE OF THE LAST THINGS TO GO IS THE ABILITY TO SMILE.  AND
      14    SO YOU HAVE DEMENTIA, BUT THAT ISN'T WHAT THE GEROPSYCH UNIT
      15    WAS FOR.  
      16         LONG-TERM CARE FACILITIES TAKE CARE OF PEOPLE WHO
      17    BECOME DEMENTED.  BUT UNFORTUNATELY WHAT HAPPENS SOMETIMES
      18    IN PEOPLE WHO ARE LOSING THEIR ABILITY TO FUNCTION THERE IS
      19    AN ACUTE -- I MEAN, THIS IS CALLED CHRONIC.  IT'S SOMETHING
      20    THAT LASTS OVER TIME.  YOU ARE NOT GOING TO BE ABLE TO CURE
      21    IT AND THAT'S WHY IT'S CALLED CHRONIC.  THAT'S A MEDICAL
      22    TERM THAT I'VE LEARNED OVER THE LAST LITTLE WHILE.
      23         BUT SOMETIMES WITH PEOPLE, EVEN THOUGH THEY HAVE THIS
      24    CHRONIC PROBLEM AND THEY ARE GRADUALLY DECLINING, SOME
      25    PEOPLE WILL HAVE AN ACUTE EVENT, AN EVENT THAT COMES


                                                                       18



       1    SUDDENLY, AN EVENT THAT IS NOT JUST THIS GRADUAL DECLINE,
       2    BUT SUDDENLY SOMETHING HAPPENS AND THEIR BEHAVIOR REALLY
       3    CHANGES AND THAT'S WHAT WE HAD WITH THESE FIVE PEOPLE.  YOU
       4    KNOW, IT MIGHT BE A HIP FRACTURE, IT MIGHT BE A FALL AND A
       5    LACERATION ON THE HEAD.  IT MIGHT BE A STROKE, YOU KNOW,
       6    THERE MIGHT BE SOME EVENT THAT TRIGGERS SOME BEHAVIOR
       7    CHANGES.  AND SO INSTEAD OF BEING ABLE TO STAY IN A
       8    LONG-TERM CARE FACILITY, WHICH BLESS THEIR HEARTS, AS MUCH
       9    AS THEY WANT TO AND AS GOOD AS THEY ARE, CANNOT GIVE A LOT
      10    OF ONE-ON-ONE.  I MEAN, THEY HAVE AS MUCH STAFF AS THEY CAN
      11    GET AND AS GOOD AS STAFF AS THEY CAN GET IN LONG-TERM CARE
      12    FACILITIES AND THEY TRY TO GIVE THE BEST CARE THAT THEY CAN,
      13    BUT THEY JUST LITERALLY CANNOT GIVE A LOT OF ONE-ON-ONE WITH
      14    PEOPLE WHO ARE LOSING THEIR ABILITY TO FUNCTION.
      15         SO THE GEROPSYCH UNIT WAS SET UP, TEN BEDS ON THIS UNIT
      16    AND THERE WOULD BE ANYWHERE FROM TWO TO THREE NURSES.  THERE
      17    WERE A LOT OF SOCIAL WORKERS, YOU KNOW, THEY WOULD DO GROUP
      18    THERAPY.  THERE WAS THE ABILITY TO HAVE A LOT MORE
      19    ONE-ON-ONE IN THIS GEROPSYCH UNIT.  SO A LONG-TERM CARE
      20    FACILITY MIGHT HAVE AN INDIVIDUAL IN THERE WHO ALL OF A
      21    SUDDEN HAS AN ACUTE EVENT, BEHAVIOR BECOMES VERY POOR, THEY
      22    ARE COMBATIVE, THEY ARE AGITATED, THEY BECOME DEPRESSED,
      23    SOMETHING HAPPENS AND THE LONG-TERM CARE FACILITY SAYS, YOU
      24    KNOW, WE'RE NOT GOING TO BE ABLE TO CONTINUE TO HELP THIS
      25    PERSON BECAUSE WE CAN'T DO AS MUCH ONE-ON-ONE AS THIS PERSON


                                                                       19



       1    NEEDS.
       2         SO THE GEROPSYCH UNIT WAS ESTABLISHED TO MOVE THESE
       3    PEOPLE INTO THAT UNIT FOR TWO TO THREE WEEKS.  IT WAS NEVER
       4    INTENDED TO BE LONG-TERM.  MOVE THEM INTO THAT UNIT WHERE
       5    THEY GET ONE-ON-ONE, THEY CAN GET GROUP THERAPY, THEIR
       6    MEDICATIONS CAN BE ADJUSTED BECAUSE YOU'LL HEAR EXPERTS WHO
       7    WILL SAY THAT THERE ARE TIMES WHEN THAT THE MEDICATION THAT
       8    THE ELDERLY ARE USING BECAUSE THEY ARE ELDERLY AND THERE'S A
       9    DIFFERENT EFFECT, YOU KNOW, BECAUSE MEDICATIONS IN THE
      10    ELDERLY BUILD UP, THEY DON'T DISSIPATE AS QUICKLY.
      11    SOMETIMES THESE MEDICATIONS CAN CAUSE THE VERY PROBLEM THAT
      12    WE WANT TO DEAL WITH, THE AGITATION.  
      13         PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS CAN CAUSE THE AGITATION THAT THEY
      14    ARE MEANT TO CONTROL.  SO YOU HAVE SOMEONE WHO IS COMBATIVE, 
      15    WHO IS DIFFICULT TO HANDLE, PUT THEM INTO THE GEROPSYCH
      16    UNIT, ADJUST THEIR MEDICATIONS -- IN FACT, YOU KNOW, YOU'LL
      17    HEAR TESTIMONY EVEN GIVE THEM A DRUG HOLIDAY.  TAKE AWAY ALL
      18    OF THEIR MEDICATIONS TO SEE IF SOMETHING IN THEIR MEDICATION
      19    IS TRIGGERING WHAT THIS PROBLEM IS.  SO ADJUST THEIR
      20    MEDICATIONS, TRY TO ADJUST THEIR BEHAVIOR, GET -- AND IN
      21    OTHER TIMES YOU DO GIVE THEM MEDICATION TO ADJUST THE
      22    BEHAVIOR.
      23         I'M NOT SAYING THAT GIVING MEDICATIONS NECESSARILY
      24    CAUSES THE PROBLEMS.  SOMETIMES IT DOES SOLVE THE PROBLEM.
      25    BUT GET THEIR BEHAVIOR ADJUSTED SO THAT THEY CAN GO BACK TO


                                                                       20



       1    THE LONG-TERM CARE FACILITY OR BACK TO THEIR HOME AND BE
       2    SOMEONE THAT YOU CAN WORK WITH, SOMEONE THAT IS NOT GOING TO
       3    BE HITTING OR STRIKING, BITING, KICKING OR UNFORTUNATELY
       4    SOME OF THE OTHER THINGS THAT WERE GOING ON.
       5         THE GEROPSYCH UNIT WAS A TWO TO THREE-WEEK STAY.  IN
       6    FACT, YOU KNOW, THE DEFENDANT DID THE PSYCHOLOGICAL
       7    EVALUATION ON ALL FIVE PEOPLE THAT WE'RE DEALING WITH IN
       8    THIS TRIAL AND EACH TIME HE SAID HE EXPECTED THEM TO STAY
       9    TWO TO THREE WEEKS.  HE EXPECTED THEM TO GO BACK TO THE
      10    LONG-TERM CARE FACILITY WITH A CHANGE IN BEHAVIOR, A CHANGE
      11    IN MOOD.  YOU WILL SEE THAT BECAUSE RECORDS WILL BE
      12    PRESENTED TO YOU AS EVIDENCE.  THIS IS NOT A HOSPICE
      13    CIRCUMSTANCE.  
      14         NOW WHAT'S A HOSPICE?  A HOSPICE IS A MEDICAL UNIT THAT
      15    HAS COME UP OVER THE LAST FEW YEARS.  THERE ARE PEOPLE WHO,
      16    YOU KNOW, PERHAPS HAVE CANCER OR DEMENTIA THAT ARE SO CLOSE
      17    TO THE END OF THEIR LIVES THAT YOU NEED TO PUT THEM IN A
      18    CARE CIRCUMSTANCE WHERE THEY CAN BE KEPT COMFORTABLE, YOU
      19    KNOW YOU ARE NOT GOING TO MAKE THIS PERSON BETTER.  THEY MAY
      20    BE IN EXTREME PAIN.  I MEAN, OFTEN CANCER PATIENTS ARE IN
      21    HOSPICE CIRCUMSTANCES TOWARD THE END OF THEIR LIFE.  IF IT'S
      22    INCURABLE, THEY MAY BE IN EXTREME PAIN AND IN A HOSPICE
      23    SITUATION YOU ARE GIVING THEM MEDICATION TO COMFORT THEM.
      24    YOU ARE GIVING THEM MEDICATION TO ALLEVIATE THE PAIN, TO TRY
      25    TO MAKE THEIR LAST DAYS AS COMFORTABLE AS POSSIBLE.  THIS


                                                                       21



       1    UNIT WAS NOT HOSPICE.  IT WAS NOT INTENDED TO BE SOMEPLACE
       2    TO KEEP THE DYING COMFORTABLE.
       3         IT WAS NOT A MEDICAL UNIT.  IT WAS NOT A PLACE WHERE 
       4    PEOPLE WHO HAD SEVERE MEDICAL PROBLEMS THAT NEEDED ATTENTION
       5    FROM A MEDICAL DOCTOR WERE PLACED.  IT WAS A PSYCHIATRIC 
       6    UNIT, WE WANT TO WORK ON BEHAVIOR.  IF SOMEONE HAS AN ACUTE
       7    MEDICAL PROBLEM, THEY WERE NOT SUPPOSED TO BE ON THAT UNIT.
       8    THEY SHOULD HAVE BEEN IN THE HOSPITAL AND IT WAS PART OF THE
       9    HOSPITAL, THIS UNIT.  THEY SHOULD HAVE BEEN IN THE HOSPITAL
      10    TO TAKE CARE OF THAT MEDICAL PROBLEM.  IF THEY HAD A STROKE,
      11    IF THEY HAD A HEART ATTACK, PUT THEM IN THE MEDICAL UNIT
      12    WHERE THEY CAN TAKE CARE OF THAT PROBLEM.
      13         YOU'LL HEAR FROM DR. WELBY JENSEN WHO WAS THE FIRST
      14    DOCTOR TO BECOME THE DIRECTOR OF THIS UNIT.  YOU WILL HEAR
      15    FROM THE NURSES ON THE UNIT.  THE MAJORITY OF THE NURSES AND
      16    THE ONES WE'VE BEEN ABLE TO FIND, YOU WILL HEAR FROM THEM.
      17    AS I INDICATED, THE DOCTORS WHO RAN THIS UNIT WERE
      18    PSYCHIATRISTS.
      19         NOW, PSYCHOLOGISTS AND PSYCHIATRISTS, YOU KNOW, ARE
      20    TERMS YOU HEAR ALMOST USED INTERCHANGEABLY.  THEY ARE NOT
      21    THE SAME.  A PSYCHOLOGIST GETS A PH.D. IN PSYCHOLOGY.  A
      22    PSYCHIATRIST GETS A MEDICAL DEGREE JUST AS ANY OTHER DOCTOR
      23    BUT THEN SPECIALIZES IN PSYCHIATRY.  SO A PSYCHIATRIST CAN
      24    PRESCRIBE MEDICINE, A PSYCHOLOGIST CANNOT.  SO AS YOU HEAR
      25    THOSE TERMS, YOU WILL UNDERSTAND THAT, YOU KNOW, THE


                                                                       22



       1    DEFENDANT AS A PSYCHIATRIST DID HAVE A MEDICAL DEGREE,
       2    ALTHOUGH HE HAD SPECIALIZED IN PSYCHIATRY. 
       3         YOU'LL HEAR ABOUT PATIENT CARE.  CLEARLY THESE FIVE
       4    PEOPLE WHO DIED WERE NOT THE ONLY PATIENTS THAT WERE ON THIS
       5    UNIT FROM 1994 ON.  THESE ARE THE ONES WE'LL BE TALKING
       6    ABOUT BUT YOU WILL HEAR THAT THE PEOPLE WHO CAME IN, MOST
       7    BUT NOT ALL, WERE DEMENTED.  MOST BUT NOT ALL OF THESE FIVE
       8    PEOPLE WERE DEMENTED AND DEMENTIA IS A TERMINAL ILLNESS BUT
       9    IT'S NOT ONE THAT'S GOING TO TAKE YOU INTO A FEW WEEKS
      10    USUALLY, UNLESS YOU ARE AT THE VERY END OF THE DEMENTIA AND
      11    YOU CAN NO LONGER SMILE, NO LONGER SIT UP, THAT SORT OF
      12    THING.  THESE PEOPLE WERE NOT THAT DEMENTED.  THEY WERE NOT
      13    AT THE END OF THIS DEMENTIA SCALE.
      14         THE DEFENDANT WOULD GIVE THEM A PSYCHOLOGICAL
      15    EVALUATION AND ON EACH ONE OF THEM.  HE WOULD SAY TWO TO
      16    THREE WEEKS WE EXPECT THEM TO BE HERE AND THEN THEY'LL GO
      17    BACK TO THE LONG-TERM CARE CENTER WITH THEIR BEHAVIOR UNDER
      18    CONTROL.  NONE OF THESE PEOPLE WERE TERMINAL WHEN THEY CAME
      19    IN, NONE WERE HOSPICE.  THE NURSES WERE ON THE FRONT LINES
      20    IN THIS MATTER, AS YOU CAN IMAGINE.  THE NURSES ARE THE ONES
      21    WHO ARE THERE FOR THE FULL SHIFT AND MOST OF YOU KNOW HOW
      22    DOCTORS COME IN AND OUT AND THAT'S, YOU KNOW, PRETTY
      23    STANDARD.
      24         BUT WHAT YOU'LL HEAR IS THAT THE DEFENDANT WOULD COME
      25    IN EITHER REALLY, REALLY EARLY, MAYBE FIVE OR 5:30 IN THE


                                                                       23



       1    MORNING.  ESPECIALLY DURING THE WINTER WHEN HE WANTED TO GO
       2    SKIING, HE WOULD COME IN AT FIVE OR 5:30 IN THE MORNING OR
       3    HE WOULD COME IN LATER, YOU KNOW, MUCH LATER IN THE EVENING,
       4    SOMETIMES OFTEN AFTER THE PATIENTS HAD GONE TO BED.  NOW
       5    FIVE OR 5:30 IN THE MORNING, MOST OF THESE PEOPLE WERE
       6    ASLEEP.  LATER IN THE EVENING, I MEAN MOST OF THEM WERE PUT
       7    TO BED 8:30, NINE.  I MEAN THAT'S PRETTY TYPICAL I THINK FOR
       8    ELDERLY PEOPLE SUCH AS THIS.  HE WOULD COME IN, HE WOULD
       9    LOOK IN AT THE PATIENT WHO MIGHT BE SLEEPING OR SOMETIMES HE
      10    WOULD COME DURING GROUPS AND HE WOULD LOOK IN AND THEY
      11    WOULD -- THERE WOULD BE A GROUP OF THE PEOPLE SITTING
      12    TOGETHER, EITHER INTERACTING TO THE EXTENT THEY COULD OR
      13    WATCHING A MOVIE.  I MEAN, THE IDEA WAS TO PUT THEM IN
      14    GROUPS TO SEE IF THEY COULD GET THEM TO INTERACT AND ADJUST
      15    THEIR BEHAVIOR SO THEY WEREN'T BITING AND KICKING AND
      16    STRIKING OUT OR IT WAS JUST TO PUT THEM IN GROUPS BECAUSE
      17    YOU'VE ONLY GOT TWO OR THREE NURSES THERE AND IF YOU HAVE
      18    THEM IN THE ROOM TOGETHER, IT'S EASIER TO KEEP TRACK OF THEM
      19    OTHER THAN HAVING THEM ALL IN SEPARATE ROOMS.
      20         THE DEFENDANT MIGHT COME IN AND HE WOULD COME IN AND
      21    LOOK AT HOW THEY WERE DOING IN GROUPS OR HE'D, YOU KNOW,
      22    SCRUNCH DOWN NEXT TO ONE OF THE PATIENTS.  THESE ARE NOT
      23    PEOPLE THAT YOU USUALLY COULD CARRY ON A LONG CONVERSATION
      24    WITH OR HE MIGHT JUST PULL THEM OUT IN THE HALLWAY AND, YOU
      25    KNOW, RUN SOME TESTS TO SEE WHAT THEIR PSYCHOLOGICAL STATE


                                                                       24



       1    WAS.  BUT HE DIDN'T SPEND A LOT OF TIME WITH THEM.  AND IN
       2    FACT WHAT YOU WILL SEE WITH ONE PERSON, HE NEVER EVEN MET
       3    THE WOMAN.  SHE CAME INTO THE UNIT LATER ONE AFTERNOON AND
       4    BY 9 O'CLOCK THE NEXT MORNING, SHE WAS GONE.  HE WROTE A
       5    PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION ON HER BUT HE NEVER EVEN MET HER OR
       6    TALKED TO HER.  
       7         AND THE NURSES WILL TELL AND YOU THE SOME -- WELL, IT
       8    WON'T BE AIDES, THEY ARE CNA'S, CERTIFIED NURSING
       9    ASSISTANTS, WILL TELL YOU THEY'D SAY HE WOULD COME IN AND
      10    LOOK IN THE ROOM AND SEE IF THE PATIENT WAS IN THE BED,
      11    PATIENT MIGHT BE SLEEPING, HE WOULD WALK OVER, TALK TO THE
      12    NURSE A LITTLE BIT AND THEN HE WOULD WRITE HIS CHART.  OKAY,
      13    AND THIS IS WHAT'S GOING ON WITH THIS PERSON AT THIS TIME.
      14    NOT FROM ANY OF HIS OWN PERSONAL OBSERVATIONS BUT FROM WHAT
      15    THE NURSES HAD TOLD HIM.
      16         THE NURSES WILL TELL YOU, NOT ALL OF THEM, BUT SOME OF
      17    THEM -- I'LL SAY SOME OF THEM.  I THINK PROBABLY THE
      18    MAJORITY, BUT I'LL JUST STICK WITH SOME OF THEM WILL SAY HE
      19    WAS A VERY INTIMIDATING MAN.  HE WAS THE DOCTOR AND YOU
      20    BETTER DO WHAT HE SAID.  YOU KNOW, HE -- HE'D TALK ABOUT A
      21    TEAM EFFORT, HOW THIS WAS A TEAM EFFORT.  BUT THEY'LL TELL
      22    YOU TEAM TO HIM MEANT, YOU DO WHAT I TELL YOU TO DO.  I'M
      23    THE DOCTOR, YOU DO WHAT I TELL YOU TO DO.
      24         SOME OF THESE NURSES SAID -- WILL TELL YOU THESE PEOPLE
      25    WOULD COME IN FEISTY, FIGHTING, I MEAN, THAT'S KIND OF WHAT


                                                                       25



       1    YOU ARE TRYING TO TAKE CARE OF.  YOU DON'T MIND THEM BEING
       2    FEISTY, THAT'S FINE BUT YOU DON'T WANT THE FIGHTING AND
       3    BITING AND KICKING AND THAT SORT OF THING.  BUT THEY WOULD
       4    COME IN FEISTY, THEY WOULD GET MASSIVE DOSES OF PSYCHOTROPIC
       5    OF DRUGS -- WELL, I SHOULDN'T SAY MASSIVE, I'M SORRY, THEY
       6    WOULD GET DOSES OF PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS WHICH EXPERTS WILL
       7    TELL YOU WHILE THEY MIGHT HAVE BEEN APPROPRIATE FOR A NORMAL
       8    ADULT 30 TO 40 YEARS OLD, WERE TOO HIGH FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE
       9    WHO HAVE PROBLEMS EXPELLING THE DRUGS.
      10         SO THEY WOULD -- PATIENTS WOULD COME IN, THEY WOULD BE,
      11    YOU KNOW, PERHAPS AMBULATORY, YOU KNOW, WALKING.  SOME
      12    NURSES WOULD HAVE TO ALMOST RUN DOWN THE HALLWAY TO FOLLOW
      13    THEM TO KEEP UP WITH THEM.  THEY WOULD GET THESE DRUGS, THEY
      14    WOULD BECOME VERY SEDATED BECAUSE OF THE EFFECT OF THE
      15    DRUGS.  THEN THERE WOULD COME A POINT WHERE THE DEFENDANT
      16    WOULD GO TO THE FAMILY MEMBERS AND SAY YOUR MOTHER OR FATHER
      17    OR GRANDMOTHER ARE OR GRANDFATHER IS DYING, DO YOU WANT ME
      18    TO KEEP HER OR HIM COMFORTABLE.  AND OF COURSE THE FAMILY
      19    MEMBERS WOULD SAY, YES.  OF COURSE THEY SAY YES AND THEY
      20    TRUST THE DEFENDANT BECAUSE HE'S A DOCTOR.  AND HE SAYS THAT
      21    IT'S TERMINAL, DO YOU WANT ME TO JUST KEEP THEM COMFORTABLE
      22    AND THEY SAY YES.  AND THEN HE WOULD START MORPHINE WITH
      23    THESE PEOPLE.
      24         AND YOU WILL HEAR FROM WITNESSES WHO SAY THE USE OF
      25    MORPHINE IS USUALLY FOR POSTOPERATIVE PAIN, FOR BROKEN BONE


                                                                       26



       1    PAIN SOMETIMES, FOR CANCER PAIN, FOR EXTREME PAIN.  THESE
       2    ARE ALL PEOPLE WHO HAD HAD PAIN BEFORE AT ONE TIME OR
       3    ANOTHER AND IT HAD BEEN HANDLED WITH TYLENOL, WITH LORTAB,
       4    WITH DRUGS THAT DON'T HAVE THE EFFECT THAT MORPHINE HAS. 
       5         MORPHINE DEPRESSES THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM WHICH
       6    INCLUDES THE ABILITY TO BREATHE.  THE DEFENDANT WOULD CHART
       7    THAT THESE PEOPLE APPEARED TO BE IN PAIN, YOU'LL HAVE THE
       8    MEDICAL RECORDS AND YOU'LL BE ABLE TO COMPARE.  ON SUCH AND
       9    SUCH A DATE, PATIENT APPEARS TO BE IN PAIN, GIVE MORPHINE
      10    INTRAMUSCULARLY, YOU KNOW, SHOOT IT INTO A MUSCLE.  YOU'LL
      11    LOOK AT THE NURSING NOTES AND YOU'LL SEE, PATIENT LETHARGIC,
      12    UNRESPONSIVE, UNABLE TO EAT, MAY BE MOANING.  AND PERHAPS
      13    THEN, YOU KNOW, TO GIVE HIM THE BENEFIT OF THE DOUBT, MAYBE
      14    HE SAYS, OKAY, WELL, IF THEY ARE MOANING, THEY MUST BE IN
      15    PAIN.
      16         WHAT YOU'LL HEAR FROM THE EXPERTS IS MORPHINE DEPRESSES
      17    THE CENTRAL NERVE SYSTEM, DEPRESSES THE ABILITY TO SWALLOW,
      18    THE ABILITY TO BREATHE AND IF ANY OF YOU HAVE TRIED TO HOLD
      19    YOUR BREATH OR BEEN SWIMMING UNDER WATER OR ANYTHING LIKE
      20    THAT, THE FIGHT TO BREATHE IS MASSIVE.  IF YOU ARE RUNNING
      21    OUT OF OXYGEN YOUR BODY IS FIGHTING TO BREATHE AND PERHAPS
      22    THE MOANING AND GROWING IS HYPOXIA, THE LACK OF OXYGEN.  SO
      23    WHAT DO YOU DO WHEN A PERSON IS MOANING OR PERHAPS THRASHING
      24    AND PERHAPS THEY CAN'T BREATHE?  YOU GIVE THEM MORE MORPHINE
      25    TO SUPPRESS THEIR BREATHING.  I MEAN, THAT ISN'T WHY HE


                                                                       27



       1    WOULD SAY HE GAVE THE MORPHINE, BUT THAT WOULD BE THE EFFECT
       2    OF IT.  YOU GIVE THEM MORE MORPHINE BECAUSE THEY APPEAR TO
       3    BE IN PAIN. 
       4         THESE FIVE PEOPLE CAME INTO THE UNIT AND SOMETIMES
       5    SIGHT UNSEEN HE WOULD START ORDERING DRUGS, PSYCHOTROPIC
       6    DRUGS IN DOSES THAT THE EXPERTS WILL TELL YOU THAT WERE TOO
       7    HIGH FOR GERIATRIC PATIENTS.  INAPPROPRIATE AMOUNTS.  AND
       8    THEN THE DRUGS WOULD BE TO CALM THE AGITATION.  BUT WE WILL
       9    PRESENT EVIDENCE TO YOU THAT SHOWS THAT SOME OF THESE DRUGS
      10    ONE OF THE SIDE EFFECTS IS AGITATION.  
      11         SO, YOU KNOW, AND I WON'T GET INTO A LOT OF DETAIL
      12    HERE, YOU'LL HEAR IT FROM THE WITNESSES BUT I WANT YOU TO
      13    LISTEN FOR THAT.  THESE DRUGS WOULD SOMETIMES CAUSE BY SIDE
      14    EFFECTS THE VERY PROBLEM THEY WERE SUPPOSED TO BE
      15    CORRECTING.  OKAY.  SO THE PROBLEM INCREASES, SO YOU GIVE
      16    THEM MORE DRUGS, SOMETIMES SIGHT UNSEEN.  A LOT OF TIMES
      17    YOU'LL SEE T.O., TELEPHONE ORDER.  YOU KNOW, THE DEFENDANT
      18    DIDN'T EVEN COME IN TO LOOK AT THESE PEOPLE.  HE WOULD JUST
      19    ORDER OVER THE TELEPHONE THAT THEY BE GIVEN THESE DRUGS.
      20         THE PATIENT'S HEALTH DECLINED FROM THE DRUGS THAT THEY
      21    WERE GIVEN.  AS I SAID, THEY CAME IN, YOU'LL HEAR EVIDENCE
      22    THEY CAME IN FEISTY, FIGHTING.  YOU KNOW, THESE WERE PEOPLE
      23    IN THEIR 70'S, 80'S AND 90S, OBVIOUSLY HAVE FOUGHT LONG AND
      24    HARD TO GET TO THE AGE THAT THEY ARE, THAT THEY WERE.  THEY
      25    WOULD BE GIVEN THESE MASSIVE AMOUNTS OF DRUGS THAT HAVE


                                                                       28



       1    THESE SIDE EFFECTS AND THEN YOU WILL SEE IN THE NOTES HOW
       2    THEY BECAME LETHARGIC.  YOU WILL ALSO SEE THAT THEY KIND OF
       3    WENT UP AND DOWN, YOU KNOW, THEY WOULD BE AGITATED, THEN
       4    THEY'D BE LETHARGIC; THEY WOULD BE AGITATED, THEN LETHARGIC.
       5    THIS YOU WILL HEAR EXPERT TESTIMONY OF WHAT THAT MEANS, WHAT
       6    CAN CAUSE THAT IN THIS CIRCUMSTANCE.
       7         WHEN THE PATIENTS DECLINED, DEFENDANT WOULD APPROACH
       8    FAMILY MEMBERS, DO YOU WANT COMFORT CARE.  OF COURSE THEY
       9    SAID YES.  I MEAN THERE'S -- THAT'S UNDERSTANDABLE, THEY
      10    TRUST THE DOCTOR.  MORPHINE WOULD BE STARTED, NOT P.R.N.,
      11    WHICH IS AS NEEDED FOR PAIN, WHICH IS THE WAY MORPHINE IS
      12    USUALLY GIVEN.  YOU KNOW, IN A CANCER PATIENT WHO HAS
      13    INCURABLE CANCER AND IS IN GREAT PAIN THEY WILL OFTEN PUT
      14    WHAT'S CALLED A PUMP ON AND THAT PUMP WILL ALLOW THE PATIENT
      15    WHEN THEY FEEL PAIN TO PUSH A BUTTON AND IT WILL RELEASE THE
      16    MORPHINE AND THEN IT LOCKS SO THEY COULDN'T, YOU KNOW,
      17    CONTINUE TO GIVE THEMSELVES DOSES AT INAPPROPRIATE
      18    INTERVALS.  BUT MORPHINE IS TO BE GIVEN AS NEEDED FOR PAIN.
      19         BUT WHAT THE DEFENDANT WOULD DO IS SAY YOU WILL GIVE
      20    MORPHINE TO THESE PEOPLE EVERY THREE OR FOUR HOURS SCHEDULED
      21    AROUND THE CLOCK.  SOME OF THE NURSES WOULD LOOK AT A PERSON
      22    LYING THERE, OUT OF IT, I MEAN, CLEARLY NOT IN ANY PAIN,
      23    WOULD NOT GIVE THE MORPHINE DOSE AND THE DEFENDANT BECAME
      24    VERY ANGRY AT THAT.  THEY HAD A STAFF MEETING AND HE MADE IT
      25    VERY CLEAR AND EVEN WROTE IT IN SOME OF HIS NOTES, YOU WILL


                                                                       29



       1    NOT -- HE DIDN'T PUT IT THAT WAY, EXCUSE ME.  IF YOU ARE
       2    GOING TO WITHHOLD ANY OF THESE MEDS, AND ESPECIALLY
       3    MORPHINE, YOU WILL CALL ME FIRST.
       4         ONE NURSE IS GOING TO TESTIFY THAT SHE -- YOU KNOW, SHE
       5    WENT TO THE DEFENDANT AND SAID, THIS PERSON IS NOT IN PAIN,
       6    THIS PERSON IS BASICALLY UNCONSCIOUS.  HE SAID, HOW DO YOU
       7    KNOW WHETHER THEY ARE IN PAIN?  I'M THE DOCTOR, I'M THE
       8    EXPERT, HOW DO YOU KNOW?  THIS PERSON IS DYING, YOU KNOW,
       9    THEY COULD BE IN PAIN, DO YOU WANT TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR
      10    THIS PERSON DYING IN PAIN?  THE INTIMIDATION FACTOR WAS SUCH
      11    THAT THE NURSE THOUGHT, HE'S THE EXPERT AND I DON'T WANT
      12    THIS PERSON TO BE IN PAIN.  I DON'T SEE ANY PAIN, I THINK
      13    THEY ARE UNCONSCIOUS, BUT SO SHE WENT AHEAD AND GAVE THE 
      14    DOSE.  AND ONE NURSE WILL TELL YOU, I WOULDN'T GIVE IT SO
      15    ANOTHER NURSE CAME IN AND DID IT, AND I WANT YOU TO REMEMBER
      16    THAT TOO AS YOU LISTEN TO THE NURSES.
      17         NURSES HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY JUST LIKE A DOCTOR DOES TO
      18    DO NO HARM.  THESE NURSES MOST OF THEM WERE NOT MEDICAL
      19    NURSES, I.E., THEY WERE PSYCH NURSES.  THEY UNDERSTOOD
      20    PSYCHIATRIC MATTERS BUT NOT NECESSARILY MEDICAL MATTERS.  I 
      21    MEAN, I THINK EVERYBODY PRETTY MUCH KNOWS WHAT MORPHINE WILL
      22    DO.  BUT THESE NURSES WERE INTIMIDATED, THEY -- I MEAN, THEY
      23    EVEN WENT UP THROUGH THE CHAIN IN THE HOSPITAL, UP THROUGH
      24    THEIR CHAIN OF COMMAND.  YOU KNOW, I DON'T LIKE THE KIND OF 
      25    MEDS THAT HE'S GIVING THESE PEOPLE, WHAT'S HAPPENING TO       


                                                                       30



       1    THESE PEOPLE HOW THEY COME IN FEISTY AND THEN GO DOWN HILL
       2    WITH ALL THESE MEDICATIONS AND THEY WERE BASICALLY TOLD DO
       3    WHAT THE DOCTOR TELLS YOU.
       4         SO THEY ARE KIND OF BETWEEN A ROCK AND A HARD SPOT.
       5    WHAT ARE THEY DO -- WHAT DO THEY DO?  THE DOCTOR TELLS THEM,
       6    I KNOW BETTER THAN YOU, I AM THE DOCTOR, I HAVE THE MEDICAL
       7    DEGREE, YOU WILL DO WHAT I SAY, BUT ON THE OTHER HAND, THEY
       8    ARE THINKING THIS PERSON DOESN'T NEED THAT.  SOME, AS I
       9    SAID, WITHHELD AND WERE TOLD ON NO UNCERTAIN TERMS NOT TO DO
      10    THAT ANYMORE.
      11         WHAT CAN A NURSE DO IF SHE DOESN'T GET ANY BACKUP FROM
      12    HER CHAIN OF COMMAND?  THEY JUST SAY GO AHEAD AND DO WHAT
      13    THE DOCTOR TELLS YOU.  THEIR JOB IS TO GO TO THE DOCTOR
      14    FIRST AND SAY, DOCTOR, I DON'T THINK THAT THIS IS
      15    APPROPRIATE.  BUT IF THE DOCTOR SAYS YOU DO IT BECAUSE I'M
      16    TELLING YOU TO DO IT, THEN THEY GO THROUGH THE CHAIN OF
      17    COMMAND AND THAT DOESN'T WORK, WHAT CAN THEY DO?  THEY CAN
      18    GET FIRED.  THEY CAN REFUSE TO GIVE THE DRUG AND BE FIRED
      19    FOR REFUSING TO GIVE THE DRUG. 
      20         WHAT HAPPENS WHEN THE PATIENT -- WHEN THAT NURSE IS
      21    FIRED FOR REFUSING TO GIVE THE DRUG?  THE NEXT NURSE IS
      22    HANDED THE SYRINGE BASICALLY OR TOLD YOU WILL GIVE THE DRUG.
      23    AND THAT NURSE EITHER LOOKS AT WHAT HAPPENED TO THE FIRST
      24    NURSE FOR REFUSING AND SAYS, I CAN'T LOSE MY JOB AND GIVES
      25    THE DRUG OR SAYS, NO, I WON'T GIVE IT EITHER.  AND WHAT


                                                                       31



       1    HAPPENS THEN?  YOU'VE GOT TWO NURSES OUT OF WORK AND IT'S
       2    GIVEN TO A THIRD NURSE.  YOU KNOW, YOU COULD HAVE GONE
       3    THROUGH EVERY NURSE THAT WAS THERE AND THEY COULD ALL QUIT
       4    AND EVENTUALLY THERE WOULD HAVE BEEN AND THERE WAS A TIME
       5    THAT EVENTUALLY THERE WILL BE A NURSE WHO WILL GIVE THE
       6    SHOT.  IT DOESN'T SAVE THE PATIENT FOR THE NURSE TO LOSE HER
       7    JOB.  THAT IS A GENERAL OVERVIEW OF IN GENERAL WHAT WAS
       8    GOING ON HERE.
       9             THE COURT:  YOU MAY WANT TO KEEP UP YOUR VOICE.  I
      10    DON'T KNOW WHAT'S GOING ON OUTSIDE.
      11             MS. BARLOW:  OH, THE AIR CONDITIONING RUNNING, I
      12    GUESS.
      13         THE FIRST PATIENT OF THESE FIVE, OF COURSE NOT THE
      14    FIRST PATIENT ON THE UNIT, BUT THE FIRST PATIENT OF THESE
      15    FIVE TO COME INTO THIS UNIT WAS JUDITH LARSEN.  JUDITH -- OF
      16    COURSE THIS IS NOT A PICTURE FROM WHEN SHE WAS IN THE
      17    HOSPITAL BUT AROUND THE TIME.  JUDITH CAME ON TO THE UNIT
      18    DECEMBER 6TH OF 1995.  SHE HAD BEEN IN THE CARE CENTER.  SHE
      19    HAD HAD A HABIT OF CLIMBING OUT OF THE BED AND FALLING.  SHE
      20    WAS HAVING TO HAVE STITCHES IN HER HEAD FROM FALLING.  SHE
      21    HAD A STROKE IN JANUARY OF 1995.  SHE WAS BECOMING MORE
      22    AGITATED, MORE DIFFICULT TO HANDLE IN THE LONG-TERM CARE
      23    CENTER.
      24         SO SHE CAME IN THE 6TH OF DECEMBER 1995.  A
      25    PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION SAYS, YOU KNOW, SHE'S DEMENTED.


                                                                       32



       1    SHE DOES HAVE PHYSICAL HEALTH PROBLEMS.  YOU WILL HEAR FROM
       2    THE PRIOR DOCTORS FOR ALL OF THESE PEOPLE ABOUT WHAT OTHER
       3    HEALTH PROBLEMS THEY HAD.  SHE WAS TO BE THERE FOR TWO
       4    WEEKS, THAT'S WHAT THE DEFENDANT WROTE IN THE PSYCH 
       5    EVALUATION.  THEY WERE GOING TO DECREASE HER PSYCHOSES AND
       6    DECREASE HER DEPRESSION AND SHE WAS TO GO BACK TO THE
       7    LONG-TERM CARE CENTER.  SHE WAS IMMEDIATELY GIVEN
       8    PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS TO CONTROL HER BEHAVIOR.  JUDITH WAS 93
       9    YEARS OLD.  JUDITH HAD A VERY STRONG CONSTITUTION.
      10         DURING THE MONTH OF DECEMBER, EVEN THOUGH I DON'T
      11    BELIEVE YOU'LL FIND ANYTHING IN THE NURSING NOTES THAT SAYS
      12    THERE WAS ANY INDICATION OF PAIN, JUDITH WAS GIVEN MORPHINE. 
      13    ONE OF THE NURSES WILL TELL THAT YOU SHE CAME TO THE DOCTOR,
      14    THIS NURSE IS ONE WHO DID HAVE A MEDICAL/SURGICAL
      15    BACKGROUND.  SHE WASN'T A PSYCH NURSE, SHE WAS A MED/SURG
      16    NURSE AND SHE WENT TO THE DEFENDANT AND SHE SAID THIS WOMAN
      17    DOESN'T NEED MORPHINE AND THE DEFENDANT DISCONTINUED THE
      18    MORPHINE FOR A PERIOD OF TIME.
      19         TOWARDS THE END OF DECEMBER, SO WE'RE NOW LOOKING AT
      20    THREE OR FOUR WEEKS INTO HER STAY OF WHAT WAS TO BE A TWO OR
      21    THREE-WEEK STAY, SHE STARTS HAVING SOME MEDICAL PROBLEMS.
      22    SHE STARTS VOMITING.  THE NURSE CALLS -- AND IT STARTED
      23    DURING THE EVENING AND THE NURSE KEPT CALLING THE DEFENDANT
      24    WHO DID NOT RESPOND FOR QUITE SOME TIME.  AND THERE'S A REAL
      25    CONCERN WITH DEHYDRATION WITH ELDERLY PEOPLE BUT ESPECIALLY


                                                                       33



       1    WITH VOMITING, YOU KNOW, I THINK, YOU KNOW, MOST OF US
       2    RECOGNIZE THAT AND THE NURSE HELD THE MEDS.  SHE DIDN'T GIVE
       3    THE MEDICATION THAT HAD BEEN ORDERED. 
       4         WELL, ON THE 31ST OF DECEMBER MORPHINE WAS ORDERED FOR
       5    EVERY 12 HOURS AROUND THE CLOCK.  NOT P.R.N., NOT ACCORDING
       6    TO THE PAIN, NOT IF YOU SAW ANY PAIN OR INDICATIONS OF PAIN,
       7    BUT JUST GIVE IT EVERY FOUR HOURS AROUND THE CLOCK.  AT THAT
       8    TIME, THE NURSES SAY SHE WAS UNRESPONSIVE, SHE WAS MOANING
       9    WHEN TURNED, SHE MOANED WHEN SHE WAS GIVEN THE SHOT, YOU
      10    KNOW, SO SHE WAS RESPONSIVE TO MOTION AND THAT SORT OF
      11    THING.  BUT AT THIS POINT WE'RE TALKING IS HER RESPIRATORY
      12    SYSTEM BEING SUPPRESSED SUCH THAT THE MOANING IS INDICATIVE
      13    OF, I'M NOT GETTING ENOUGH OXYGEN BUT I AM SO SEDATED BY THE
      14    DRUGS THAT YOU GAVE ME I CAN'T EVEN TELL YOU WHAT MY PROBLEM
      15    IS?
      16             THE COURT:  EXCUSE ME, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, ARE
      17    YOU ABLE TO HEAR WITH THE RAIN AND EVERYTHING?  OKAY.  IF
      18    YOU NEED TO MOVE CLOSER, YOU KNOW, FEEL FREE TO DO THAT.
      19             MS. BARLOW:  I'LL TRY TO USE A SCHOOL TEACHER
      20    VOICE.
      21             THE COURT:  OKAY.
      22             MS. BARLOW:  DRUGS CONTINUED.  THE MORPHINE
      23    CONTINUED THROUGH THE 31ST OF DECEMBER, THE 1ST, THE 2ND AND
      24    INTO THE 3RD OF JANUARY.  NOW MORPHINE IS GIVEN, YOU KNOW,
      25    MAYBE 1 MILLIGRAM TO 2 MILLIGRAMS.  THESE ARE PEOPLE WHO  


                                                                       34



       1    WEREN'T USED TO GETTING MORPHINE.  I MEAN, PEOPLE WHO ARE
       2    USED TO GETTING MORPHINE YOU CAN GIVE THEM LARGE DOSES.
       3    PEOPLE IN TERMINAL PAIN WHO HAVE BEEN GETTING MORPHINE FOR A
       4    TIME, YOU CONTINUE TO INCREASE THE DOSE TO HANDLE THE PAIN.
       5    THESE PEOPLE STARTED OUT WITH MAYBE ONE OR 2 MILLIGRAMS OF
       6    MORPHINE, MAYBE 5 MILLIGRAMS, WHICH IS, YOU KNOW, A NORMAL
       7    DOSE IN A NORMAL HEALTHY ADULT.
       8         JUDITH LARSEN THE LAST -- FROM MIDNIGHT, MIDNIGHT AND
       9    THEN 12:01 ON THE 3RD OF JANUARY UNTIL 8 O'CLOCK THAT
      10    EVENING WHEN SHE PASSED AWAY, HAD OVER 100 MILLIGRAMS OF
      11    MORPHINE ADMINISTERED TO HER.  THEY WEREN'T 5 MILLIGRAMS
      12    SHOTS.  THEY BECAME 25 MILLIGRAMS, 30 MILLIGRAMS,
      13    40 MILLIGRAMS OF MORPHINE.  AND THE NURSING NOTES WILL SHOW 
      14    YOU SHE WAS IN NO PAIN, SHE WAS NOT CONSCIOUS, SHE COULD NOT  
      15    HAVE BEEN IN PAIN, AND YET THE DRUG DOSES JUST KEPT
      16    INCREASING.  AND SOMETIMES THEY WERE GIVEN MORE QUICKLY THAN
      17    THE THREE HOURS.  JUDITH LARSEN WAS THERE ALMOST A MONTH,
      18    SHE DID NOT GO WILLINGLY.  I'LL SET THIS OVER HERE.
      19         THE NEXT PATIENT IN TERMS OF TIME COMING ON THE UNIT
      20    DURING THIS TIME FRAME -- NOW, REMEMBER, SHE PASSED AWAY THE
      21    3RD OF JANUARY, JUDITH LARSEN DID.
      22         THE NEXT WOMAN TO COME IN WAS LYDIA SMITH.  SHE CAME IN
      23    THE ON THE 20TH OF DECEMBER.  THE NURSES WILL TELL YOU SHE
      24    HAD A LONG BRAID OF HAIR THAT YOU DON'T REALLY SEE IN THIS
      25    PICTURE, BUT IT WAS PULLED AND BRAIDED AND A LOT OF THEM


                                                                       35



       1    WILL REMEMBER HER BECAUSE OF HER LONG BRAID OF HAIR AND SHE
       2    WAS FEISTY.  SHE WAS SMALL, SHE WAS THINNER THAN THIS BUT
       3    SHE WAS REALLY FEISTY AND UP AND GOING AND -- YOU KNOW, ONE
       4    NURSE WILL SAY, YOU KNOW, SHE WANTED TO TAKE ON THE WHOLE
       5    STAFF.  SHE WAS 90 YEARS OLD AND SHE WAS STILL PRETTY FEISTY
       6    BUT, AGAIN, DEMENTED.  HER QUALITY OF LIFE WAS GOING DOWN, I
       7    MEAN, THERE'S NO QUESTION OF THAT.
       8         SHE HAD HAD A STROKE IN MID NOVEMBER THAT HAD CAUSED AN
       9    ACUTE CHANGE IN HER BEHAVIOR.  SHE WAS AGITATED, SHE WAS
      10    DEPRESSED.  THE DEFENDANT DOES A PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION,
      11    SAYS SHE'LL BE HERE THREE WEEKS AND WHEN SHE LEAVES SHE'LL
      12    HAVE AN IMPROVED MOOD.  STARTED GIVING THE PSYCHOTROPIC
      13    DRUGS IMMEDIATELY AND, AGAIN, I MEAN SHE'S AGITATED AND
      14    SHE'S AGGRESSIVE, SOMETIMES THESE DRUGS WILL INCREASE THAT  
      15    AND IT -- THE NURSING NOTES WILL SHOW YOU SHE IS AGGRESSIVE
      16    AND SHE'S ACTIVE AND SHE'S FEISTY.  THERE'S NO APPARENT
      17    PAIN.  I MEAN, PAIN YOU USUALLY -- YOU KNOW, IF YOU HAVE A
      18    HEADACHE YOU JUST DON'T MOVE ME, BUT SHE WAS AGGRESSIVE AND
      19    SHE WAS FEISTY.  SO THAT WAS ON THE 20TH OF DECEMBER.
      20         SHE GOES ALONG GETTING THE REGULAR MEDICATIONS, BECOMES
      21    IN DECLINING HEALTH, BECOMES SEDATED, BECOMES LETHARGIC,
      22    BECOMES UNRESPONSIVE, ALL SIDE EFFECTS OF THESE PSYCHOTROPIC
      23    DRUGS.  THE MEDICAL NOTES WILL SHOW YOU FROM THE 4TH THROUGH
      24    THE 7TH SHE'S QUIET, SHE BECOMES AGITATED AND THEN LETHARGIC
      25    AGAIN ONE DAY.  SHE SLEEPS MOST OF ONE DAY, SHE'S QUIET AND


                                                                       36



       1    LETHARGIC ON THE 7TH.  THERE ARE SOME CONCERNS ABOUT
       2    BREATHING.  THE DEFENDANT IS CALLED A COUPLE OF TIMES,
       3    DOESN'T CALL BACK.
       4         EVENTUALLY THE DEFENDANT CALLS BACK.  HE ORDERS
       5    MORPHINE EVERY THREE HOURS AND IT WAS LATER IN THE DAY ON
       6    THE 7TH THAT HE ORDERED THAT.  THREE OF THE FOUR DOSES THAT
       7    WERE ROUTINE, SCHEDULED WERE GIVEN.  THE FOURTH WAS HELD
       8    BECAUSE OF HER STATE.  I MEAN THERE WAS NO APPEARANCE OF
       9    PAIN TO THE NURSE, SO SHE HELD THAT.  THAT WAS 5 MILLIGRAMS,
      10    THOSE DOSES WERE 5 MILLIGRAMS EACH.
      11         ON THE 8TH HE UPPED IT TO 10 MILLIGRAMS.  THIS WOMAN IS
      12    UNRESPONSIVE, SHE'S QUIET, SHE'S LETHARGIC, THERE'S NO
      13    APPARENT APPEARANCE OF PAIN AND YET HE INCREASES THE
      14    MORPHINE.  SHE'S GIVEN A MORPHINE SHOT AT NINE IN THE
      15    MORNING, AGAIN AT 12 NOON, AND BY 12:45, SHE HAD PASSED
      16    AWAY.  THE EXPERTS WILL TELL THAT YOU THERE AREN'T REALLY
      17    ANY MEDICAL REASONS FOR THESE PEOPLE TO DIE OTHER THAN THEIR
      18    CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM IS SO DEPRESSED AND THEY ARE HAVING
      19    TROUBLE GETTING OXYGEN, HAVING TROUBLE BREATHING.  THIS IS
      20    LYDIA SMITH.
      21         THE THIRD PERSON TO COME ON THE UNIT DURING THIS TIME
      22    FRAME WAS MARY CRANE.  SHE CAME ONTO THE UNIT ON THE 28TH OF
      23    DECEMBER.  SHE'S 72 YEARS OLD.  SHE HAD HAD A STROKE IN
      24    1989.  SHE HAD A HERNIATED DISK AND DID HAVE SOME LOW BACK
      25    PAIN.  IN THE NURSING HOME THAT HAD BEEN TAKEN CARE OF


                                                                       37



       1    THROUGH TYLENOL, LORTAB, YOU KNOW, SOME OF THE LESS SEVERE
       2    PAIN MEDICATIONS, HAD CONTROLLED HER PAIN IN THE NURSING
       3    HOME.  SHE COMES IN AND, AGAIN, SHE HAS A PSYCHOLOGICAL
       4    EVALUATION.  SHE'S GOING TO BE THERE TWO TO THREE WEEKS, YOU
       5    KNOW, AND HER BEHAVIOR IS GOING TO BE MODIFIED BY THE TIME
       6    SHE IS RELEASED AGAIN. 
       7         SHE IS GIVEN WHAT'S CALLED A DURAGESIC PATCH FOR THE
       8    PAIN OF HER LOWER BACK.  IT'S A PATCH THAT IS PLACED ON AND
       9    LEFT ON FOR THREE DAYS AND IT HAS A PAIN MEDICATION THAT IS
      10    RELEASED THROUGH THE SKIN AND YOU'LL HEAR A LOT OF TESTIMONY
      11    ABOUT JUST HOW THIS WORKS.  IT'S THE KIND OF THING THAT IT
      12    RELEASES THE PAIN MEDICATION AND AFTER YOU TAKE THE PATCH
      13    OFF, THE PAIN MEDICATION IS STILL GOING INTO YOUR SYSTEM FOR
      14    AN EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME.  AND WITH THE ELDERLY IT'S AN
      15    EVEN MORE EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME AFTER THE PATCH IS GONE.
      16         A 25 MILLIGRAM PATCH IS PLACED ON WHICH IS A NORMAL 
      17    DOSE.  IT FELL OFF THE NEXT MORNING FOR WHATEVER REASON AND
      18    ANOTHER PATCH WAS PUT ON IMMEDIATELY NOT ALLOWING THE
      19    MEDICATION THAT WAS STILL IN THE SYSTEM FROM THE FIRST PATCH
      20    TO DISSIPATE.  AND THESE ARE THREE-DAY PATCHES, YOU KNOW,
      21    AND IF YOU STICK MORE THAN ONE ON, YOU KNOW, YOU STILL GOT
      22    WHAT'S GOING FROM THE FIRST PATCH IN THE SYSTEM.  THERE'S A
      23    MEDICAL CONSULT.  DR. DIENHART IS CALLED IN TO TALK TO MARY
      24    CRANE TO LOOK AT MARY CRANE'S PHYSICAL CONDITION.  THAT
      25    OCCURRED ON THE FIRST -- OKAY, LET ME BACK UP A LITTLE BIT.


                                                                       38



       1         SO THE FIRST PATCH WAS 25 MILLIGRAMS.  WHEN THE SECOND
       2    PATCH WAS PUT ON THE DEFENDANT INCREASED THAT TO
       3    50 MILLIGRAMS, EVEN THOUGH NOTHING HAD REALLY CHANGED
       4    BECAUSE IT WAS AROUND THE SAME TIME, YOU KNOW, WITHIN 24
       5    HOURS, HE SAYS PUT ON A 50 MILLIGRAMS WHICH IS GETTING UP
       6    THERE IN DOSAGE FOR A GERIATRIC PERSON. 
       7         ON THE 1ST OF JANUARY DR. DIENHART, I THINK HE'S AN
       8    INTERNIST, YOU'LL HEAR FROM HIM AND HE'LL TELL YOU EXACTLY
       9    WHAT HIS SPECIALTY IS, BUT HE DEALS WITH MEDICAL CONDITIONS,
      10    NOT PSYCHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS.  HE SAW HER ON THE 1ST OF
      11    JANUARY AND DECREASED THE DOSAGE BACK DOWN TO 25.  THE
      12    DEFENDANT THE VERY SAME DAY WITHIN AN HOUR HAD THEM TAKE
      13    THAT PATCH OFF AND PUT -- PROBABLY NOT TAKE IT OFF, BUT PUT
      14    SOMETHING ON SO THAT SHE HAD 50 AGAIN.  SO YOU'VE GOT THE
      15    MEDICAL DOCTOR SAYING 25 IS PLENTY, YOU'VE GOT THE
      16    PSYCHIATRIST WHO IS AN M.D. SAYING, NO, I'M GOING BACK UP TO
      17    50, WITHIN AN HOUR.  SO THE DURAGESIC PATCH IS THERE FOR THE
      18    LOWER BACK PAIN AND THERE'S NO INDICATION THAT SHE'S IN
      19    EXCRUCIATING PAIN.  YOU KNOW, THE DURAGESIC PATCH WILL TAKE
      20    CARE OF THE LOWER BACK PAIN.  - ??
      21         ON THE 3RD OF JANUARY, THE DEFENDANT ORDERS MORPHINE
      22    AND A COUPLE OF SHOTS OF MORPHINE ARE GIVEN.  ON THE 4TH OF
      23    JANUARY ANOTHER SHOT OF MORPHINE AT 6:30 IN THE MORNING.
      24    NOW THIS IS ON TOP OF THE DURAGESIC PATCH.  THAT DAY THE
      25    DEFENDANT UPS THE DURAGESIC TO 75 MILLIGRAMS WHICH IS THREE


                                                                       39



       1    TIMES WHAT A GERIATRIC DOSE OUGHT TO BE.  ON THE 7TH OF 
       2    JANUARY, THE DURAGESIC PATCHES ARE THERE, MORPHINE IS BEING
       3    ADMINISTERED, ROUTINELY, SCHEDULED AROUND THE CLOCK.
       4    DEFENDANT SAYS HOLD ALL THE OTHER DRUGS EXCEPT THE MORPHINE
       5    AND THE DURAGESIC, DON'T GIVE ANY OF THE OTHER DRUGS, YOU
       6    KNOW, FOR ANY OTHER MEDICAL CONDITION. 
       7         THERE'S A MEDICAL CONSULT DR. DIENHART COMES IN, HE
       8    LOOKS AT THIS WOMAN AND HE WRITES IN THE NOTES, SHE MAY DIE
       9    SOON, AND INDEED SHE DID DIE THAT DAY AT 11:35 IN THE
      10    MORNING.  AGAIN, A CIRCUMSTANCE WHERE SHE COMES IN, GETS
      11    LOADED UP WITH PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS, DECLINES IN HEALTH AND HE
      12    GOES TO THE FAMILY MEMBERS AND SAYS, DO YOU WANT COMFORT
      13    CARE AND OF COURSE THEY SAY YES AND THEN HE STARTS GIVING
      14    MORPHINE ON TOP OF THE DURAGESIC WHICH IS ALREADY THREE 
      15    TIMES THE DOSAGE THAT IT OUGHT TO BE AND SHE DIES.  THAT'S
      16    MARY CRANE.
      17         ELLEN ANDERSON CAME IN THE ON THE 29TH OF DECEMBER AND
      18    17 HOURS LATER SHE WAS GONE.  SHE HAD HAD A HIP FRACTURE.
      19    SHE DID HAVE OSTEOPOROSIS WHICH IS -- CAN BE PAINFUL.  SHE 
      20    HAD HAD A HIP FRACTURE IN JUNE OF '95, HAD HAD THAT
      21    REPAIRED, HAD HAD AN OPERATION ON IT.  BUT COMING OUT OF
      22    THAT OPERATION SHE HAD COME OUT ANXIOUS AND DEPRESSED, HATED
      23    TO BE LEFT ALONE AND, OF COURSE, THAT CAUSES PROBLEMS WITH
      24    CARE GIVERS EITHER AT HOME OR AT A LONG-TERM CARE FACILITY
      25    BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, YOU CAN'T SPEND EVERY MINUTE WITH PEOPLE.


                                                                       40



       1    IT'S JUST -- WE ALL HAVE LIVES UNFORTUNATELY.  NOT
       2    UNFORTUNATELY, WE DO HAVE THEM -- FORTUNATELY, I GUESS.
       3         SHE CAME IN, SHE WAS GIVEN BY TELEPHONE ORDER
       4    PSYCHOTROPIC MEDICATIONS AND TYLENOL AND MORPHINE WERE
       5    ORDERED FOR PAIN.  SHE RECEIVED A MORPHINE SHOT AT NINE --
       6    1930 THE EVENING OF THE 29TH, WHICH IS 7:30 IN THE EVENING.
       7    SHE CAME IN AT 4 O'CLOCK THAT EVENING.  AT ONE IN THE
       8    MORNING HER BREATHING WAS ERRATIC.  HER BREATHING WAS EIGHT
       9    TO 16 BREATHS PER MINUTE.  SIXTEEN IS NORMAL, EIGHT IS LOW.
      10    THERE'S A PROBLEM.  THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM IS
      11    SUPPRESSED, AND, YOU KNOW, SHE MIGHT ONLY BE TAKING EIGHT
      12    BREATHS A MINUTE BECAUSE THAT AUTOMATIC SYSTEM ISN'T WORKING
      13    BECAUSE OF THE MEDICATION THAT IS SUPPRESSING IT.
      14         DEFENDANT WAS PAGED AT ONE IN THE MORNING, NO RESPONSE.
      15    AT 3:15 SHE WOKE UP, SHE WAS THRASHING, THE NURSE THOUGHT
      16    SHE WAS IN PAIN BECAUSE OF HER THRASHING.  WAS IT PAIN OR 
      17    WAS IT LACK OF OXYGEN WHICH CAN ALSO CAUSE A PERSON TO FIGHT
      18    FOR BREATH.  DEFENDANT WAS PAGED AGAIN AT 3:15.  AT 3:30 HE
      19    CALLED BACK AND SAID GIVE HER A SHOT OF MORPHINE WHICH THE
      20    NURSE DID.  AT 6:30 THE NURSE SAID SHE'S BEEN SLEEPING SINCE
      21    THEN.
      22         AT 6:30 IN THE MORNING AN E.K.G. AND A CHEST X-RAY IS
      23    DONE.  THE BREATHING IS STILL ERRATIC, YOU HAVE THE MORPHINE
      24    ON BOARD AS THEY SAY, IN THE SYSTEM.  THE E.K.G. SHOWS THAT
      25    THERE IS AN ARRHYTHMIA, THAT THE HEART IS NOT PUMPING LIKE


                                                                       41



       1    IT OUGHT TO BE PUMPING.  SHE'S HAD TWO SHOTS OF MORPHINE.
       2    BY 8:55 THAT MORNING SHE WAS GONE. 
       3         THE DEFENDANT NEVER SAW HER.  HE ORDERED THE DRUGS
       4    WITHOUT EVER SEEING HER AND AFTER THE FACT -- IT'S
       5    INTERESTING AS YOU READ IN HIS NOTES, HE INDICATES SHE CAME
       6    IN ON 12/29, HAD AN E.K.G. UPON ADMISSION, AND I GUESS
       7    TECHNICALLY THEY SAY THAT IF IT'S WITHIN 24 HOURS OF
       8    ADMISSION, IT'S STILL CALLED ON ADMISSION.  BUT THAT E.K.G.
       9    WAS AFTER THE MORPHINE AND THE ARRHYTHMIA, THE IRREGULAR
      10    RHYTHM WAS AFTER THE MORPHINE.  BUT IN HIS REPORT HE WRITES,
      11    WELL, SHE HAS ARRHYTHMIA UPON ADMISSION.  THAT WAS AFTER THE
      12    MORPHINE, BUT HE DOESN'T SAY THAT, HE DOESN'T WRITE THAT IN
      13    HIS REPORT.
      14         HE WROTE THE PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION AFTER SHE DIED.
      15    HE NEVER TALKED TO HER BUT HE JUST LOOKED AT, YOU KNOW,
      16    WHATEVER ELSE HAD BEEN WRITTEN AND WRITES A PSYCHOLOGICAL
      17    EVALUATION.  HE IN HIS NOTES SAYS IT WAS DICTATED THE DAY
      18    THAT SHE CAME IN.  THAT'S NOT TRUE.  IT WAS DICTATED AND
      19    WRITTEN AFTER SHE DIED.
      20         AND THAT POINTS OUT SOMETHING I WANT YOU TO PAY CLOSE
      21    ATTENTION TO AS YOU GET THE MEDICAL RECORDS HERE.  LOOK AT
      22    WHO SAYS THESE PEOPLE ARE IN PAIN.  THERE'S ONE OR TWO
      23    NURSES THAT YOU WILL SEE THAT INDICATE SOME PAIN.  BUT MOST
      24    OF THE TIME YOU WILL SEE THAT IT'S THE DEFENDANT WHO WRITES,
      25    APPEARS TO BE IN PAIN.  YOU LOOK AT THE COMPARABLE NURSING

      
                                                                       42



       1    NOTES FOR THAT TIME PERIOD, THE NURSES AREN'T SAYING THAT.
       2    HE WAS JUSTIFYING GIVING THE MORPHINE.  THAT'S ELLEN
       3    ANDERSON.
       4         ENNIS ALLDREDGE CAME INTO THE UNIT ON THE 10TH OF
       5    JANUARY OF 1996.  HE WAS 82 YEARS OLD WHEN HE CAME INTO THE
       6    UNIT.  HE WAS AGGRESSIVE, HE WAS COMBATIVE, HE HAD BEEN
       7    HITTING PEOPLE AT THE LONG-TERM CARE FACILITY.  HE HAD ONLY
       8    BEEN IN THE NURSING HOME SINCE SEPTEMBER OF 1995 AND, AGAIN,
       9    THERE WAS AN ACUTE EVENT THAT HIS BEHAVIOR BECAME SUCH THAT
      10    THEY COULD NOT CONTROL IT, COULDN'T HANDLE IT.  HE WAS
      11    DEMENTED.
      12         HE CAME IN, A PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION WAS DONE.  HE'S
      13    INTENDED TO STAY AT THE UNIT TWO TO THREE WEEKS.  IT WAS
      14    INTENDED THAT HE WOULD LEAVE THE UNIT WITH BEHAVIOR UNDER
      15    CONTROL.  IMMEDIATELY GIVEN PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS THAT HAVE THE
      16    SIDE EFFECTS OF SEDATION AND DEPRESSION OF THE CENTRAL
      17    NERVOUS SYSTEM, COULD EVEN CAUSE THE AGITATION BECAUSE THEY
      18    KEEP A PERSON FROM GETTING OXYGEN.  HE BECAME UNRESPONSIVE
      19    OVER TIME.  HE WAS ONLY THERE FOUR DAYS, LABORED BREATHING,
      20    ALL THE EXPERTS WILL TELL YOU AS A CONSEQUENCE OF THE
      21    OVERMEDICATION THAT WAS HAPPENING HERE.
      22         HIS FAMILY WAS TOLD HE IS TERMINAL, YOU KNOW, HE'S COME
      23    IN FEISTY AND COMBATIVE, HE'S GIVEN THE DRUGS, HE DROPS, THE
      24    DEFENDANT SAYS HE'S TERMINAL, DO YOU WANT ME TO KEEP HIM
      25    COMFORTABLE?  OF COURSE THE FAMILY SAYS YES.  NOBODY WANTS


                                                                       43



       1    THEIR FAMILY MEMBERS TO SUFFER OR THEIR LIVES PROLONGED SO
       2    THEY CAN SUFFER SO THEY AGREE TO WHAT'S CALLED PALLIATIVE
       3    CARE, COMFORT CARE, WHICH IN THE DEFENDANT'S MIND MEANS
       4    MORPHINE.  HE IS GIVEN MORPHINE EVERY THREE HOURS STARTING
       5    ON THE 13TH AND ON THE 14TH HE PASSES AWAY.  THIS IS ENNIS
       6    ALLDREDGE.
       7         YOU WILL HEAR TESTIMONY OF THEIR PRIOR MEDICAL
       8    HISTORIES.  YOU'LL HEAR TESTIMONY OF WHAT MEDICAL PROBLEMS
       9    THEY HAD.  YOU WILL HEAR TESTIMONY OF WHAT KILLED THEM.  YOU
      10    WILL HEAR TESTIMONY FROM FAMILY MEMBERS ABOUT WHAT THEIR
      11    FATHER AND MOTHERS WERE LIKE.  YOU'LL HEAR EXPERTS TELL YOU
      12    ABOUT THESE DOSES OF DRUGS AND THE EFFECTS OF THESE DRUGS IN
      13    THE ELDERLY AND I HOPE YOU'LL PAY PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO
      14    THAT.
      15         AND I'M GLAD THAT YOU HAVE NOTE PADS BECAUSE, YOU KNOW,
      16    WE TRY TO MAKE IT -- YOU KNOW, WE TRY TO GET DOCTORS TO TALK
      17    IN OUR LANGUAGE, YOU KNOW, AND HOPEFULLY WE CAN MAKE IT
      18    COMPREHENSIBLE.  BUT THERE'S GOING TO BE A LOT OF
      19    INFORMATION THAT COMES TO YOU OVER THE NEXT FEW WEEKS AND I
      20    HOPE THAT YOU'LL BE ABLE TO ABSORB IT AND KEEP IT ALL IN
      21    MIND AS YOU GO TO DELIBERATE.
      22         THE LAW DOES NOT REQUIRE TO US TO PROVE TO YOU OR TO
      23    GIVE YOU EVIDENCE OF WHY THE DEFENDANT DID WHAT HE DID.
      24    THAT'S NOT ONE OF THE ELEMENTS OF THE CRIME.  MENTAL STATE
      25    IS, BUT NOT WHY.  BUT YOU HAVE TO THINK WHY.  I THINK AS YOU


                                                                       44



       1    LISTEN TO THE EVIDENCE YOU WILL GET A FEELING FOR WHY.  AND
       2    THE WHY IS NOT BECAUSE HE FEELS SYMPATHETIC FOR THESE PEOPLE
       3    WHOSE QUALITY OF LIFE HAS GONE DOWNHILL.  THERE'S NO
       4    QUESTION OF THAT.  THEY ARE DEMENTED.  MOST OF THEM, NOT ALL
       5    OF THEM, BUT MOST OF THEM ARE DEMENTED, BUT THEY WEREN'T AS
       6    BAD COMING IN AS THEY BECAME AFTER HE STARTED MEDICATING
       7    THEM.
       8         SO WHY DID HE DO IT?  I THINK YOU'LL SEE EVIDENCE OF
       9    MONEY IS PART OF IT BUT, YOU KNOW, AND AS MUCH AS YOU HATE
      10    TO SEE IT, I THINK THAT YOU'LL SEE THE REASON IS HE DIDN'T
      11    LIKE THESE PEOPLE.  THEY WERE OLD.  THEY DIDN'T HAVE MUCH
      12    USE ON THE EARTH ANYMORE.  NOT OUT OF SYMPATHY FOR THEM, BUT
      13    AARRH JUST SEND THEM ON.  NOT ONLY THAT BUT SEND THEM ON SO
      14    I CAN GET SOMEBODY ELSE INTO THIS BED BECAUSE AS I DO THE
      15    PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATIONS AND ALL THE TESTING UP FRONT, I
      16    GET PAID MORE. 
      17         I THINK IT'S HARD TO UNDERSTAND THAT ANYONE COULD DO
      18    THAT FOR THOSE REASONS AND I THINK THE EVIDENCE WILL SHOW
      19    YOU THAT THAT'S EXACTLY WHAT HAPPENED.  BUT REMEMBER, IT IS
      20    NOT OUR BURDEN TO SHOW TO YOU WHY HE DID THIS, ONLY THAT HE
      21    DID DO IT WITH THE REQUISITE MENTAL STATE.  BUT I MEAN
      22    THERE'S GOT TO BE SOMETHING THAT WE ALL THINK WHY ON EARTH
      23    WOULD SOMEONE DO THIS?  THERE'S NO UNDERSTANDING TO WHY
      24    SOMETIMES PEOPLE DO WHAT THEY DO, BUT I THINK YOU WILL GET A
      25    SENSE OF THAT AS YOU HEAR THE EVIDENCE.


                                                                       45



       1         I APPRECIATE YOUR ATTENTIVENESS.  I APPRECIATE IN
       2    ADVANCE YOUR ATTENTIVENESS DURING THIS TRIAL.  AS THE
       3    WITNESSES COME ON AND AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE TRIAL, WE
       4    WILL BE ASKING YOU TO DELIBERATE AND TO COME BACK WITH A
       5    VERDICT OF GUILTY OF ALL FIVE COUNTS OF HOMICIDE.  THANK
       6    YOU.
       7             THE COURT:  THANK YOU.  OKAY.  LADIES AND
       8    GENTLEMEN, WE'RE NOW GOING TO TAKE A BREAK.  AND AT EACH
       9    RECESS I'M GOING TO BE TELLING YOU THIS AND I HOPE THAT JUST
      10    BECAUSE I TELL YOU THIS AT EACH RECESS YOU STILL LISTEN TO
      11    IT.  IT IS YOUR DUTY NOT TO CONVERSE AMONG YOURSELVES OR TO
      12    CONVERSE WITH OR ALLOW YOURSELVES TO BE ADDRESSED BY ANY
      13    OTHER PERSON ON ANY SUBJECT OF THE TRIAL, AND THAT IT IS
      14    YOUR DUTY NOT TO FORM OR EXPRESS AN OPINION UNTIL THE CASE
      15    IS FINALLY SUBMITTED TO YOU.
      16         I THINK THE RAIN HAS STOPPED AND SO ANYBODY WHO WANTS
      17    TO GO OUTSIDE YOU CAN GO OUTSIDE THE DOOR THAT YOU CAME IN.
      18    THE ONLY THING I WOULD ASK YOU TO DO IS IF YOU WOULD NOT
      19    CONGREGATE RIGHT AT THAT DOOR.  THAT YOU WOULD GO EITHER ON
      20    THE GRASS OR OUT IN THE PARKING LOT SIMPLY BECAUSE COURT
      21    PERSONNEL AND THE EMPLOYEES FROM THE CLERK'S OFFICE WHEN
      22    THEY TAKE THEIR BREAKS, THEY SOMETIMES GO OUT THERE TOO AND
      23    WE'VE TRIED TO TELL THEM NOT TO TALK TO ANY OF YOU.  SO IF
      24    YOU ARE NOT RIGHT THERE BY THE DOOR, I THINK THAT WILL BE
      25    THE BEST WAY.


                                                                       46



       1         SO LET'S TAKE A BREAK UNTIL -- LET'S GO TO 10:05 AND
       2    THEN THAT WILL GIVE US ENOUGH TIME TO STRETCH OUR LEGS AND
       3    ANYTHING ELSE YOU NEED TO DO AND THEN WE'LL COME BACK AT
       4    THAT POINT.  EVERYONE PLEASE STAND.
       5               (WHEREUPON THE JURY WAS EXCUSED.)
       6                  (A BRIEF RECESS WAS TAKEN.)
       7             THE COURT:  OKAY.  PLEASE BE SEATED.
       8             MR. WILSON:  YOUR HONOR, MAY WE APPROACH FOR JUST A
       9    SECOND, MR. STIRBA AND MYSELF I THINK WILL BE FINE, JUST A
      10    MATTER I WANTED...
      11             (DISCUSSION WAS HELD OFF THE RECORD.)
      12             MR. WILSON:  THANK YOU, JUDGE.
      13             THE COURT:  OKAY.  LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, WE WERE
      14    JUST TALKING ABOUT THE ISSUE OF IF THERE WERE SOME CHARTS
      15    GOING TO BE SHOWN IN AN OPENING STATEMENT.  I'M GOING TO
      16    ALLOW COUNSEL FOR THE STATE TO MOVE OVER SO THAT YOU CAN SEE
      17    THE CHARTS BUT SO THAT THEY CAN ALSO SEE THEM, RATHER THAN
      18    TURNING THEM SO BOTH COULD HARDLY SEE HALF OF THEM.
      19         MR. STIRBA, DO YOU WISH TO GIVE AN OPENING STATEMENT?
      20             MR. STIRBA:  I DO, YOUR HONOR.  THANK YOU.
      21             THE COURT:  OKAY.  PROCEED.
      22             MR. STIRBA:  MAY IT PLEASE THE COURT, COUNSEL, DR.
      23    WEITZEL, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN OF THE JURY.  THIS IS GOING TO
      24    BE A DIFFICULT CASE.  AND THE REASON WHY IT'S GOING TO BE A
      25    DIFFICULT CASE IS BECAUSE WE'RE GOING TO BE DEALING WITH


                                                                       47



       1    FIVE PEOPLE WHO ARE AT THE END OF THEIR LIVES AND WERE IN
       2    THE DYING PROCESS.  AND NOT ONLY WERE THESE FIVE PEOPLE
       3    SUFFERING FROM PSYCHIATRIC PROBLEMS, BUT THEY WERE SEVERELY
       4    DEMENTED AND HAD A COMPLETE INABILITY TO COMMUNICATE AND TO
       5    EXPRESS THEMSELVES.
       6         THEY ALSO HAD MULTIPLE MEDICAL PROBLEMS.  THE PROBLEMS
       7    RANGE FROM VASCULAR DISEASE, HEART DISEASE, LUNG DYSFUNCTION
       8    AND OTHER MEDICAL, SERIOUS MEDICAL PROBLEMS.  AND ON TOP OF
       9    ALL OF THIS, THEY WERE AT THE DAVIS HOSPITAL BECAUSE THE
      10    NURSING HOME WHERE THEY WERE COULD NO LONGER HANDLE THEM.
      11    THEY WERE COMBATIVE, UNCONTROLLABLE, ASSAULTIVE, AND THE
      12    NURSING HOME COULD NO LONGER DEAL WITH THE BEHAVIOR
      13    PROBLEMS.  AND IN THE MIDST OF ALL THIS, THE FAMILIES HAD TO
      14    MAKE VERY DIFFICULT, AND I EMPHASIZE DIFFICULT, JUDGMENTS AT
      15    THE END ABOUT WHAT KIND OF CARE THEY WERE GOING TO RECEIVE
      16    AT THE HOSPITAL AND WHAT CARE THEY WEREN'T GOING TO RECEIVE.
      17         AND I HOPE THAT AT THE END OF THE OPENING STATEMENT
      18    WHEN I SIT DOWN, AND HOPEFULLY IT WON'T BE TOO LONG FROM
      19    NOW, THAT YOU REMEMBER THE CONTEXT IN WHICH TO VIEW THIS
      20    CASE AND THE EVIDENCE IN THIS CASE.  AND THE CONTEXT IS YOU
      21    HAVE A DOCTOR WHO IS PART OF A MEDICAL TEAM PROVIDING CARE
      22    TO VERY SERIOUSLY ILL AND VERY SERIOUSLY SICK, ELDERLY
      23    PATIENTS IN A HOSPITAL SETTING WHERE THE FAMILIES HAVE MADE
      24    CERTAIN LIMITATIONS IN ADVANCE UPON WHAT CARE SHOULD BE
      25    GIVEN AND WHAT CARE SHOULD BE WITHHELD.


                                                                       48



       1         NOW, YOU ARE GOING TO HEAR EVIDENCE IN THIS CASE,
       2    LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, ABOUT PAIN AND ABOUT SUFFERING.  AND
       3    YOU ARE GOING TO SEE THAT THE EVIDENCE WILL SHOW THAT DR.
       4    WEITZEL AS PART OF A MEDICAL TEAM HAD AS HIS ONLY PURPOSE TO
       5    ALLEVIATE PAIN AND SUFFERING.  YOU ARE GOING TO ALSO HEAR
       6    ABOUT FAMILIES AND THE DIFFICULT CHOICES THEY HAD TO MAKE IN
       7    TERMS OF WHAT THEY WERE GOING TO DO WITH THEIR LOVED ONE
       8    GIVEN THE CIRCUMSTANCES IN THE HOSPITAL WHERE HOME CARE AND
       9    NURSING HOME CARE WERE NO LONGER OPTIONS.
      10         YOU ARE GOING TO HEAR ALSO ABOUT THE FIVE VERY SICK AND
      11    ELDERLY PATIENTS AND THE MEDICAL PROBLEMS THEY HAD AND THE
      12    DIFFICULT AND COMPLICATED CARE THAT WAS REQUIRED, GIVEN THE
      13    FACT THAT THEY WERE ELDERLY, GIVEN THE FACT THAT THEY WERE
      14    DEMENTED, GIVEN THE FACT THAT THEIR CONDITIONS CHANGED, NOT
      15    ONLY FROM DAY TO DAY, BUT FROM HOUR TO HOUR AND FROM MINUTE
      16    TO MINUTE, AND NOW, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, ALMOST FIVE YEARS
      17    LATER THE STATE WANTS TO PICK APART WITH PERFECT 20/20
      18    HINDSIGHT ALL THAT MEDICAL CARE AND CALL IT FIRST DEGREE
      19    MURDER.
      20         THE EVIDENCE WILL SHOW THAT NONE OF THIS WAS MURDER,
      21    THAT THERE'S REASONABLE DOUBT WRITTEN ALL OVER THIS CASE AND
      22    WHAT YOU HAVE AND WHAT THE EVIDENCE WILL SHOW IS YOU HAVE A
      23    PHYSICIAN AND I'LL TELL YOU RIGHT NOW, NOT A PERFECT
      24    PHYSICIAN, BUT A WELL-INTENTIONED PHYSICIAN AND A WHOLE
      25    MEDICAL TEAM PROVIDING END-OF-LIFE CARE, NOTHING MORE,


                                                                       49



       1    NOTHING LESS.
       2         YOU'LL ALSO SEE AND THE EVIDENCE WILL SHOW THAT THE
       3    SOLE PURPOSE AND THE ONLY GOAL OF THIS MEDICAL TEAM WAS TO
       4    PROVIDE COMFORT CARE AND MAKE SOMEBODY COMFORTABLE IN THE
       5    LAST DAYS OF THEIR LIFE.  AND FINALLY, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN,
       6    THE EVIDENCE WILL SHOW THAT DR. WEITZEL DIDN'T CAUSE ANY OF
       7    THESE DEATHS.  IF HE DID ANYTHING, HE WAS ATTEMPTING TO
       8    BRING COMFORT AND DIGNITY TO EACH ONE OF THEM.
       9         ONE OF THE PATIENTS AT THE HOSPITAL WAS A WOMAN NAMED
      10    JUDITH LARSEN, YOU SAW HER PHOTOGRAPH ON OPENING STATEMENT.
      11    JUDITH WAS 93 YEARS OLD WHEN SHE WAS ADMITTED TO THE
      12    HOSPITAL ON DECEMBER 6TH OF 1995.  IN JANUARY OF 1995 SHE
      13    HAD A VERY ACUTE SERIOUS STROKE AND SHE WAS HOSPITALIZED
      14    FIRST AT LDS HOSPITAL IN SALT LAKE AND THEN AT COTTONWOOD
      15    HOSPITAL AS A RESULT OF THAT STROKE.  AND THAT STROKE CAUSED
      16    JUDITH NOT ONLY TO BECOME CONFUSED, NOT ONLY TO BECOME
      17    DISORIENTED, BUT ALSO DEPRIVED OF HER OF A GREAT ABILITY TO
      18    COMMUNICATE.  IT ALSO CAUSED HER OTHER IMPAIRMENTS IN TERMS
      19    OF HER ABILITY TO WALK AND DO THE NORMALLY DAILY TASKS OF
      20    EVERYDAY LIVING.
      21         IN JULY OF 1995 SHE STARTED TO GET ILL AND SHE WAS SO
      22    ILL, SHE WAS SICK, SHE WAS VOMITING, SHE WAS ONCE AGAIN
      23    HOSPITALIZED AT COTTONWOOD HOSPITAL.  AND IN AUGUST, THE
      24    LATER PART OF AUGUST OF 1995, SHE HAD ANOTHER STROKE AND
      25    THIS WAS ONCE AGAIN ANOTHER ACUTE STROKE, VERY SERIOUS


                                                                       50



       1    STROKE AND SHE WAS HOSPITALIZED AT COTTONWOOD HOSPITAL.
       2         AND TO PUT THIS CASE IN SOME CONTEXT, I WANT TO READ TO
       3    YOU THE ACTUAL ENTRY MADE BY DR. PEARCE AND THIS WILL BE IN
       4    EVIDENCE IN THIS CASE.  THIS IS IN AUGUST OF 1995 AND DR.
       5    PEARCE IS THE DOCTOR AT COTTONWOOD WHO IS TAKING CARE OF
       6    JUDITH AND HE WRITES IN HIS DISCHARGE SUMMARY, ASSESSMENT:
       7    DEMENTIA, WHICH BY THE WAY, YOU'LL HEAR EVIDENCE IS A
       8    TERMINAL CONDITION.  TWO:  NEW STROKE SYNDROME WITH APHASIA.
       9    APHASIA IS A FANCY WORD FOR CAN'T SPEAK VERY WELL, YOU HAVE
      10    DIFFICULTY COMMUNICATING.  AND WITH LOSS OF INTEREST IN
      11    SWALLOWING EITHER FOOD OR FLUIDS.  THREE:  PAST HISTORY OF
      12    HYPERTENSION.  FOUR:  QUESTION OF ISCHEMIC HEART DISEASE.
      13         HE GOES ON TO SAY, PLAN:  IN DISCUSSION WITH THE
      14    FAMILY, IT IS DECIDED THAT THE LAST SIX MONTHS OF HER LIFE
      15    HAVE BEEN VERY POOR QUALITY.  IN FACT, NO QUALITY AT ALL.
      16    WITH POOR RECOGNITION OF PEOPLE, NO CONVERSATION, NO
      17    DECISION-MAKING.  THE OPTION AT THE TIME OF DISCHARGE IS TO
      18    PLACE A FEEDING TUBE, PERIPHERAL NUTRITION OR N.G. TUBE,
      19    N.G. STANDS FOR I THINK IT'S NASAL GASTRIC, IT'S A TUBE TO
      20    ALLOW YOU TO EAT, AND THE FAMILY FEELS THAT THIS WOULD BE
      21    AGGRESSIVE AND INAPPROPRIATE.  THEY ALSO WANTED NO TREATMENT
      22    OF INFECTION, SUCH AS URINARY INFECTIONS, PULMONARY, ET
      23    CETERA.  DISPOSITION:  SHE WILL BE TRANSFERRED TO A NURSING
      24    HOME FOR TERMINAL CARE.
      25         JUDITH WENT TO A NURSING HOME AND SHE WENT TO THE


                                                                       51



       1    HOLLADAY CARE CENTER WHICH IS IN HOLLADAY AND THERE SHE
       2    REBOUNDED.  BUT WHILE SHE WAS AT THE NURSING HOME, SHE
       3    BECAME VERY, VERY UNCONTROLLABLE AND THIS WAS A BIG PROBLEM.
       4    AND YOU'LL SEE IN THE NURSING HOME NOTES, SOME OF THE MORE
       5    POIGNANT NOTES I THINK ABOUT THIS CASE, BECAUSE HER SON
       6    MERLIN -- WHAT HAPPENED IS JUDITH WOULD HAVE FALLS AND SHE
       7    WOULD BE HOSPITALIZED.  AND FALLS, AS YOU CAN IMAGINE, FOR
       8    SOMEBODY OF 93 IS A PRETTY SERIOUS MATTER.
       9         IN ONE FALL SHE HAD -- SHE SUFFERED A CONCUSSION.
      10    ANOTHER FALL SHE HAD SHE HAD A THREE-INCH GASH IN HER HEAD.
      11    AND YOU'LL SEE IN THE NOTES THAT HER SON MERLIN IS SAYING
      12    SEDATE HER AND SEDATE HER MORE.  WHY?  BECAUSE HE'S
      13    CONCERNED, OBVIOUSLY, ABOUT THE IMPACT OF A FALL ON A
      14    93-YEAR-OLD MOTHER IN A NURSING HOME AND HE'S BEEN TO THE
      15    HOSPITAL AND HE KNOWS WHAT'S HAPPENING.  BUT SHE IS
      16    UNCONTROLLABLE.  THEY PUT RESTRAINTS ON HER, SHE GETS OUT OF
      17    HER RESTRAINTS, SHE FALLS.  SO FINALLY THE NURSING HOME SAYS
      18    SEND HER TO DAVIS FOR AN EVALUATION.
      19         SHE ARRIVES ON DECEMBER 6TH.  AND I WOULD SAY THE FIRST
      20    FEW WEEKS OF HER HOSPITAL STAY I WOULD SAY ARE RELATIVELY
      21    UNEVENTFUL.  HOWEVER, ON THE 26TH, ON OR ABOUT THE 26TH OF
      22    DECEMBER, SHE HAS A SEIZURE AND IT'S A GRAND MAL SEIZURE AND
      23    THEN SHE STARTS THROWING UP AND SHE THROWS UP CONTINUOUSLY
      24    FOR 26 HOURS STRAIGHT.  AND ONE OF THE THINGS THAT THEY
      25    NOTICE WHEN SHE'S THROWING UP IS SHE'S THROWING UP WHAT THEY


                                                                       52



       1    CALL COFFEE GROUNDS.  AND I ALWAYS HAVE A DIFFICULT TIME
       2    WITH THIS WORD, EMESIS.  AND WHAT THAT MEANS IS THAT'S A
       3    FANCY WAY OF SAYING SHE HAS BLOOD IN HER VOMIT AND WHAT THAT
       4    MEANS IS SHE'S BLEEDING INTERNALLY.
       5         DR. WEITZEL TALKS TO MERLIN AND HE GOES OVER THE
       6    SITUATION WITH HIS 93-YEAR-OLD MOM WHO HAS BEEN THROUGH THE
       7    YEAR THAT SHE HAS JUST BEEN THROUGH.  AND MERLIN SAYS,
       8    CONSISTENT WITH WHAT HE SAID BACK IN AUGUST AND CONSISTENT
       9    WITH EVERYTHING ELSE THAT YOU'LL SEE IN THE CHARTS, HE SAYS,
      10    JUST KEEP HER COMFORTABLE IS ALL I WANT YOU TO DO.  AND
      11    THAT'S PRECISELY WHAT NOT ONLY DR. WEITZEL DID BUT THE WHOLE
      12    NURSING STAFF THAT WAS ATTENDING TO HER.  THEY KEPT HER
      13    COMFORTABLE UNTIL SHE DIED ON JANUARY 3RD OF 1996.
      14         AND PART OF COMFORT CARE -- AND YOU'LL HEAR EXPERTS.
      15    AND THE GREAT THING ABOUT THIS CASE, IF YOU WANT TO HEAR A
      16    LOT OF EXPERTS, YOU ARE IN A PERFECT POSITION BECAUSE THERE
      17    WILL BE A LOT OF THEM IN THIS CASE.  WE'LL CALL SOME, THE
      18    STATE WILL CALL SOME.  BUT THERE'S GOING TO BE A GENERAL
      19    AGREEMENT NOT ONLY WITH OUR EXPERTS BUT ALSO THE STATE'S
      20    EXPERTS, SOME OF THEM, AND THEY ARE GOING TO TELL YOU, THAT
      21    COMFORT CARE OR END-OF-LIFE CARE INVOLVES A LOT OF THINGS.
      22         AND ONE OF THE THINGS IT INVOLVES IS MEDICATION.  AND
      23    THE REASON WHY IS BECAUSE PEOPLE ARE EITHER IN PAIN OR THEY
      24    ARE SUFFERING FOR A LOT OF DIFFERENT REASONS AND THAT'S AN
      25    APPROPRIATE THING TO DO IS TO KEEP THEM COMFORTABLE.  AND


                                                                       53



       1    THEY ARE GOING TO TELL YOU THAT MORPHINE AS A MEDICATION IS
       2    SORT OF LIKE THE GOLD STANDARD, IF YOU WILL, IN TERMS OF A
       3    MEDICATION THAT ROUTINELY IS USED IN END-OF-LIFE CARE.  AND
       4    THEY ARE GOING TO TELL YOU A PHYSICIAN HAS AN ABSOLUTE DUTY,
       5    IN OTHER WORDS, IT'S ETHICAL AND IT'S ETHICALLY REQUIRED
       6    THAT IF A PHYSICIAN SEES SOMEBODY IN PAIN OR A PHYSICIAN HAS
       7    A PATIENT WHO IS SUFFERING, A PHYSICIAN HAS AN ABSOLUTE
       8    ETHICAL RESPONSIBILITY TO DO SOMETHING ABOUT IT.
       9         AND ALSO THEY ARE GOING TO TELL YOU THAT IF A PHYSICIAN
      10    IN END-OF-LIFE CARE HAS TO PRESCRIBE MEDICATION TO PROVIDE
      11    COMFORT, AND EVEN IF THAT PHYSICIAN KNOWS THAT THAT MIGHT
      12    HAVE A TENDENCY TO HASTEN A DEATH, THAT'S STILL ETHICALLY
      13    APPROPRIATE AND A PHYSICIAN IS OBLIGATED TO DO IT IF THE
      14    PURPOSE OF ADMINISTERING AND PRESCRIBING THE MEDICATION IS
      15    TO KEEP SOMEBODY COMFORTABLE AND TO ALLEVIATE PAIN AND
      16    SUFFERING.
      17         NOW, YOU HAVE FIVE CASES, FIVE COUNTS.  IT'S ALMOST
      18    LIKE WE HAVE FIVE DIFFERENT CASES, AND WE DO.  THERE IS ONE
      19    CASE THAT IS DIFFERENT THAN THE OTHER FOUR AND THAT'S THE
      20    CASE OF ELLEN ANDERSON, PATIENT ELLEN ANDERSON.  BECAUSE
      21    ELLEN ANDERSON IS NOT REALLY A CASE AND THE FACTS WILL SHOW
      22    THIS, THE EVIDENCE WILL SHOW THIS OF END-OF-LIFE CARE, ELLEN
      23    ANDERSON IS PURELY AND SIMPLY, IF YOU WILL, A PAIN CASE
      24    WHERE MEDICATION IS PRESCRIBED FOR PAIN.  AND LET ME GIVE
      25    YOU A LITTLE HISTORY ABOUT ELLEN BECAUSE I THINK THIS IS


                                                                       54



       1    IMPORTANT.  REMEMBER, THERE'S GOING TO BE A LOT OF MEDICAL
       2    TESTIMONY HERE BUT EVERY PATIENT HAS A HISTORY AND THAT
       3    CIRCUMSTANCE OF GOING INTO THE HOSPITAL IS VERY IMPORTANT.
       4         BUT BRIEFLY, ELLEN DID HAVE A HIP FRACTURE IN JUNE OF
       5    1995 AND SHE LOST 30 POUNDS BY THE TIME WE HIT DECEMBER OF
       6    1995 AND SHE WASN'T A VERY LARGE WOMAN TO BEGIN WITH.  AND
       7    HER FAMILY IS GOING TO TELL YOU THAT THEY HAD HER IN A
       8    NURSING HOME AND AS THEY DESCRIBE IT FOR ABOUT SIX MONTHS
       9    SHE WAS IN WHAT THEY WOULD CALL AN ACUTE PANIC ATTACK
      10    CONSTANTLY, NEVER A MINUTE WASN'T SHE IN THIS STATE.  AND
      11    SHE WOULD SCREAM AND SHE WOULD SCREAM UNCONTROLLABLY AND SHE
      12    WAS ABSOLUTELY TERRIFIED.  AND THE FAMILY IS STRUGGLING
      13    DEALING WITH THIS.
      14         AND FINALLY ONE OF HER DAUGHTERS, DIANE, COMES INTO THE
      15    NURSING HOME AT THE END OF DECEMBER OF 1995 AFTER HAVING
      16    DEALT WITH THIS FOR SIX MONTHS AND SEEING THEIR POOR MOM IN
      17    THAT SITUATION AND SAYS, I'VE HAD ENOUGH, I DON'T WANT HER
      18    HERE ANYMORE BECAUSE WHATEVER YOU ARE GIVING HER ISN'T
      19    WORKING.  AND YOU KNOW WHAT?  I WANT HER TO GET MORPHINE AND
      20    HOW CAN I GET HER TO GET MORPHINE?  I CAN'T DO IT IN A
      21    NURSING HOME, BUT IF WE HOSPITALIZE HER, MAYBE SHE CAN GET
      22    SOME MORPHINE BECAUSE WE'VE TRIED EVERYTHING ELSE AND AT
      23    LEAST MAYBE MORPHINE WILL HAVE A SEDATING EFFECT.  SO ELLEN
      24    IS THEN TRANSFERRED TO THE DAVIS HOSPITAL.
      25         AND I'M GOING TO PUT THIS UP THEN WE'LL GO THROUGH A


                                                                       55



       1    NUMBER OF THESE.  CAN EVERYBODY SEE THAT?  I DON'T KNOW IF
       2    THIS IS THE BEST POSITION, BUT ANYWAY, THIS IS NOT A TIME
       3    LINE BECAUSE ELLEN WAS IN THE HOSPITAL FROM 12/29 THROUGH
       4    12/30.  THIS IS ALL FROM THE MEDICAL RECORDS.  THIS IS WHAT
       5    THE ENTRIES ARE.
       6         AND AS YOU CAN SEE IN THIS PARTICULAR CASE AND YOU'LL
       7    SEE OTHERS, AND I'LL TELL YOU THEY ALL SORT OF -- THE
       8    RECORDS ARE ALL SORT OF THE SAME, YOU CAN FOLLOW THEM.
       9    THERE'S ALWAYS AN ADMISSION/EVALUATION AND OF COURSE THERE'S
      10    SOME MEDICAL HISTORY THAT'S TAKEN BECAUSE OBVIOUSLY THAT'S
      11    IMPORTANT FOR THE HEALTHCARE PROVIDERS.  AND THEN THERE'S
      12    USUALLY AN INDICATION OF WHAT MEDICATIONS THE PATIENTS WERE
      13    ON ON ADMISSION BECAUSE OBVIOUSLY THAT'S IMPORTANT.
      14         AND I'LL TELL YOU RIGHT NOW XANAX, THAT'S AN
      15    ANTIANXIETY DRUG, IT'S A SEDATING DRUG, IT'S A SEDATIVE.
      16    AMITRIPTYLINE IS A SEDATING DRUG, THAT'S AN ANTIDEPRESSANT.
      17    AMBIEN IS ALSO A SEDATING DRUG.  LORTAB IS A PAIN MEDICATION
      18    AND YOU'LL HEAR DOCS TELL YOU ABOUT THIS, BUT I'M JUST
      19    SAYING THESE ARE THE KIND OF THINGS YOU'LL SEE.  AND THEN
      20    THERE'S ALWAYS AN INITIAL ADMISSION NOTE THAT YOU'LL SEE FOR
      21    EACH ONE, IT'S USUALLY DONE BY THE NURSES.
      22         AND I JUST WANT YOU TO SEE AS WE GO THROUGH THESE TIME
      23    LINES THERE ARE GOING TO BE ENTRIES IN THE MEDICAL RECORDS.
      24    AND ONE THING WE'VE DONE WHICH HOPEFULLY WILL BE HELPFUL IS
      25    INSTEAD OF HAVING TO READ THE CHICKEN SCRATCH OF SOME


                                                                       56



       1    PHYSICIAN, WE HAD THEM TRANSCRIBED AND TYPED UP SO YOU HAVE
       2    THE PAGE IN FRONT OF AND YOU CAN SEE WHAT THE DOCTORS AND
       3    NURSE WROTE AND RIGHT ACROSS IT WILL BE TYPED SO IT'S EASY
       4    TO READ.  ANYWAY, YOU'LL SEE ENTRIES BY DR. WEITZEL AND
       5    ENTRIES BY NURSES AND THERE'S A WHOLE SERIES OF NURSES AND
       6    THESE ARE IN THE NURSES' NOTES.
       7         BUT THESE ARE THE FACTS WITH MS. ANDERSON.  SHE COMES
       8    IN AND SHE ARRIVED I BELIEVE AT ABOUT 4 O'CLOCK IN THE
       9    AFTERNOON.  AND I'LL TELL YOU DR. WEITZEL IS FULLY PREPARED
      10    TO NOT ONLY DOCUMENT THAT HE SAW HER THE DAY SHE ARRIVED, HE
      11    ACTUALLY SAW HER AND HE CAN DOCUMENT THAT, BUT HE'LL TELL
      12    YOU ABOUT HIS EVALUATION.  AND THIS IS WHAT HE PUTS IN HIS
      13    INITIAL EVALUATION, GENERALLY THE OVERVIEW OF HER MEDICAL
      14    SITUATION.
      15         AND THEN HERE THE NURSE -- THIS IS WHAT THE NURSE
      16    STATES, PATIENT ADMITTED IN COMPANY OF DAUGHTER FROM CARE
      17    CENTER.  DETERIORATING OVER THE PAST THREE WEEKS.  CRYING
      18    AND SCREAMING INCONSOLABLY EVEN WHEN FAMILY IS PRESENT.
      19    MORPHINE 10 MILLIGRAMS, S.O. 4 BY THE WAY, I HAVE TO PUT IT
      20    IN THERE BECAUSE IT'S IN THERE, IT MEANS -- IT'S SULFATE.
      21    IT'S JUST -- THAT'S WHAT THEY ALWAYS PUT IN, S.O. 4 FOR
      22    MORPHINE, BUT THAT'S WHAT WE'RE TALKING ABOUT, INTRAMUSCULAR
      23    FOR SEVERE PAIN.  PATIENT BECOMES RIGID AND SCREAMS WHEN
      24    TOUCHED RELATED TO PROFOUND OSTEOPOROSIS WHICH CAUSED HER TO
      25    HAVE A SERIES OF FRACTURES. SHE HAD A NUMBER OF COMPRESSION


                                                                       57



       1    FRACTURES BECAUSE THE BONES -- YOUR BONES ARE VERY BRITTLE
       2    AND IT'S VERY PAINFUL WHEN YOU HAVE THOSE FRACTURES.  SO
       3    THAT IS THE FIRST MEDICATION.
       4         THEN WE GO OVER TO THE NEXT DAY AT 1 O'CLOCK THE NURSE
       5    CHARTS, PATIENT'S RESPIRATION IS VERY ERRATIC, 8 TO 16.
       6    BLOOD PRESSURE 75/50.  DR. WEITZEL PAGED, A NURSING
       7    SUPERVISOR INFORMED OF PATIENT'S CONDITION.  THE NURSING
       8    SUPERVISOR IS ALWAYS NOTIFIED WHEN A NURSE BELIEVES THAT
       9    SOMEONE IS ABOUT TO DIE, THAT WAS HOSPITAL PROTOCOL AND
      10    THAT'S THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THAT ENTRY.  AND THEN AT 3:15,
      11    PATIENT AWAKENED, THRASHING ARMS AND ATTEMPTING TO THROW
      12    BODY.  PATIENT MOANING AND SCREAMING.  DR. WEITZEL PAGED
      13    AGAIN, THIS IS BY TRACY SCHOLL, A NURSE.  AND THEN AT 3:30,
      14    DR. WEITZEL RETURNS PAGE, INFORMED OF PATIENT'S CONDITION.
      15         IN OTHER WORDS, ALL THROUGHOUT HERE AND COUNSEL IS
      16    QUITE RIGHT IN HER OPENING STATEMENT, THE NURSES THERE ARE
      17    PROVIDING MOST OF THE CARE.  AND SO THEY ARE GIVING
      18    INFORMATION TO THE DOCTORS ABOUT WHAT THEY ARE ASSESSING IS
      19    THE CLINICAL POSITION OF THE PATIENT AND THAT'S WHAT NURSE
      20    SCHOLL IS DOING HERE.  SHE TELLS DR. WEITZEL AND THEN
      21    MORPHINE IS GIVEN INTRAMUSCULAR PER THE DOCTOR'S ORDERS AND
      22    THEN THAT'S WHAT HAPPENS, AND THEN MS. ANDERSON DIED AT 8:55
      23    A.M.
      24         THE FACTS IN THIS CASE AND THIS MS. ANDERSON WAS
      25    AUTOPSIED BY THE MEDICAL EXAMINER AND HE'LL TESTIFY AND


                                                                       58



       1    HE'LL TELL YOU THAT IN HIS EXAMINATION SHE HAD ACUTE
       2    PNEUMONIA.  IN OTHER WORDS, REMEMBER, THERE WAS A CHEST
       3    X-RAY DONE AT ABOUT FIVE OR SIX IN THE MORNING AND THERE WAS
       4    AN E.K.G. THAT WAS DONE THAT WAS ABNORMAL.  AND HE'LL TELL
       5    YOU THAT THERE ARE AT LEAST FOUR OR FIVE REASONS, HE
       6    COULDN'T TELL EXACTLY, BUT FOUR OR FIVE REASONS ALL OF WHICH
       7    COULD HAVE CAUSED HER DEATH.  HE DOES NOT KNOW BECAUSE ANY
       8    ONE OF THEM WOULD BE BEEN SUFFICIENT, AND ONE OF THEM WAS
       9    SHE HAD ACUTE PNEUMONIA UPON ADMISSION WHICH YOU'LL SEE IN
      10    THE X-RAY.  IT IS SHOWN RIGHT THERE IN THE X-RAY WHAT THE
      11    PROBLEM IS AND THERE ARE OTHER THINGS, CARDIAC AND WHAT HAVE
      12    YOU, RELATED TO THE CIRCUMSTANCES OF HER DEATH.  AND WE'LL
      13    HAVE OUR OWN EXPERT WHO IS GOING TO TELL YOU THAT SHE DIDN'T
      14    DIE AT ALL ANYTHING RELATED TO MORPHINE.
      15         NOW, YOU ARE GOING TO SEE A PATTERN HERE BUT IT'S A
      16    PATTERN OF CIRCUMSTANCE.  IT'S NOT GOING TO BE A PATTERN OF
      17    CRIMINALITY.  FOR EXAMPLE, YOU ARE GOING TO SEE IN THE OTHER
      18    FOUR CASES THAT ALL OF THESE PATIENTS ARE SUFFERING FROM
      19    SEVERE DEMENTIA OR ALZHEIMERS AND CAN'T COMMUNICATE.  AND
      20    YOU ARE GOING TO SEE THAT THEY ARE ALL ADMITTED BECAUSE THEY
      21    NEED TO BE SEDATED.  AND YOU'LL SEE IN THE PROGRESS NOTES
      22    AND THE NURSING NOTES FROM THE NURSING HOMES THAT THEY ARE
      23    ALL BEING SEDATED EITHER WITH ATIVAN OR HALDOL WHICH IS
      24    ANOTHER SEDATING MEDICATION OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT.  WHY?
      25    BECAUSE THIS IS AN ATTEMPT TO CONTROL THEIR BEHAVIOR.  SO


                                                                       59



       1    WHEN THEY ARE GOING INTO THE HOSPITAL THEY ARE ALL ON PSYCH
       2    MEDS AND THEY ARE ALL ON SEDATING CONTROL MEDS.
       3         YOU ARE ALSO GOING TO SEE THAT THEY ARE ALL HIGH-RISK
       4    PATIENTS GIVEN THE NATURE OF THEIR AGE, THEIR DEMENTIA AND
       5    THEIR OTHER MEDICAL COMPLICATIONS.  AND YOU ARE GOING TO SEE
       6    AND I THINK SIGNIFICANTLY THAT THEY ALL HAD, THEY ALL HAD --
       7    THE OTHER FOUR ALL HAD LIVING WILLS OR MEDICAL DIRECTIVES
       8    WHICH THEY PROVIDED TO THE HOSPITAL WHICH LIMITED THE KIND
       9    OF CARE THEY COULD GET.
      10         NOW, LET'S LOOK AT SOME OTHERS AND WE'LL GO THROUGH
      11    THEM IN SORT OF A TIME LINE SO YOU CAN GET SOME FEEL FOR
      12    WHAT THE FACTS WILL BE IN THIS CASE.  HOW IS THAT?  IS THAT
      13    SOMETHING YOU ALL CAN SEE?
      14         NOW, THIS IS -- THIS IS PATIENT ENNIS ALLDREDGE AND
      15    YOU'LL SEE THESE AGAIN.  BUT ONCE AGAIN, THEY ALL START WITH
      16    THE DAY HE'S ADMITTED AND THEY GO THROUGH THE TIME OF THE
      17    DEATH AT 1/14 IN THIS CASE OF '96.  AND WHAT WE'VE ATTEMPTED
      18    TO DO IS TO PROVIDE IN COLOR -- IN THE GREEN, THESE ARE THE
      19    PSYCH MEDS THAT WERE ORDERED AND ACTUALLY GIVEN AT THE
      20    HOSPITAL.  THE BLUE IS THE MORPHINE WHICH WAS GIVEN TO THE
      21    PATIENT AT THE HOSPITAL.  AND IF YOU LOOK AT THIS ONE, ONCE
      22    AGAIN IF WE START OUT WITH THE ADMISSION, WE HAVE AN
      23    83-YEAR-OLD WHITE MALE ADMITTED AND ORIENTED TO THE UNIT.
      24    PATIENT ACCOMPANIED BY HIS WIFE OF SEVEN YEARS.  PATIENT IS
      25    VERY COMBATIVE AND AGITATED.  PATIENT NOT ORIENTED TO TIME,


                                                                       60



       1    PLACE OR SITUATION, AND IT GOES ON FROM THERE.  AND EVEN
       2    SAYS, IS VERY STRONG AND GRABS AT STAFF, HURTING STAFF.
       3    THAT'S THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE DIFFICULTY OF THE BEHAVIOR.
       4         THEN WE HAVE HIS HISTORY, ALZHEIMERS, T-CELL LYMPHOMA,
       5    WHICH IS A FORM OF CANCER, DIABETES WHICH WAS UNCONTROLLABLE
       6    FOR 25 YEARS, HE WAS ON INSULIN.  HERNIA REPAIR,
       7    HYPERTENSION, AND HE HAD PREVIOUS BYPASS SURGERY.  HE HAD
       8    CORONARY ARTERY DISEASE ON ADMISSION.  AND THEN HIS
       9    MEDICATIONS ON ADMISSION, ATIVAN WHICH IS, ONCE AGAIN, A
      10    SEDATING ANTIANXIETY MEDICATION.  THIS WAS ALL THAT WAS
      11    GIVEN WHEN HE WAS AT THE NURSING HOME.  THIS HAS NOTHING TO
      12    DO WITH THE HOSPITAL.  RISPERDAL, WHICH IS A PSYCH
      13    MEDICATION WHICH I BELIEVE HE ALSO GOT WHEN HE WAS IN THE
      14    HOSPITAL.  VOLMAX IS ANOTHER PSYCH MEDICATION, HYTRIN IS
      15    ANOTHER ONE, BUSPAR IS ANOTHER ONE AND THEN HE ALSO GOT
      16    MELLARIL AND HALDOL AT THE NURSING HOME.  ONCE AGAIN, THESE
      17    ARE ALL PSYCH MEDS THAT WERE PROVIDED.  THEY ARE ALL
      18    SEDATING TO HIM IN AN ATTEMPT TO CONTROL HIM.  D.N.R., DO
      19    NOT RESUSCITATE.  HE HAD A LIVING WILL AND THERE WERE
      20    MEDICAL DIRECTIVES LIMITING THE CARE.
      21         NOW, SIGNIFICANTLY IF WE FLIP OVER TO HERE TO GIVE YOU
      22    SOME IDEA HOW DIFFICULT THIS WAS.  THIS IS -- TRACY SCHOLL
      23    IS THE NURSE AGAIN, SHE STATES, PATIENT REMAINS POSEY. THEY
      24    HAD TO PUT HIM IN A RESTRAINT BECAUSE HE WAS VIOLENT AND
      25    COMBATIVE SO HE'S IN AN ACTUAL RESTRAINT IN THE BED AND


                                                                       61



       1    THAT'S WHAT THE POSEY IS.  PATIENT HAD LARGE BOWEL MOVEMENT,
       2    HAS SMEARED FECES ALL OVER, INCLUDING FACE, BED RAILS, ET
       3    CETERA.  ON THE 12TH, HE HAS AN M.R.I. AND YOU'LL SEE THIS,
       4    THIS WILL BE PART OF THE RECORD.  AN M.R.I. IS A WAY THAT
       5    YOU GO -- I THINK IT'S CALLED MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING,
       6    BUT IT'S A WAY TO SEE IF THERE IS A PROBLEM WITH THE STROKE
       7    EVENT.
       8         AND THE M.R.I. REPORT COMES BACK, AND I'LL TELL YOU, IT
       9    IS SOMEWHAT AMBIGUOUS AS TO WHAT REALLY IS FOUND.  BUT IT
      10    WAS CONSIDERED BY NOT ONLY DR. WEITZEL, BUT THE NURSING
      11    STAFF AS INDICATING HE HAD A STROKE.  AND LAURIE WILLSON IS
      12    A NURSE AND SHE WRITES THIS -- THIS IS WHAT SHE WROTE ON
      13    THIS DAY INTERVENTION:  M.R.I., THAT'S THAT MAGNETIC
      14    RESONANCE IMAGING, DR. CLINGER, HE'S THE GUY THAT DID IT,
      15    CALLED TO REPORT EVIDENCE OF POSSIBLE NEW INFARCTION, THAT'S
      16    A STROKE WHERE YOUR BRAIN DOESN'T GET THE BLOOD AND
      17    THEREFORE THERE'S A PROBLEM, TO LEFT OCCIPITAL LOBE.
      18    PATIENT REMAINS RESTLESS AND MINIMALLY RESPONSIVE EXCEPT TO
      19    DISCOMFORT.  DR. WEITZEL HAS BEEN NOTIFIED OF THE RESULTS.
      20    IN VIEW OF HIS DIABETES AND POSSIBLE DEHYDRATION, DR.
      21    WEITZEL HAS ORDERED I.V.  DR. WEITZEL PLANS TO TALK WITH
      22    FAMILY IN MORNING REGARDING M.R.I. RESULTS AND PLAN OF CARE.
      23         THE NEXT DAY, THERE'S NO MORPHINE, NONE.  ON THE 12TH,
      24    THE 11TH OR THE 10TH FOR ANY PURPOSE.  ON THE 13TH, DR.
      25    WEITZEL SAYS, ADDENDUM -- THIS IS IN HIS PROGRESS NOTES,


                                                                       62



       1    YOU'LL HAVE THIS ALL WITH YOU, IT'S PART OF THE EVIDENCE.
       2    SPOKE WITH WIFE EXTENSIVELY.  SHE FEELS STRONGLY THAT NO
       3    EXTRAORDINARY MEASURES SHOULD BE TAKEN TO PROLONG ENNIS'
       4    LIFE.  GIVEN THE STROKE FOUND ON THE M.R.I., SHE REQUESTS WE
       5    DISCONTINUE I.V.  NO FLUIDS, NO FOOD, NO NOURISHMENT, AND
       6    GIVE COMFORT CARE.  LET HIM EXPIRE NATURALLY.
       7         SO THEN DR. WEITZEL PUTS IN HIS PLAN WHICH IS
       8    CONSISTENT WITH THAT AND THEN HE DECIDES APPROPRIATELY THAT
       9    HE'S GOING TO START MORPHINE 10 MILLIGRAMS EVERY THREE HOURS
      10    INTRAMUSCULAR WITH ATIVAN.  AND BY THE WAY, THE MORPHINE
      11    STARTS AT 8 O'CLOCK IN THE MORNING.  THE CONVERSATION WITH
      12    THE WIFE TOOK PLACE BEFORE 8 O'CLOCK, I MEAN, THIS -- YOU
      13    CAN'T SEE THAT RIGHT HERE BUT THAT'S WHEN IT OCCURRED.  AND
      14    THAT'S ALL GIVEN FOR COMFORT BECAUSE THE FAMILY HAS DECIDED
      15    TO LET HIM GO.  AND ONE OF THE THINGS THEY ALSO HAVE DECIDED
      16    IS TO DECREASE THE INSULIN.  THIS GENTLEMAN HAD
      17    UNCONTROLLABLE DIABETES.  AND YOU'LL HEAR -- THE MEDICAL
      18    TESTIMONY WILL BE IF YOU WITHDRAW THE INSULIN FROM SOMEBODY
      19    LIKE MR. ALLDREDGE, HE WILL EVENTUALLY LAPSE INTO A DIABETIC
      20    COMA AND DIE.
      21         NOW, FINALLY, THIS -- I'M JUST HIGHLIGHTING THESE,
      22    YOU'LL HAVE ALL THIS, BUT IT'S RIGHT HERE.  THE NURSE, ONCE
      23    AGAIN, LAURIE WILLSON, SHE'LL TESTIFY IN THIS TRIAL.  YOU'LL
      24    HEAR FROM HER, WE'LL CALL HER, 600, DR. WEITZEL GAVE
      25    TELEPHONE ORDER FOR MORPHINE 10 MILLIGRAMS INTRAMUSCULAR


                                                                       63



       1    GIVEN IN LEFT GLUTEUS.  NO RESPONSE FROM PATIENT TO NEEDLE
       2    STICK.  FAMILY REMAINS WITH PATIENT COMFORTING HIM AND
       3    TALKING WITH HIM ASKING HIM TO LET GO.
       4         NOW, I'VE TOLD YOU ABOUT THE TEAM.  TO HELP YOU, THESE
       5    ARE ALL THE FOLKS WHO PROVIDED MR. ALLDREDGE CARE.  IN OTHER
       6    WORDS, IT WASN'T JUST DR. WEITZEL.  THESE ARE ALL PEOPLE WHO
       7    PROVIDED HIM SOME FORM OF CARE.  EVERY ONE OF THESE PEOPLE
       8    HAD FULL ACCESS AT ANY TIME TO THE MEDICAL RECORDS AND THE
       9    MEDICAL CHARTS.  ANY TIME THESE PEOPLE COULD HAVE SEEN WHAT
      10    MEDICATIONS WERE BEING GIVEN AND WHAT THE CARE WAS BEING
      11    PROVIDED.
      12         AND MORE IMPORTANTLY, WE HAVE ASTERISKS UNDER THIS IS
      13    EARLENE COZZENS, SHE'S A NURSE.  WE HAVE AN ASTERISK BY
      14    BONNIE HARDEY, SHE'S A NURSE, AN ASTERISK BY LYNN LONG,
      15    NURSE, AND LAURIE WILLSON, NURSE.  AND THE REASON FOR THAT
      16    IS THOSE FOUR INDIVIDUALS ADMINISTERED THE MORPHINE.  IN
      17    OTHER WORDS, THERE WILL BE NO EVIDENCE IN THIS TRIAL THAT
      18    DR. WEITZEL EVER GAVE ONE OF THESE PATIENTS AN INJECTION.
      19    EVERY SINGLE INJECTION WAS GIVEN BY A NURSE, AND THESE
      20    NURSES WILL TESTIFY.
      21         AND I'LL TELL YOU RIGHT NOW THAT LYNN LONG WILL TESTIFY
      22    AND SHE WILL TELL YOU BASED UPON HER CLINICAL ASSESSMENT,
      23    SHE WAS THERE, SHE SAW THE PATIENT, SHE OBSERVED THE
      24    PATIENT, SHE HAD A FEEL FOR WHAT THE MEDICAL SITUATION WAS,
      25    AND SHE WILL TELL YOU THERE WAS ABSOLUTELY NOTHING WRONG,


                                                                       64



       1    NOTHING WITH THE MEDICATION PRACTICES IN TERMS OF
       2    ADMINISTERING MORPHINE FOR COMFORT CARE.
       3         LAURIE WILLSON, WE'RE GOING TO CALL HER.  WE HAD TO
       4    BRING HER IN ALL THE WAY IN FROM PENNSYLVANIA AND SHE'LL
       5    TELL YOU -- AND SHE ACTUALLY HAS A MASTER'S AS A NURSE AND
       6    SHE IS A NURSE PRACTITIONER SO THAT SHE HAS A LICENSE IN THE
       7    STATE OF UTAH TO GIVE MEDICATIONS.  AND SHE'LL TELL THAT YOU
       8    SHE WAS THERE, TOO, AND WHAT SHE SAW WITH RESPECT TO EACH
       9    ONE OF THESE PATIENTS WAS TOTALLY APPROPRIATE, WAS TOTALLY
      10    CONSISTENT WITH GOOD NURSING PRACTICE AND CERTAINLY THERE
      11    WAS NOTHING WRONG WITH THE CARE.  AND I'LL ALSO TELL YOU
      12    THERE'S NOT ONE NURSE THAT'S GOING TO TESTIFY IN THIS TRIAL
      13    THAT'S GOING TO TELL YOU THAT ANY INJECTION THEY GAVE, ANY
      14    INJECTION THEY GAVE WHEN THEY GAVE IT, THEY THOUGHT IT WAS
      15    GOING TO KILL A PATIENT.
      16         THIS IS ANOTHER TIME LINE, ONCE AGAIN, OUT OF THE
      17    MEDICAL RECORDS FOR MS. SMITH, LYDIA SMITH.  AND YOU CAN GO
      18    THROUGH THE SAME PROCESS, I'M GOING THROUGH THIS QUICKLY FOR
      19    PURPOSES OF JUST GIVING YOU SOME GENERALIZED UNDERSTANDING,
      20    BUT HERE, ONCE AGAIN, THE GREEN ARE THE PSYCH MEDS.  THESE
      21    WERE ACTUALLY GIVEN THE TIMES AND THE DOSAGES IN THE
      22    HOSPITAL.  YOU'LL SEE THESE AND THEN I HAVE, OF COURSE, THE
      23    DATE.
      24         SHE WAS ADMITTED TO THE HOSPITAL ON 12/20/95, SHE DIED
      25    ON 1/8/96.  AND WHAT IS SIGNIFICANT HERE IS SHE INDEED WAS


                                                                       65



       1    VERY COMBATIVE.  SHE HAD A STROKE RIGHT IN NOVEMBER OF 1995,
       2    A SEVERE STROKE.  SHE HAD A HISTORY OF CONGESTIVE HEART
       3    FAILURE, ATRIAL FIBRILLATION WHICH IS AN EVENT THAT CAN
       4    OCCUR WITH THE HEART THAT CAN CAUSE SUDDEN HEALTH, (DEATH?)
       5    HYPERTENSION AND SHE HAD A HEART VALVE REPLACEMENT.  SHE WAS
       6    ON A NUMBER OF MEDICATIONS AND SERZONE, WHICH IS ONE OF THE
       7    PSYCH MEDS THAT WAS SHE WAS ON WHEN SHE WAS ADMITTED, YOU'LL
       8    SEE SHE WAS GIVEN SERZONE AGAIN IN THE HOSPITAL.  HALDOL IS
       9    ANOTHER PSYCH MED AND I'M NOT SURE SHE GOT ANY HALDOL IN THE
      10    HOSPITAL BUT IT'S A SEDATING MEDICATION TO TRY TO GET
      11    CONTROL.
      12         AND SIGNIFICANTLY, SIGNIFICANTLY THERE'S AN ENTRY RIGHT
      13    HERE THIS ENTRY ON 12/28 AND KAY STEGLICH IS A C.S.W. WHICH
      14    IS A CERTIFIED SOCIAL WORKER.  SHE'S ONE OF THE SOCIAL
      15    WORKERS THAT WOULD COME IN AND PROVIDE CERTAIN KINDS OF
      16    ASSISTANCE.  SHE TALKS WITH THE FAMILY AND THE FAMILY
      17    VERBALIZES CONCERN REGARDING DISCHARGE PLANS.  THEY
      18    EMPHASIZE IMPORTANCE OF DECREASE IN PATIENT'S AGGRESSIVE
      19    BEHAVIOR IF SHE'S TO BE ADMITTED TO ROCKY MOUNTAIN BOUNTIFUL
      20    AFTER DISCHARGE.  THE NURSING HOMES -- ONCE SOMEBODY GETS
      21    COMBATIVE OR ASSAULTIVE, THE NURSING HOMES NO LONGER WILL
      22    TAKE THEM AND THE REASON FOR THAT IS IS THEY CAN BE A DANGER
      23    TO THEMSELVES, THEY CAN BE A DANGER TO THE STAFF OR THEY CAN
      24    BE A DANGER TO OTHER PATIENTS.
      25         SO THE WHOLE PURPOSE OF HER BEING HERE IS TO TRY TO GET


                                                                       66



       1    MS. SMITH SO THAT SHE WOULDN'T BE SO COMBATIVE AND
       2    ASSAULTIVE.  AND IN THE NURSING HOME, YOU'LL READ THIS,
       3    THERE WAS ONE INCIDENT RIGHT BEFORE SHE WAS ADMITTED WHERE
       4    SHE ACTUALLY WENT OUT, OUT OF THE NURSING HOME, WAS IN THE
       5    PARKING LOT, A BUNCH OF NURSES CAME OUT TO TRY TO GET HER TO
       6    COME BACK AND SHE PHYSICALLY FOUGHT THEM.  I MEAN, THAT'S
       7    THE BEHAVIOR WE'RE TALKING ABOUT, AND OBVIOUSLY, THE FAMILY
       8    IS CONCERNED ABOUT THE AGGRESSION AND TRYING TO RESOLVE IT.
       9         WE GO OVER HERE AND YOU CAN -- YOU CAN READ THESE.
      10    THESE BASICALLY -- BUT SEE THERE'S NOTHING THAT OCCURS
      11    SIGNIFICANT IN TERMS OF ANY KIND OF SEDATION OR ANY KIND OF
      12    POSITIVE EFFECT UNTIL WE GET TO THE 6TH OF JANUARY.  AND
      13    THERE YOU HAVE, FINALLY, BEHAVIOR IS NOT -- PATIENT HAS NOT
      14    BEEN VERY AGGRESSIVE.  SHE'S BEEN SLEEPING MOST OF THE DAY.
      15    WHEN AWAKE SHE'S BEEN TRYING TO STRIP.  WHEN OFFERED MEALS,
      16    SHE HAS SPIT IT OUT AT US.  BEHAVIOR:  PATIENT HAS BEEN
      17    QUIET THIS SHIFT.  RESTING QUIETLY WITH EYES CLOSED MOST OF
      18    THE SHIFT.  RESPIRATION:  EVEN AND UNLABORED.
      19         AND THEN WE GET TO THE 7TH AND THIS IS A CRITICAL DAY.
      20    AND YOU'LL SEE THAT DR. WEITZEL STATES IN HIS PROGRESS NOTE
      21    DOWN HERE, VERY WEAK.  WHAT HAPPENED IS MS. SMITH'S KIDNEYS
      22    SHUT DOWN AND SHE STOPPED TAKING FOOD, SHE STOPPED TAKING
      23    NOURISHMENT, SHE HAD NO URINE OUTPUT AND YOU'LL HEAR PEOPLE
      24    COME IN AND THEY'LL TELL YOU, EXPERTS IN HOSPICE CARE AND
      25    NURSES, THAT THOSE ARE SIGNS OF THE DEATH AND DYING PROCESS


                                                                       67



       1    WHEN THOSE THINGS OCCUR.
       2         AND SO THERE WAS AN ASSESSMENT THAT MS. SMITH WAS DYING
       3    AND DR. WEITZEL PUTS, FAMILY DISCUSSION WITH TWO SONS AND
       4    DAUGHTER REVEALS THAT THEY DO NOT WANT HER LIFE PROLONGED
       5    BUT ARE READY TO LET HER GO.  AT TIMES SHE THRASHES ABOUT,
       6    SEEMS TO BE IN PAIN AND ANXIETY.  ASSESSMENT:  QUITE ILL.
       7    PLAN:  HOLD MEDICATIONS, IN OTHER WORDS, HOLD THE PSYCH
       8    MEDICATIONS BECAUSE THERE'S NO PURPOSE FOR HAVING THEM
       9    ADMINISTERED AT THIS POINT, AND MORPHINE S.O. 4,
      10    5 MILLIGRAMS EVERY THREE HOURS INTRAMUSCULARLY, WHICH IS
      11    EXACTLY WHAT HAPPENS AFTER THE CONVERSATION WITH THE FAMILY.
      12    AND THEN YOU HAVE THIS ON THE 8TH IN TERMS OF MORPHINE BEING
      13    ADMINISTERED AND THEN THE PATIENT DIES.
      14         AND INTERESTING THIS IS -- ONCE AGAIN, THIS IS A NURSE
      15    WHO CHARTS THIS IN THE WEEKLY ADVOCATE NOTE.  PATIENT'S
      16    PHYSICAL CONDITION HAS MARKEDLY DETERIORATED.  SHE'S UNABLE
      17    TO SWALLOW FOOD OR MEDICATION.  SHE'S NOT VISIBLY RESPONSIVE
      18    TO HER ENVIRONMENT, AND THAT WAS THE CIRCUMSTANCE.  ONE OF
      19    THE THINGS -- THE CARE PLAN HAS BEEN CHANGED TO REFLECT
      20    PATIENT AND FAMILY NEEDS AROUND DEATH AND DYING ISSUES.
      21         THE NURSES WILL TELL YOU -- BECAUSE REMEMBER, THEY HAD
      22    A VERY SIGNIFICANT ROLE IN THE CARE PROVIDED.  AND WHAT
      23    NURSES DO IS THEY ASSESS THINGS AND THEY'LL TELL YOU THIS:
      24    THEY ARE NOT DOCTORS.  THEY DON'T DIAGNOSE, THEY ASSESS.
      25    THEY PERCEIVE THINGS.  THEY SEE CONDITIONS AND THEN THEY


                                                                       68



       1    DEVELOP CARE PLANS.  AND ONE OF THE CARE PLANS THAT NURSES
       2    DEVELOP WHEN THEY SEE THAT A PATIENT IS DYING IS BASICALLY A
       3    DEATH AND DYING CARE PLAN.
       4         AND ONE OF THE THINGS THAT'S INCLUDED IN THAT PLAN IS
       5    WHAT ARE CALLED COMFORT MEASURES, IT HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH
       6    MEDICATION.  AND THOSE COMFORT MEASURES, FOR EXAMPLE, WOULD
       7    BE DIMMING THE LIGHTS, SOFTLY TALKING TO THE PATIENT,
       8    PROVIDING SOME KIND OF COMFORT IN TERMS OF THEIR EYES, AND
       9    YOU'LL SEE THIS IN THE NOTES BUT IT'S PART OF THE DEATH AND
      10    DYING PROCESS THAT PEOPLE STARE AND THEIR EYELIDS DO NOT GO
      11    UP AND DOWN SO THEIR EYES GET DRY SO THEY GET ARTIFICIAL
      12    TEARS SO THERE'S A WHOLE HOST OF OTHER THINGS TO TRY TO GIVE
      13    COMFORT AND COMPASSION TO A PERSON WHO IS DYING.
      14         AND THIS IS WHAT MS. WILSON IS TALKING ABOUT IN TERMS
      15    OF THE CARE PLAN.  IT'S ACTUALLY A WRITTEN PLAN, IT'S IN THE
      16    MEDICAL RECORDS BASED UPON HER CLINICAL ASSESSMENT THAT THIS
      17    PERSON WAS IN FACT DYING.  SAME THING AS WITH MR. ALLDREDGE.
      18    THESE ARE ALL THE PEOPLE WHO YOU WILL SEE IN THE MEDICAL
      19    RECORDS PROVIDED CARE AS PART OF THE MEDICAL TEAM TO
      20    MS. SMITH, AND, ONCE AGAIN, THESE ARE THE NURSES, MS. SHEILA
      21    HANSEN AND MS. LAURIE WILLSON WHO PROVIDED MORPHINE
      22    INJECTIONS TO MS. SMITH.
      23         NOW, I'LL TELL YOU ALSO MS. HANSEN IS GOING TO TESTIFY
      24    IN THIS CASE.  I DON'T KNOW WHETHER SHE'S GOING TO BE CALLED
      25    BY THE PROSECUTION OR IS GOING TO BE CALLED BY US, BUT SHE'S


                                                                       69



       1    GOING TO TESTIFY.  AND SHE'LL ALSO TELL YOU SHE HAS HAD
       2    PROBABLY ABOUT 30 YEARS EXPERIENCE DOING ALL KINDS OF THINGS
       3    IN THE NURSING WORLD AND SHE'S GOING TO TELL YOU THAT THE
       4    CARE THAT WAS PROVIDED TO THESE PATIENTS WAS APPROPRIATE AND
       5    THAT THE MEDICATION PROVIDED, THAT IS MORPHINE, WAS PROVIDED
       6    FOR COMFORT MEASURES ONLY AND WAS TOTALLY APPROPRIATE GIVEN
       7    THE NATURE OF THE DEATH AND DYING PROCESS WHICH SHE
       8    ASSESSED.
       9         NOW, THIS IS THE MOST COMPLICATED TIME LINE BECAUSE
      10    JUDITH WAS ACTUALLY IN THE HOSPITAL FOR A LONGER TIME THAN
      11    ANYONE ELSE.  IN FACT, YOU SEE SHE WAS ADMITTED ON 1/26/95 (12/6/95)
      12    AND SHE WAS IN THE HOSPITAL UNTIL 1/3 OF '96 SO IT'S A
      13    FAIRLY EXTENSIVE MEDICAL CIRCUMSTANCE.  AND I TOLD YOU ABOUT
      14    MERLIN AND HIS DIFFICULTIES THAT HE WAS EXPERIENCING WITH
      15    HIS MOM.  ON ADMISSION THIS IS WHAT HE TOLD THE NURSE.  HE
      16    SAID, WE HAVE HOPES BUT NOT FANTASIES IN REGARD TO PATIENT'S
      17    CHANCES FOR IMPROVEMENT.  AND THEN ONCE AGAIN -- AND YOU'LL
      18    SEE THESE.  THEY ARE ACTUALLY WRITTEN DOCUMENTS THESE LIVING
      19    WILLS AND THESE DO NOT RESUSCITATE ORDERS.  YOU'LL SEE THEM
      20    AND WHAT LIMITATIONS THEY IMPOSE.
      21         BUT HERE ON THE 11TH, THE NURSE, THIS IS BONNIE HARDEY
      22    THIS TIME WHO IS CHARTING THIS, PATIENT'S FAMILY MEMBER
      23    CALLED AND REQUESTED INFORMATION ON PATIENT'S STATUS.
      24    FAMILY CONTINUES TO NOT WANT I.V.'S, FEEDING TUBES, ET
      25    CETERA, AS PER LIVING WILL.  OXYGEN OKAY.  FAMILY RELIEVED


                                                                       70



       1    TO HEAR THAT PATIENT IS NOT SCREAMING OUT AND/OR AGITATED
       2    CURRENTLY.  SO THERE'S SOME DEVELOPMENTS THROUGHOUT HERE.
       3         AND YOU GET TO THE POINT WHERE WE'RE -- AT THIS POINT
       4    ON THE 26TH WHICH IS WHERE I TOLD YOU THAT JUDITH STARTED TO
       5    HAVE SOME VERY SERIOUS MEDICAL PROBLEMS.  IT SAYS, SEIZURE
       6    ACTIVITY NOTED.  AND DR. DIENHART IS CALLED IN, HE'S AN
       7    INTERNAL MEDICINE DOCTOR.  HE'S CALLED IN TO DEAL WITH THIS
       8    PROBLEM.  AND HE ORDERS 3-MILLIGRAM ATIVAN WHICH IS A
       9    SEDATING MEDICATION BE ADMINISTERED.  NO IMPROVEMENT.  AN
      10    ADDITIONAL 1 MILLIGRAM ATIVAN IS ORDERED BY DR. DIENHART AS
      11    WELL AS DILANTIN.  NOW, DILANTIN IS ALSO A SEDATING
      12    MEDICATION BUT IT'S AN ANTISEIZURE MEDICATION.  IT'S GIVEN
      13    TO DEAL WITH THE SEIZURES.  HER BLOOD PRESSURE AT THIS POINT
      14    IS 70 OVER 40.  PERIODS OF APNEA.  APNEA -- AND YOU'LL HEAR
      15    ABOUT THIS.  THIS IS WHERE YOU STOP BREATHING FOR 15, 20, 25
      16    SECONDS AND THEN YOU BREATHE AGAIN.  IT'S A PHENOMENON THAT
      17    YOU SEE IT'S CALLED APNEA.  IT'S ONE OF THOSE FANCY WORDS
      18    FOR THAT CONDITION.
      19         SO ANYWAY THAT'S HER CONDITION ON THE 26TH.  AND THEN
      20    NOTICE SHEILA HANSEN SAYS, COMPLAINT OF MOANING, APPEARS TO
      21    BE IN SOME DISCOMFORT.  PATIENT HAS SEEMED COMFORTABLE SINCE
      22    RECEIVING MORPHINE, BECAUSE THERE WERE 2 MILLIGRAMS OF
      23    MORPHINE GIVEN ON THIS DAY FOR THE VERY REASONS THAT WHAT
      24    MS. HANSEN OBSERVED.  AND THEN WE HAVE RIGHT HERE THIS
      25    PARTICULAR ENTRY WHERE DR. WEITZEL SPEAKS WITH THE SON AND


                                                                       71



       1    THE DAUGHTER-IN-LAW AND SHE APPEARS MEDICALLY STABLE AT THIS
       2    POINT, SO THE DILANTIN WHICH APPEARS TO BE CAUSING SEDATION
       3    IS DISCONTINUED BY DR. WEITZEL.
       4         AND THEN WE START ON 12/29 THE PROBLEM ABOUT HER
       5    THROWING UP FOR 26 HOURS STRAIGHT WHICH IS CHARTED HERE AND
       6    HERE.  PATIENT -- AND THIS IS WHAT BONNIE HARDEY WRITES,
       7    THIS IS AN EXACT QUOTE OUT OF THE NURSES' NOTES, PATIENT'S
       8    FAMILY IN TO SEE PATIENT, AWARE OF PHYSICAL STATUS CHANGE.
       9    FAMILY STATED THEY WANT DO NOT WANT RESUSCITATE STATUS 
      10    MAINTAINED AND COMFORT MEASURES GIVEN.  THEN DR. WEITZEL HE 
      11    CHARTS SAME DAY, MET WITH SON AND DAUGHTER THIS P.M.
      12    REGARDING PATIENT'S CONDITION.  COFFEE GROUNDS VOMIT IS
      13    GREATER THAN THIS MORNING WHICH IS, ONCE AGAIN, IT'S
      14    EVIDENCE OF BLOOD.  SO HE ASSESSES A GASTROINTESTINAL BLEED.
      15    PLAN:  MAKE SURE SHE IS COMFORTABLE WITH ROUTINE MORPHINE.
      16         MERLIN CALLS AND TALKS TO MS. KLEI, MS. KLEI IS ANOTHER
      17    NURSE WHO WAS ON SHIFT THAT NIGHT, CALLED SON AND GAVE SON
      18    REPORT ON PATIENT'S CONDITION.  MERLIN, STRESS THAT ONLY ,
      19    THIS IS MERLIN STRESSING TO THE NURSE, ONLY WISH TO KEEP HER
      20    COMFORTABLE.  SO THAT'S WHERE WE ARE AS OF THIS DATE, THERE
      21    ISN'T GOING TO BE ANY OTHER ATTEMPT TO TRY TO DEAL WITH THE
      22    GASTROINTESTINAL BLEEDING OR ANY OTHER CIRCUMSTANCE OR THE
      23    FACT THAT JUDITH BECAUSE OF THIS BLEEDING, AND THE MEDICAL
      24    EVIDENCE WILL SHOW THIS, SHE LOST 25 PERCENT OF HER BLOOD
      25    AND THAT WAS DONE PURSUANT TO A TEST THEY DID IN THE


                                                                       72



       1    HOSPITAL WHICH CAUSES INCREDIBLE PROBLEMS IN TERMS OF
       2    OXYGENATION AND THINGS LIKE THAT.
       3         SON GOES ON TO SAY ON THE 31ST, SON VERY CONCERNED
       4    ABOUT PATIENT'S MEDICAL CONDITION.  WANTED TO KNOW WHEN
       5    PATIENT WOULD BE DYING.  FAMILY MEMBER UPSET THAT STAFF
       6    NURSE WOULD NOT STATE PATIENT WAS DYING.  PATIENT'S
       7    CONDITION POOR.  AND THIS IS WELL BEFORE ANY SIGNIFICANT
       8    AMOUNTS OF MORPHINE ARE EVEN PROVIDED TO THE PATIENT.  GOES
       9    ON TO SAY ON 12/30, SON CONCERNED THAT FAMILY MEMBERS WERE
      10    FLYING IN FROM OUT OF STATE DUE TO NIGHT'S SHIFT REPORT TO
      11    SON ON 12/30, AND THAT'S REFERRING TO THIS.  THEN IT GOES ON
      12    AND THERE'S A PROGRESSION HERE WHICH FINALLY ENDS UP WITH
      13    JUDITH'S DEATH ON THE 3RD.
      14         SIGNIFICANTLY, THIS IS WHAT LAURIE WILLSON SAID ABOUT
      15    HER SITUATION IN THIS WEEKLY NOTE.  WEEKLY R.N. ADVOCATE
      16    NOTE, PATIENT'S MEDICAL STATUS HAS RAPIDLY AND PROFOUNDLY
      17    DETERIORATED THIS WEEK.  SHE HAS EXPERIENCED A SEIZURE AND
      18    MULTIPLE EPISODES OF VOMITING COFFEE GROUNDS MATERIAL.  SHE
      19    IS NO LONGER VERBALLY RESPONSIVE, THE CARE PLAN, ONCE AGAIN,
      20    THAT NURSING CARE PLAN, HAS BEEN ALTERED TO REFLECT THE NEED
      21    TO SUPPORT THE PATIENT AND FAMILY THROUGH A POSITIVE DEATH
      22    AND DYING PROCESS.  PATIENT IS CURRENTLY RECEIVING MORPHINE
      23    INTRAMUSCULAR EACH AND EVERY THREE HOURS FOR COMFORT.
      24         SAME THING AS WITH THE OTHERS BUT BECAUSE JUDITH WAS IN
      25    THE HOSPITAL FOR A LONGER PERIOD OF TIME THERE ARE A LOT


                                                                       73



       1    MORE FOLKS WHO HELPED HER AND PROVIDED HER CARE AND YOU SEE,
       2    ONCE AGAIN, YOU HAVE IN HER CASE ONE, TWO, THREE, FOUR,
       3    FIVE, SIX, SEVEN, NURSES WHO ALL GAVE HER MORPHINE
       4    INJECTIONS.  AND, ONCE AGAIN, THERE WERE NO INJECTIONS GIVEN
       5    BY DR. WEITZEL.  AND ALL OF THESE PEOPLE, ALL OF THESE
       6    PEOPLE, INCLUDING THESE M.D.'S, THESE SOCIAL WORKERS AND
       7    EVERYONE ELSE AT ANY POINT COULD JUST OPEN UP THE CHART,
       8    TAKE A LOOK AT IT, SEE WHAT WAS GOING ON IN TERMS OF THE
       9    PATIENT'S CONDITION AND THE MEDICATIONS.
      10         THE FINAL ONE AND THIS IS MS. CRANE.  OUR EXPERT -- AND
      11    I'LL TELL YOU, WE'LL HAVE A CAUSE OF DEATH EXPERT, A MEDICAL
      12    DOCTOR WHO WILL TELL YOU WHAT HE BELIEVES TO A REASONABLE
      13    MEDICAL CERTAINTY CAUSED THE DEATH WITH RESPECT TO EACH ONE
      14    OF THESE PATIENTS, AND HE'S GOING TO TELL YOU MORPHINE HAD
      15    ABSOLUTELY NOTHING TO DO WITH IT.
      16         AND HIS OPINION IS, IN ESSENCE, CONSISTENT WITH THE
      17    MEDICAL EXAMINER, BECAUSE THE STATE MEDICAL EXAMINER IN
      18    DOING AUTOPSIES ON FOUR OF THESE PATIENTS COULD NOT CONCLUDE
      19    A CAUSE OF DEATH AND IS NOT GOING TO COME IN HERE AND GIVE
      20    HIS OPINION THAT MORPHINE CAUSED THE DEATH OF THOSE FOUR
      21    PATIENTS, ONE OF WHICH IS MARY CRANE.  AND OUR EXPERT IS
      22    GOING TO SAY THE REASON WHY MARY DIED IS BECAUSE MARY HAD A
      23    VERY SERIOUS INFECTION AND THAT SERIOUS INFECTION EVENTUALLY
      24    CREATED A CONDITION SO THAT SHE DIED FROM THE INFECTION.
      25         AND THE SIGNIFICANT THINGS HERE, ONCE AGAIN, TO SHORT


                                                                       74



       1    CIRCUIT THIS -- AND MARY DID HAVE A NUMBER OF PROBLEMS WHICH
       2    DR. DIENHART NOTED IN HIS INITIAL CONSULT, BUT SIGNIFICANTLY
       3    ON 1/1 -- YEAH, SHE CAME IN WITH URINARY TRACT INFECTION AND
       4    I THINK ALL THE DOCTORS WHO WILL TESTIFY IF ASKED THEY'LL
       5    AGREE THAT IN AN ELDERLY PATIENT -- AN INFECTION PERHAPS IN
       6    A YOUNGER PERSON IS NOT SIGNIFICANT, BUT AN INFECTION IN AN
       7    ELDERLY PERSON CAN BE VERY, VERY -- IT CAN BE FATAL AND
       8    VERY, VERY DIFFICULT.  A URINARY TRACT INFECTION CAN BE A
       9    TERMINAL EVENT IF NOT ADEQUATELY DEALT WITH IN AN ELDERLY
      10    WOMAN.
      11         SHE COMES IN WITH A URINARY TRACT INFECTION AND YOU'LL
      12    SEE DR. WEITZEL PUT HER ON AN APPROPRIATE ANTIBIOTIC TO DEAL
      13    WITH THAT.  BUT HE NOTES AS THE NURSES' NOTE ON 1/1 HE SAYS,
      14    SHE HAS A FISTULA FROM RECTUM TO VAGINA PASSING FECES
      15    THROUGH THE VAGINA.  NOW, I'LL TELL YOU, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE
      16    A DOCTOR WHO WILL TELL YOU WHO'S TREATED THIS CONDITION, HE
      17    WILL TELL YOU THAT'S EXCEEDINGLY, EXCEEDINGLY PAINFUL.
      18    THAT'S THE FIRST THING HE'S GOING TO TELL YOU.  THE SECOND
      19    THING IS IT'S INFECTIOUS AS ALL GET-OUT.  AND YOU'LL SEE
      20    THAT DR. WEITZEL GETS A CONSULT IN FROM A GYNECOLOGICAL -- A
      21    GYNECOLOGIST, RATHER, AND HE COMES IN ONE, TOO, BECAUSE HE
      22    SUPPOSEDLY KNOWS ABOUT THESE THINGS AND THIS IS DR. MEEKS.
      23         DR. MEEKS IN HIS CONSULT SAYS, COMPLAINT OF FECAL
      24    MATTER OUT OF VAGINA.  ON EXAM HAS HIGH RECTAL VAGINAL
      25    FISTULA.  SO THAT'S WHAT MARY HAS.  CAN REPAIR IF CLEARED


                                                                       75



       1    FOR SURGERY BY HER INTERNIST, THAT WILL BE DR. DIENHART.
       2    MAY TRY TO HEAL SPONTANEOUSLY PROBABLY WITH 25 TO 35 PERCENT
       3    WITH BROAD-SPECTRUM ANTIBIOTICS, BECAUSE IT'S INFECTIOUS.
       4    WELL, ON THE 3RD, DR. WEITZEL SAYS, PLEASE HAVE DR. DIENHART
       5    MADE AWARE OF GYNECOLOGIST'S RECOMMENDATIONS.  IN OTHER
       6    WORDS, TELL THE INTERNAL MEDICINE GUY THAT DR. MEEKS HAS HIS
       7    CONSULT AND IF WE'RE NOT GOING TO DO SURGERY, WE BETTER DO
       8    ANTIBIOTICS.  AND THERE'S AN ENTRY BY LYNN LONG SAYS, DR.
       9    DIENHART'S SECRETARY NOTIFIED, ON THIS DAY.
      10         NOW, THEREAFTER, DR. DIENHART DOESN'T SHOW UP IN THE
      11    CARE OF THIS PATIENT UNTIL THE DAY SHE DIES.  MEANWHILE
      12    YOU'LL SEE IN THE RECORDS, DR. WEITZEL FINALLY BECAUSE OF
      13    THIS SITUATION ORDERS AN ANTIBIOTICS, KEFLEX, IT'S ON THE
      14    5TH.  IT MAY NOT BE ON THIS CHART BUT I'M TELLING YOU THAT'S
      15    WHAT HE DOES AND THE RECORD WILL SHOW THAT.  SO SHE HAS A
      16    VAGINAL FISTULA WHICH ESSENTIALLY IS UNTREATED.
      17         AND THEN IF YOU GO TO THE 7TH, LOOK AT WHAT DR.
      18    DIENHART IS ASSESSING.  POSSIBLE SEIZURE.  SHE DID HAVE A
      19    SEIZURE.  AND IMPRESSION AND HE GOES ON TO SAY, HYPOTENSIVE,
      20    WHICH MEANS HER BLOOD PRESSURE WAS VERY, VERY SLOW AND
      21    LETHARGIC, AND POSSIBLE SEPSIS.  SEPSIS IS THE CONDITION
      22    WHERE YOU ARE SO INFECTED THAT ESSENTIALLY YOU HAVE BACTERIA
      23    IN YOUR BLOOD AND THAT IS A -- THAT'S A DEADLY CONDITION, NO
      24    ABOUT IT AND IF UNTREATED, IT'S A TERMINAL CONDITION.
      25         HE GOES ON TO SAY, CASE DISCUSSED WITH DR. WEITZEL,


                                                                       76



       1    PATIENT FELT TO HAVE DECLINING STATUS AND WISHED NOT TO HAVE
       2    C.P.R. PERFORMED.  ONCE AGAIN, SHE HAS MEDICAL DIRECTIVES IN
       3    PLACE SIGNED BY HER DAUGHTER ON THE 28TH OF DECEMBER WHICH
       4    ELIMINATE THE ABILITY OF A PHYSICIAN TO DO CERTAIN THINGS,
       5    ONE OF WHICH IS THE C.P.R., ONE OF WHICH IS SURGERY, ONE OF
       6    WHICH IS USING I.V. FLUIDS.  THE PHYSICIAN IS ETHICALLY
       7    OBLIGATED AND IS BOUND BY THEM.
       8         AND THEN HE GOES ON TO SAY, AFTER DISCUSSION WITH
       9    PRIMARY MEDICAL DOCTOR, THIS IS DR. DIENHART AND WILL NOT --
      10    AND BASICALLY, IT'S 3:10 A.M., WILL NOT OFFER FURTHER
      11    AGGRESSIVE SUPPORTIVE CARE.  I SUSPECT SHE MAY DIE SOON.
      12    AND THEN THERE'S A CONVERSATION BECAUSE THE HOSPITAL -- THE
      13    EVIDENCE WILL BE THE HOSPITAL CALLS THE DAUGHTER, I THINK
      14    KAREN BRINGHURST, AND SAYS, YOUR MOM IS IN REAL BAD SHAPE,
      15    YOU BETTER COME TO THE HOSPITAL SOON AND SHE DOES.  AND THEN
      16    SHE HAS A CONVERSATION WITH DR. WEITZEL AND DR. WEITZEL
      17    SAYS, I HAVE SPOKEN WITH HER TWO DAUGHTERS AND THEY DO NOT
      18    WANT EXTRAORDINARY MEASURES TAKEN BUT WOULD RATHER HAVE
      19    COMFORT CARE GIVEN. IN OTHER WORDS, DON'T DO ANYTHING TO
      20    TREAT THE INFECTION, LET MS. CRANE DIE NATURALLY.
      21         AND THEN, ASSESSMENT:  PROBABLY ASPIRATION PNEUMONIA,
      22    QUITE DEMENTED, HYPOTENSIVE, POSSIBLE SEPSIS.  PLAN:  WILL
      23    RESPECT FAMILY'S WISHES, PROVIDE COMFORT CARE BUT NOT
      24    EXTRAORDINARY CARE.  AND MS. BRINGHURST WILL TESTIFY IN THIS
      25    CASE.  MS. BRINGHURST IS MARY'S DAUGHTER, ONE OF MARY'S


                                                                       77



       1    DAUGHTERS AND SHE'S BEEN A NURSE FOR OVER 20 YEARS AT THE
       2    TIME THAT THIS OCCURRED.  SHE CAME INTO THE HOSPITAL IN
       3    RESPONSE TO A CALL FROM THE HOSPITAL THIS AFTERNOON, AFTER
       4    DR. DIENHART HAD ALREADY DETERMINED THAT MARY MAY DIE SOON.
       5         AND SHE'S GOING TO TELL THAT YOU HER ASSESSMENT WAS,
       6    BASED UPON LOOKING AT HER MOM, SHE THOUGHT HER MOM WAS IN
       7    PRETTY BAD SHAPE.  AND SHE RECALLS THE CONVERSATION WITH DR.
       8    WEITZEL AND SHE ALSO RECALLS THAT DR. WEITZEL SAID, WELL,
       9    ONE OF THE WAYS WE CAN KEEP YOUR MOM COMFORTABLE IS TO GIVE
      10    HER SOME MEDICATION, MORPHINE, IT'S A WAY TO KEEP HER
      11    COMFORTABLE SO THAT SHE'S NOT IN THIS ANGUISH IF WE'RE NOT
      12    GOING DO ANYTHING TO TRY TO TREAT THE INFECTION.  AND SHE
      13    RECALLS THAT CONVERSATION AND AT THE TIME GIVEN WHAT SHE SAW
      14    AND WHAT SHE OBSERVED AND WHAT SHE ASSESSED, SHE DIDN'T FIND
      15    ANYTHING INAPPROPRIATE ABOUT GIVING MORPHINE AT THAT TIME
      16    UNDER THOSE CIRCUMSTANCES.
      17         ONCE AGAIN, THESE WERE ALL THE PEOPLE WHO PROVIDED CARE
      18    TO MARY CRANE.  THESE ARE ALL THE DOCTORS.  NOW REMEMBER,
      19    EVERY ONE OF THESE DOCTORS AT ANY TIME COULD HAVE LOOKED AT
      20    THAT FILE, COULD HAVE LOOKED AT THE CHART AND MADE ANY KIND
      21    OF MEDICAL JUDGMENT THEY WANT.  THE SAME IS TRUE WITH THE
      22    CERTIFIED NURSING ASSISTANTS.  THE SAME IS TRUE WITH THE
      23    NURSES.  ONCE AGAIN, WE HAVE MS. COZZENS WHO GAVE AT LEAST
      24    ONE INJECTION OF MORPHINE AND MS. LONG AND MS. SCHOLL.
      25         NOW, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE A NURSE EXPERT WHO IS GOING TO


                                                                       78



       1    TELL YOU THAT A NURSE IS SUPPOSED TO MAKE SURE THAT IF THEY
       2    ARE GOING TO DO ANYTHING IN TERMS OF MEDICATIONS THAT THEY
       3    DO NO HARM TO THE PATIENT AND THAT A NURSE HAS A DUTY IF
       4    THERE IS A PROBLEM WITH THE MEDICATION NOT TO GIVE IT.  MORE
       5    IMPORTANTLY, IF THE NURSE THINKS THERE IS A PROBLEM AND SHE
       6    HAS A PROBLEM WITH THE PHYSICIAN, SHE'S SUPPOSED TO GO TO
       7    THE PHYSICIAN AND TALK TO THE PHYSICIAN AND IF THE PHYSICIAN
       8    AND HER CAN'T RESOLVE THE CONFLICT, SHE'S OBVIOUSLY SUPPOSED
       9    TO GO UP THE LINE WITH RESPECT TO THE HOSPITAL
      10    ADMINISTRATION.  BUT UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS A NURSE
      11    SUPPOSED TO DO HARM TO A PATIENT.  AND A NURSE HAS AN
      12    INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL DUTY TO MAKE SURE THAT WHEN SHE
      13    GIVES AN INJECTION, FOR EXAMPLE, MORPHINE, THAT THAT
      14    MORPHINE IS NOT GOING TO DO ANY HARM TO THE PATIENT AND
      15    THERE WILL BE OTHER THINGS SHE'LL TELL YOU ABOUT AND THESE
      16    NURSES WILL TELL YOU ABOUT.
      17         NOW, DR. WEITZEL -- AS YOU'VE ALREADY BEEN INSTRUCTED
      18    HERE, WE HAVE NO BURDEN HERE.  WE HAVE NO DUTY TO CONVINCE
      19    YOU OF ANYTHING AND DR. WEITZEL HAS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT
      20    NOT TO TESTIFY.  HE'S GOING TO TESTIFY AND HE'S GOING TO
      21    TAKE THE STAND AND HE'S GOING TO TELL YOU CERTAIN THINGS.
      22    AND FIRST OF ALL HE'S GOING TO TELL YOU CERTAINLY THAT HIS
      23    SOLE PURPOSE IN PROVIDING ANY MEDICATION TO PROVIDE CARE FOR
      24    THESE PATIENTS WAS TO HELP THEM AND TO KEEP THEM COMFORTABLE
      25    IN THE DYING PROCESS.


                                                                       79



       1         HE'S ALSO GOING TO TELL YOU THAT HE ESSENTIALLY WAS
       2    PROVIDING WHAT IS CALLED HOSPICE CARE IN THE HOSPITAL AND
       3    HE'S GOING TO TELL YOU ONE OF THE REASONS WHY HE DID THAT.
       4    IT'S BECAUSE WHEN SOMEBODY IS DYING AND THEY ARE ON A
       5    PARTICULAR UNIT AND THEY ARE IN A HOSPITAL, TO TRANSFER THEM
       6    OUT OF THE HOSPITAL, TO TRANSFER THEM TO ANOTHER PLACE CAN
       7    BE VERY DISRUPTIVE, NOT ONLY TO THE FAMILY BUT TO THE
       8    PATIENT.  SO HE MADE A DECISION THAT IT WAS BETTER TO KEEP
       9    THEM IN THE HOSPITAL RATHER THAN TRANSFER THEM OUT FOR
      10    HOSPICE CARE WHICH HE COULD HAVE DONE.
      11         HE'S ALSO GOING TO TESTIFY AND TELL YOU THAT THE
      12    DECISIONS HE MADE, FOR EXAMPLE, THE JUDGMENT THAT HE MADE
      13    THAT A PATIENT WAS DYING, WAS A CLINICAL JUDGMENT THAT HE
      14    MADE IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ENTIRE MEDICAL TEAM.  HE'S ALSO
      15    GOING TO TELL YOU THAT THE DECISIONS HE MADE ABOUT WHAT KIND
      16    OF CARE WERE IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE FAMILY AND IN
      17    CONJUNCTION WITH THE MEDICAL CHOICES AND THE LIVING WILLS
      18    WHICH THE FAMILY HAD IN PLACE WHICH LIMITED HIS ABILITY TO
      19    TAKE CERTAIN MEASURES WHICH MIGHT -- MIGHT HAVE REVERSED
      20    SOME OF THESE PROCESSES.
      21         AND HE'S FINALLY GOING TO TELL YOU, AND I THINK THIS IS
      22    REALLY, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, WHERE THIS CASE HINGES, ONCE A
      23    DECISION WAS MADE IN THESE CASES, FOR EXAMPLE, ONCE A
      24    DECISION WAS MADE ON MARY CRANE THAT WE'RE NOT GOING TO
      25    TREAT THE INFECTION AS WE SHOULD WITH I.V. FLUIDS OR WE'RE


                                                                       80



       1    NOT GOING TO HAVE SURGERY WITH RESPECT TO THE VAGINAL
       2    FISTULA, DR. WEITZEL HAS A DUTY INDEPENDENT OF ANYTHING ELSE
       3    TO MAKE SURE THAT THAT PERSON IS KEPT COMFORTABLE IF THEY
       4    ARE ABOUT TO DIE, AND THAT'S PRECISELY WHAT HE WAS DOING IN
       5    TERMS OF HIS MEDICATION PRACTICES AND IN TERMS OF HIS CARE.
       6         NOW, AS YOU GO THROUGH THE EVIDENCE AND I'M ABOUT TO
       7    WRAP UP BECAUSE I -- BUT I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT YOU KNOW ONE
       8    OF THE THINGS THAT'S GOING TO HAPPEN IN THIS CASE IS YOU ARE
       9    GOING TO GET AS EVIDENCE, YOU ARE GOING TO GET A BUNCH OF
      10    BINDERS.  THEY MAY NOT BE RED BUT I'M TELLING YOU RIGHT NOW
      11    HERE ARE ALL THE MEDICAL RECORDS AND THEY'LL BE RIGHT THERE
      12    AND YOU'LL HAVE THEM.  AND THEN YOU ARE GOING TO HAVE PEOPLE
      13    WHO ARE GOING TO TAKE THIS WITNESS STAND AND THEY ARE GOING
      14    TO SAY, WELL, FIVE YEARS AGO I REALLY DIDN'T SAY THAT OR
      15    THAT REALLY DIDN'T HAPPEN AND I SUGGEST THINK ABOUT IT.
      16    WHICH IS MORE TRUSTWORTHY, THE ACTUAL MEDICAL RECORDS WHICH
      17    WAS MADE AT THE TIME BY PEOPLE WHOSE RESPONSIBILITY IT WAS
      18    TO BE ACCURATE, OR SOMEBODY'S RECOLLECTION NOW FIVE YEARS
      19    LATER WHEN MAYBE THAT RECOLLECTION IS NOT THAT GOOD OR MAYBE
      20    THEY HAVE SOME OTHER MOTIVE OR BIAS TO TESTIFY THE WAY THEY
      21    ARE?
      22         THE OTHER THING IS I TOLD YOU ABOUT THESE EXPERTS.
      23    WELL, THINK ABOUT THIS AS YOU HEAR THE EVIDENCE AND AS YOU
      24    HEAR THE EXPERTS:  WHO REALLY WAS IN A BETTER POSITION TO
      25    DECIDE WHAT WAS GOING ON, SOME GUY WHO COMES UP HERE AND


                                                                       81



       1    TESTIFIES AFTER BASICALLY JUST BEING A RECORD REVIEWER?
       2    THAT'S ALL THE EXPERTS ARE GOING TO BE.  THEY LOOK AT A
       3    BUNCH OF RECORDS AND THEY SAY, WELL, THIS, THIS, THIS, AND
       4    THAT HAPPENED.  OR THE PEOPLE, THE NURSES, THE NURSES'
       5    ASSISTANTS, THE SOCIAL WORKERS, THE DOCTORS WHO ARE ACTUALLY
       6    TREATING THE PATIENTS AT THE TIME?  THESE ARE CLINICAL
       7    JUDGMENTS AND THEY ARE BASED UPON WHAT PEOPLE SEE AND WHAT
       8    THEY OBSERVE AT THE TIME.  WHO IS IN A BETTER POSITION TO
       9    REALLY MAKE THOSE JUDGMENTS, SOMEBODY WHO JUST LOOKS AT A
      10    BUNCH OF RECORDS COLD OR THE PEOPLE WHO WERE ACTUALLY
      11    PROVIDING THE CARE?
      12         LISTEN TO THE NURSES.  WE'RE GOING TO CALL THEM.  IF
      13    THE STATE DOESN'T CALL THEM, WE'LL CALL THEM AND LISTEN TO
      14    WHAT THEY ARE GOING TO SAY.  BECAUSE, SEE, THEY ARE
      15    INDEPENDENT AND THEY ARE MAKING THE SAME ASSESSMENTS AS PART
      16    OF THE TEAM THE EVIDENCE WILL SHOW THAT DR. WEITZEL WAS
      17    MAKING.  SO LISTEN TO THEM, LISTEN TO LAURIE WILLSON, LISTEN
      18    TO SHEILA HANSEN, LISTEN TO LYNN LONG AND LISTEN TO WHAT
      19    THEY SAY ABOUT WHAT THEY SAW AND WHAT THEY ASSESSED AND WHAT
      20    THEY THOUGHT WAS APPROPRIATE MEDICAL CARE AT THE TIME.
      21         AND FINALLY, AS YOU HEAR THE EVIDENCE, IT'S TRUE, THE
      22    PROSECUTION HAS NO BURDEN AND YOU'LL BE INSTRUCTED ON THIS
      23    TO PROVE MOTIVE AS PART OF THIS CRIME.  BUT ASK YOURSELF,
      24    ASK YOURSELF WHY.  WHY ON EARTH WOULD A DOCTOR, A DOCTOR WHO
      25    STARTED -- STARTED WITH THIS GROUP IN NOVEMBER OF 1994, WHO


                                                                       82



       1    WAS GIVEN PRIVILEGES BY THE HOSPITAL IN NOVEMBER OF 1995,
       2    WHY WOULD HE POSSIBLY AND WHAT MOTIVE COULD HE POSSIBLY HAVE
       3    TO GO AND KILL INTENTIONALLY FIVE HUMAN BEINGS?  AND THAT'S
       4    WHAT WE'RE FOCUSING ON, THIS VERY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME.  WHY
       5    WOULD HE DO THAT?  AND I'LL ANSWER THAT QUESTION AT CLOSING,
       6    BUT I WANT YOU TO ASK YOURSELF THAT AS YOU HEAR THE
       7    EVIDENCE.  WHAT POSSIBLE MOTIVE COULD HE HAVE?  AND I AGREE
       8    WITH COUNSEL, IT'S ONE THAT IS REALLY HARD TO FIGURE OUT AND
       9    I KNOW THE ANSWER WHY IT'S HARD TO FIGURE OUT BUT I'M NOT
      10    GOING TO ARGUE THAT HERE, BUT THINK ABOUT IT.
      11         AT THE CLOSE OF THIS CASE, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, I WILL
      12    COME BACK.  YOU'LL HAVE ME AGAIN AND I'M GOING TO ASK YOU --
      13    I'M GOING TO ARGUE ABOUT THE EVIDENCE.  I'M GOING TO SAY
      14    WHAT I THOUGHT IT SHOWED AND I'M GOING TO ASK YOU TO RETURN
      15    A VERDICT OF NOT GUILTY ON EACH ONE OF THESE COUNTS BECAUSE
      16    I THINK AT THE END OF THE CASE THE EVIDENCE WILL SHOW AT
      17    LEAST THREE THINGS.  IT'S GOING TO SHOW, FIRST OF ALL, THIS
      18    CASE IS ABOUT MEDICAL JUDGMENT.  IT'S NOT ABOUT CRIMINAL
      19    INTENT.  SECOND OF ALL, IT'S ABOUT END-OF-LIFE CARE, NOT DR.
      20    WEITZEL TRYING TO END SOMEBODY'S LIFE.  AND, FINALLY, LADIES
      21    AND GENTLEMEN, IT'S NOT ABOUT MURDER.  IT'S ABOUT MERCY.
      22    THANK YOU.
      23             THE COURT:  THANK YOU.  LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, WE
      24    COULD EITHER TAKE A BREAK FOR 15 MINUTES, COME BACK FOR A
      25    HALF HOUR OR WE CAN TAKE OUR LUNCH BREAK NOW AND I THINK


                                                                       83



       1    WHAT WE'RE GOING TO DO INSTEAD OF BREAKING FROM 12 TO 1:30
       2    WHAT I WOULD LIKE TO DO IS BREAK FROM 11:30 UNTIL ONE.  I
       3    MEAN IT'S NOT QUITE 11:30 YET BUT THEN WE CAN START WITH OUR
       4    WITNESSES AFTER WE COME BACK FROM LUNCH.  SO WHAT WE'RE
       5    GOING TO DO IS WE'LL BE IN RECESS FROM 11:30 TO ONE AND AS I
       6    PROMISED YOU I'M GOING TO GIVE YOU THIS INSTRUCTION AT EVERY
       7    BREAK.  WOULD IT BE POSSIBLE TO TAKE THAT SIGN DOWN?
       8             MR. STIRBA:  I'M SORRY, YOUR HONOR.  IT CERTAINLY
       9    WOULD.  I'M SORRY, I APOLOGIZE.
      10             THE COURT:  GREAT, THANK YOU.
      11             MR. STIRBA:  SURE.
      12             THE COURT:  IT IS YOUR DUTY NOT TO CONVERSE AMONG
      13    YOURSELVES OR TO CONVERSE WITH OR ALLOW YOURSELVES TO BE
      14    ADDRESSED BY ANY OTHER PERSON ON ANY SUBJECT OF THE TRIAL
      15    AND THAT IT IS YOUR DUTY NOT TO FORM OR EXPRESS AN OPINION
      16    THEREON UNTIL THE CASE IS FINALLY SUBMITTED TO YOU.
      17         NOW THE OTHER THING YOU ARE GOING TO DO IS YOU ARE
      18    PROBABLY GOING TO GET INTO THE CAR AND THE FIRST THING YOU
      19    MIGHT DO IS YOU MIGHT TURN ON YOUR RADIO.  AND REMEMBER WHAT
      20    I TOLD YOU A HUNDRED TIMES BEFORE AND I'M GOING TO TELL YOU
      21    AGAIN, TURN IT ON A MUSIC STATION THAT DOESN'T DO ANY NEWS
      22    OR IF YOU HEAR ANYTHING THAT'S COMING ON ABOUT THIS TRIAL,
      23    YOU HAVE TO CHANGE THE STATION.  YOU CANNOT LISTEN TO RADIO,
      24    TELEVISION, NEWS REPORTS, NEWSPAPER MAGAZINE, INTERNET,
      25    ANYTHING ELSE.  AGAIN, JUST LISTEN TO WHAT YOU'LL HEAR IN


                                                                       84



       1    THE COURTROOM SO WE'LL BE IN RECESS UNTIL 1 O'CLOCK AND IF
       2    YOU COULD BE HERE PROMPTLY BACK AT THAT TIME.  PLEASE STAND
       3    FOR THE JURY.
       4               (WHEREUPON THE JURY WAS EXCUSED.)
       5             THE COURT:  THE RECORD SHOULD REFLECT THAT THE JURY
       6    HAS LEFT.  IS THERE ANYTHING THAT WE NEED TO ADDRESS BEFORE
       7    WE COME BACK AT ONE?
       8             MR. WILSON:  STATE HAS NOTHING AT THIS TIME, YOUR
       9    HONOR.
      10             MR. STIRBA:  I HAVE NOTHING, JUDGE.
      11             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THEN WE'LL SEE YOU AT 1 O'CLOCK.
      12           (WHEREUPON, THE MORNING SESSION ENDS.)
      13
      14
      15
      16
      17
      18
      19
      20
      21
      22
      23
      24
      25


                                                                       85



       1         (WHEREUPON, THE AFTERNOON SESSION BEGINS.)
       2             THE COURT:  I'D LIKE TO THANK THE JURY AND COUNSEL
       3    ALL FOR BEING ON TIME.  I REALLY APPRECIATE THAT AND IT WILL
       4    MAKE THINGS GO A LOT SMOOTHER.
       5         THE RECORD SHOULD REFLECT THAT ALL COUNSEL AND THE
       6    DEFENDANT ARE PRESENT, AS WELL AS THE JURY.
       7         MR. WILSON, WOULD YOU LIKE TO CALL YOUR FIRST WITNESS?
       8             MR. WILSON:  WE WOULD, YOUR HONOR.  WE'LL CALL
       9    SHEILA HEWARD TO THE STAND AT THIS TIME.
      10             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, AND BEFORE WE DO THAT, I'D
      11    INVOKE THE EXCLUSIONARY RULE WITH RESPECT TO WITNESSES.
      12             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THE EXCLUSIONARY RULE MEANS THAT
      13    ANYONE WHO PLANS TO BE A WITNESS OR HAS BEEN TOLD THAT THEY
      14    WILL BE A WITNESS IN THIS CASE, THEY HAVE TO NOT BE IN THE
      15    COURTROOM WHILE OTHER WITNESSES TESTIFY.  THAT ONLY MEANS
      16    THAT -- EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIVE FOR THE STATE AND THE
      17    DEFENDANT.
      18             MR. WILSON:  THERE WAS -- THERE WAS SOME FAMILY
      19    MEMBERS, YOUR HONOR, THAT WERE DESIGNATED AS REPRESENTATIVES
      20    OF FAMILIES.
      21             THE COURT:  YEAH, THOSE -- THOSE TWO PEOPLE.
      22             MR. WILSON:  THOSE TWO PEOPLE?
      23             THE COURT:  YES.
      24             MR. WILSON:  AND I DON'T THINK WE HAVE ANYBODY
      25    PRESENT AT THIS TIME THAT WE'RE PLANNING ON.


                                                                       86



       1        (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION.)
       2             MR. WILSON:  THANK YOU, YOUR HONOR.
       3             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WOULD YOU LIKE TO CALL YOUR
       4    FIRST WITNESS?
       5             MR. WILSON:  CALL SHEILA HEWARD.
       6             THE COURT:  OKAY.  IF YOU'LL COME FORWARD AND BE
       7    SWORN.
       8                       SHEILA K. HEWARD,
       9    BEING FIRST DULY SWORN, WAS EXAMINED AND TESTIFIED
      10    AS FOLLOWS:
      11                      DIRECT EXAMINATION
      12    BY MR. WILSON:
      13    Q.  MS. HEWARD, WOULD YOU STATE YOUR FULL NAME FOR THE
      14    RECORD, PLEASE?
      15    A.  SHEILA K. HEWARD.
      16    Q.  AND WHERE ARE YOU CURRENTLY EMPLOYED?
      17    A.  DAVIS HOSPITAL AND MEDICAL CENTER.
      18    Q.  IN WHAT CAPACITY?
      19    A.  I'M THE DIRECTOR OF QUALITY AND RISK MANAGEMENT.
      20    Q.  HOW LONG HAVE YOU BEEN EMPLOYED AT THE DAVIS HOSPITAL IN
      21    THAT CAPACITY?
      22    A.  JUST OVER 2 YEARS.
      23    Q.  OKAY.  COULD YOU GIVE US A BRIEF STATEMENT RELATIVE TO
      24    YOUR CREDENTIALS -- WELL, FIRST OF ALL, LET ME ASK IT THIS
      25    WAY.  HOW LONG HAVE YOU BEEN EMPLOYED IN HOSPITAL TYPE


                                                                       87



       1    SERVICES?
       2    A.  SINCE 1975.
       3    Q.  OKAY.  DO YOU HAVE -- CAN YOU GIVE US A BRIEF BACKGROUND
       4    AS TO ANY EDUCATIONAL CREDENTIALS THAT YOU HAVE IN -- IN
       5    RESPECT TO THAT FIELD?
       6    A.  I HAVE A BACHELOR'S OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CLINICAL
       7    LABORATORY PATHOLOGY; I'VE GOT A MASTER'S DEGREE IN HEALTH
       8    CARE ADMINISTRATION; AND I'M A CERTIFIED HEALTH CARE
       9    EXECUTIVE, BOARD CERTIFIED IN HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT.
      10    Q.  OKAY.  DO YOU HOLD ANY OTHER CERTIFICATIONS?
      11    A.  I'M A SPECIALIST IN HOSPITAL QUALITY, CERTIFIED
      12    PROFESSIONAL IN HEALTH CARE QUALITY.
      13    Q.  OKAY.  IN TERMS OF YOUR EXPERIENCE IN THE HOSPITAL
      14    FIELD, COULD YOU GIVE US A BRIEF OUTLINE OF WHAT YOUR
      15    EXPERIENCES ENTAIL?
      16    A.  I WORKED FOR ABOUT 12 YEARS IN THE LABORATORY IN VARIOUS
      17    CAPACITIES.  I'VE BEEN THE MANAGER OF A COUPLE OF DIFFERENT
      18    DEPARTMENTS IN ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES AND SUPPORT SERVICES,
      19    AND I'VE BEEN IN THIS KIND OF ROLE AS THE DIRECTOR OF
      20    QUALITY AND RISK MANAGEMENT SINCE 1992.
      21    Q.  OKAY.  PRIOR TO COMING TO DAVIS HOSPITAL, WHAT HOSPITAL
      22    DID YOU OCCUPY THAT POSITION AT?
      23    A.  I WORKED AT TWO DIFFERENT HOSPITALS FOR INTERMOUNTAIN
      24    HEALTH CARE, ONE IN POCATELLO FOR 21 YEARS AND ONE IN SALT
      25    LAKE CITY, EXCUSE ME, FOR TWO YEARS.


                                                                       88



       1    Q.  OKAY.  THANK YOU.  PRESENTLY AS THE DIRECTOR OF QUALITY
       2    AND RISK MANAGEMENT, WHAT ARE YOUR DUTIES AND
       3    RESPONSIBILITIES?  WHAT DO THEY ENTAIL?
       4    A.  THERE ARE SEVERAL DIFFERENT ROLES THAT THIS POSITION
       5    FILLS.  ONE OF THEM IS HOSPITAL AND MEDICAL STAFF QUALITY
       6    MONITORING.  I'M THE HOSPITAL RISK MANAGER.  I OVERSEE
       7    WORKER'S COMPENSATION, UTILIZATION REVIEW, INFECTION
       8    CONTROL, SOCIAL SERVICES, AND DISCHARGE PLANNING.
       9    Q.  OKAY.  SO I WOULD TAKE IT FROM THAT POSITION YOU'RE --
      10    YOU'RE FAMILIAR WITH ALL ASPECTS AND ALL OPERATIONAL PARTS
      11    OF THE HOSPITAL?
      12    A.  FOR THE MOST PART, YES.
      13    Q.  OKAY.  ARE THERE ANY PARTS OF THE HOSPITAL OPERATION
      14    THAT YOU'RE NOT FAMILIAR WITH?
      15    A.  NOT THAT I CAN THINK OF.
      16    Q.  OKAY.  PERHAPS BEFORE WE GO ANY FURTHER YOU COULD
      17    FAMILIARIZE THE JURY WITH THE PHYSICAL FACILITY ITSELF.  CAN
      18    YOU DESCRIBE FOR US WHAT THE PHYSICAL FACILITY OF DAVIS
      19    HOSPITAL IS LIKE, HOW MANY FLOORS IT HAS?
      20    A.  THERE'S FOUR FLOORS, THREE OF WHICH CONTAIN PATIENT CARE
      21    AREAS.  THE SECOND FLOOR IS O.B. AND POSTPARTUM; THE THIRD
      22    FLOOR HAS MULTIPLE UNITS ON IT:  THE C.C.U., TELEMETRY,
      23    PEDIATRICS, SKILLED NURSING FACILITY, AND GEROPSYCH.  AND
      24    THE FOURTH FLOOR IS MED/SURG.
      25    Q.  OKAY.  SO THE ONES YOU DELINEATED AS THE SPECIALTY


                                                                       89



       1    UNITS, THOSE WERE LOCATED ON THE THIRD FLOOR?
       2    A.  CORRECT.
       3    Q.  OKAY.  AND ARE ANY OF THESE UNITS -- WELL, FIRST OF ALL,
       4    LET'S -- LET'S DESCRIBE FOR THE JURY, IF YOU WOULD, IN
       5    PARTICULAR ON THE THIRD FLOOR YOU'VE INDICATED A NUMBER OF
       6    UNITS THAT OPERATE ON THAT FLOOR.
       7    A.  CORRECT.
       8    Q.  COULD YOU DESCRIBE FOR THEM WHAT TYPE OF UNITS AGAIN
       9    THAT ARE ON THAT THIRD FLOOR?
      10    A.  THE C.C.U./I.C.U. IS A CRITICAL CARE AND INTENSIVE CARE
      11    UNIT.
      12         THE SKILLED NURSING FACILITY IS A UNIT THAT OFTEN TAKES
      13    PATIENTS THAT HAVE HAD SURGERY AND THEY GO THERE FOR SOME
      14    SHORT-TERM REHAB TO BE ABLE TO RETURN TO THEIR PREVIOUS
      15    LEVEL OF FUNCTIONING AFTER THEY'VE LEFT THE HOSPITAL.
      16         TELEMETRY IS KIND OF A STEP TO THE CRITICAL CARE UNIT.
      17    IT'S A FLOOR THAT HAS SOME MONITORING EQUIPMENT PUT IN IT SO
      18    THAT YOU CAN PUT PATIENTS ON A CARDIAC MONITOR AND WATCH
      19    THEIR CARDIAC ACTIVITY.  OFTENTIMES IF SOMEONE'S IN THE
      20    CRITICAL CARE UNIT SAY SUFFERING FROM A HEART ATTACK, THEY
      21    WILL GO FROM THE C.C.U. TO THE TELEMETRY UNIT BEFORE THEY'RE
      22    DISCHARGED.
      23         OF COURSE, THERE'S PEDIATRICS, AND THEN THERE'S THE
      24    GEROPSYCHIATRIC UNIT WHICH IS A TEN-BED UNIT FOR GENERALLY
      25    OVER-65 PATIENTS THAT ARE SUFFERING FROM PSYCHOSES,


                                                                       90



       1    DEMENTIA, DEPRESSION, THINGS OF THAT NATURE.
       2    Q.  IN TERMS OF THE GEROPSYCH UNIT, CAN YOU TELL US WHAT
       3    TYPES OF -- OF EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED IN THE
       4    GEROPSYCH UNIT?
       5    A.  THE GERO --
       6             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, I'M GOING TO OBJECT.
       7    RELEVANCY.
       8             MR. WILSON:  I THINK, YOUR HONOR --
       9             MR. STIRBA:  MAY I VOIR DIRE?
      10             MR. WILSON:  -- IT'S TOTALLY FOUNDATIONAL.
      11             THE COURT:  OKAY.  GO AHEAD AND VOIR DIRE.
      12             MR. STIRBA:  YEAH.
      13                     VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION
      14    BY MR. STIRBA:
      15    Q.  MS. HEWARD, MY UNDERSTANDING YOU BECAME EMPLOYED AT
      16    DAVIS HOSPITAL WITHIN THE LAST TWO YEARS; IS THAT RIGHT?
      17    A.  LITTLE OVER TWO YEARS AGO.
      18    Q.  AND SO YOU STARTED WHEN?
      19    A.  IN MAY OF '98.
      20    Q.  OKAY.  PRIOR TO THAT TIME, FOR EXAMPLE THE TIME PERIOD
      21    OF '95 THROUGH '96, YOU WEREN'T EMPLOYED AT THE HOSPITAL,
      22    TRUE?
      23    A.  CORRECT.
      24             MR. STIRBA:  THAT'S ALL, YOUR HONOR.
      25             MR. WILSON:  AGAIN, YOUR HONOR, WE -- WE'D JUST


                                                                       91



       1    INDICATE IT'S FOUNDATIONAL.  I CAN ASK SOME FURTHER
       2    QUESTIONS FOR PURPOSES OF PREPARATION -- OR FOR FOUNDATION
       3    ON THAT.
       4             THE COURT:  OKAY.  YOU CAN DO THAT.
       5                  DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D
       6    BY MR. WILSON:
       7    Q.  HAVE YOU HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THE RECORDS IN
       8    CONNECTION WITH THIS MATTER THAT WERE MAINTAINED AT THE
       9    GEROPSYCH UNIT?
      10    A.  YES, I HAVE.
      11    Q.  AND HAVE YOU DONE AN EXTENSIVE REVIEW OF THOSE RECORDS?
      12    A.  YES, I HAVE.
      13    Q.  WHAT RECORDS HAVE YOU REVIEWED IN CONNECTION WITH THE
      14    OPERATION OF THE UNIT?
      15    A.  WITH THE OPERATION OF THE UNIT?
      16    Q.  WELL, THE OPERATION OF THE UNIT ITSELF AND ALSO WITH --
      17    WITH -- HAVE YOU HAD OCCASION TO ALSO VIEW THE UNIT ITSELF?
      18    A.  ABSOLUTELY.  YES.
      19    Q.  ARE YOU AWARE THAT ANY CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE IN THE
      20    PHYSICAL LAYOUT OF THE UNIT SINCE YOUR -- IN RESPECT TO YOUR
      21    INVESTIGATION OF THE UNIT?
      22    A.  THERE'S BEEN NO CHANGES SINCE IT WAS OPENED.
      23    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO THE OPERATION OF THE UNIT, HAVE YOU
      24    ALSO HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW RECORDS RELATED TO THE
      25    CRITERIA FOR THE OPERATION OF THE UNIT?


                                                                       92



       1    A.  I'VE -- I KNOW WHAT THE CRITERIA ARE.  I VIEWED THE
       2    CRITERIA THAT'S CURRENTLY IN PLACE.
       3    Q.  OKAY.  HAVE YOU EVER VIEWED THE CRITERIA THAT WERE IN
       4    PLACE BACK IN 1995?
       5    A.  NO, I HAVE NOT.
       6    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO THE UNIT ITSELF, DESCRIBE THE
       7    PHYSICAL LAYOUT THEN.
       8    A.  THE UNIT IS A TEN-BED UNIT WITH FIVE PATIENT ROOMS WITH
       9    TWO PATIENTS PER ROOM.  THERE'S A NURSES' STATION AND KIND
      10    OF A DAY ROOM WHERE THEY DO A LOT OF THE GROUP COUNSELLING,
      11    GROUP MEETINGS OF THAT NATURE.  OF COURSE, THERE'S A SUPPLY
      12    ROOM AND A NURSES' STATION AS WELL.
      13    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO THE UNIT, ARE THERE ANY DOORS THAT
      14    ARE LOCKED?
      15    A.  THERE ARE TWO SETS OF DOORS, ONE AT EACH END -- A PAIR
      16    AT EACH END OF THE UNIT THAT ARE LOCKED SO THAT PATIENTS MAY
      17    NOT LEAVE THE UNIT WITHOUT THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE STAFF.
      18    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, IN TERMS OF THE PHYSICAL LAYOUT OF THE UNIT,
      19    CAN YOU TELL US WHAT UNIT IS LOCATED IN CONJUNCTION OR NEXT
      20    TO THAT UNIT?
      21    A.  IMMEDIATELY NEXT TO IT IS THE SKILLED NURSING FACILITY.
      22    Q.  OKAY.  AND ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH WHAT GOES ON IN THE
      23    SKILLED NURSING CENTER?
      24    A.  AGAIN, THAT UNIT IS DESIGNED FOR PATIENTS THAT HAVE
      25    ALREADY BEEN A PATIENT IN THE HOSPITAL AND DON'T NEED AN


                                                                       93



       1    ACUTE LEVEL OF CARE, BUT NEED SOME SHORT-TERM CARE,
       2    PRIMARILY THINGS LIKE PHYSICAL THERAPY.  FOR INSTANCE, IF A
       3    PATIENT HAS A TOTAL HIP REPLACEMENT, AFTER THEY'RE
       4    DISCHARGED FROM THE MEDICAL-SURGICAL UNIT THEY OFTEN GO TO
       5    THE SNF TO GET PHYSICAL THERAPY, OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY,
       6    THINGS OF THAT NATURE TO HELP THEM GET STRONGER BEFORE
       7    THEY'RE DISCHARGED.
       8    Q.  AND WHERE IS THE CRITICAL CARE UNIT LOCATED IN PROXIMITY
       9    TO IT?
      10    A.  IT'S AT THE OTHER END OF THE UNIT.
      11    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO BEING AT THE OTHER END OF THE UNIT,
      12    ARE WE TALKING SOME DISTANCE THERE?
      13    A.  IT'S ABOUT AS FAR FROM THE GEROPSYCH UNIT AS YOU CAN
      14    GET.
      15    Q.  OKAY.  AND --
      16    A.  ON THAT FLOOR.
      17    Q.  OKAY.  CAN YOU TELL US IN FEET WHAT YOU WOULD
      18    APPROXIMATE?
      19    A.  PROBABLY 250.
      20    Q.  OKAY.
      21    A.  300 MAYBE.
      22    Q.  AND IS THERE HALLWAYS LINKING THESE VARIOUS UNITS?
      23    A.  UH-HUH.  YES, THERE ARE.
      24    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, LET'S TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT THE PATIENT
      25    RECORDS THAT ARE MAINTAINED AT THE HOSPITAL.  ARE YOU


                                                                       94



       1    FAMILIAR WITH HOW THE PATIENT RECORDS ARE MAINTAINED?
       2    A.  YES, I AM.
       3    Q.  AND IN RESPECT TO THE PATIENT RECORDS THEMSELVES, DO YOU
       4    HAVE ANY AUTHORITY OR CUSTODY OVER THOSE RECORDS?
       5    A.  I'M NOT THE PRIMARY CUSTODIAN, NO.
       6    Q.  OKAY.  IN -- IN RESPECT TO THE RECORDS, DO YOU HAVE
       7    ACCESS TO THEM?
       8    A.  YES, I DO.
       9    Q.  HAVE YOU, AS A RESULT OF THIS INVESTIGATION, HAD THE
      10    OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THOSE RECORDS ON A NUMBER OF
      11    OCCASIONS?
      12    A.  YES, I HAVE.
      13    Q.  OKAY.  FIRST OF ALL, I WANT YOU TO DELINEATE, IF YOU
      14    WILL, THE TYPES OF -- WELL, LET'S -- LET'S JUST TALK ABOUT
      15    ONE TYPE OF RECORD FIRST.  THEY MAINTAIN PATIENT RECORDS.
      16    A.  CORRECT.
      17    Q.  IS THAT CORRECT?
      18    A.  YES.
      19    Q.  CAN YOU TELL US WHAT TYPES OF INFORMATION ARE MAINTAINED
      20    IN THOSE PATIENT RECORDS?
      21    A.  THE FIRST THING THAT'S IN A PATIENT'S MEDICAL RECORD IS
      22    A DOCUMENT THAT CONTAINS DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION:  THE
      23    PATIENT'S NAME, ADDRESS, PHONE NUMBER, SOCIAL SECURITY
      24    NUMBER, DATE OF BIRTH, DOCTOR THAT'S ADMITTING THEM FOR THAT
      25    PARTICULAR VISIT, INSURANCE INFORMATION.


                                                                       95



       1    Q.  OKAY.
       2    A.  IN ADDITION TO THAT, THERE WILL BE -- AND I'M GOING TO
       3    DESCRIBE A CHART THAT IS COMPLETE.  THE PATIENT'S LEFT THE
       4    HOSPITAL AND THE RECORD IS COMPLETE.
       5    Q.  OKAY.
       6    A.  THERE WILL BE A DISCHARGE SUMMARY, THERE'LL BE A HISTORY
       7    AND PHYSICAL.  IN THE CHARTS WITH RESPECT TO THIS PARTICULAR
       8    CASE THERE WOULD BE A PSYCHIATRIC EVALUATION.  THERE'S
       9    GENERALLY SEVERAL PAGES OF PHYSICIAN PROGRESS NOTES AND
      10    PHYSICIAN ORDERS.  THERE'S LABORATORY AND X-RAY RESULTS.  IF
      11    ANY THERAPY, SOCIAL SERVICES, THINGS OF THAT NATURE, THEY
      12    WOULD HAVE NOTES IN THE RECORD.  THERE'S NURSING RECORDS,
      13    THERE'S MEDICAL -- MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION RECORDS.
      14    Q.  OKAY.
      15    A.  THAT'S PRETTY MUCH IT.
      16    Q.  IN RESPECT TO THOSE RECORDS, CAN YOU TELL US HOW ARE
      17    THOSE RECORDS MAINTAINED OR HOW ARE THEY FORMED?
      18    A.  HOW ARE THEY FORMED?
      19    Q.  YEAH.
      20    A.  WHEN THE PATIENT --
      21    Q.  ASSUMING -- ASSUMING A PATIENT IS ADMITTED TO THE
      22    GEROPSYCH UNIT, HOW WOULD THAT RECORD BE COMPLETED?
      23    A.  OKAY.  THE -- A COPY OF THAT DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
      24    THAT I DESCRIBED TO YOU WOULD BE -- WOULD GO TO THE UNIT
      25    WITH THE PATIENT.  AND ON THE UNIT THEY WOULD COMPILE A


                                                                       96



       1    CHART THAT HAS A NUMBER OF DIVIDERS AND THEY'D BE PUTTING
       2    BLANK PAGES IN THERE, LIKE SEVERAL BLANK PAGES FOR THE
       3    PHYSICIAN'S PROGRESS NOTES AND ORDERS, SEVERAL PAGES FOR
       4    NURSING NOTES.  AND AS THE PATIENT -- AS THE PATIENT'S STAY
       5    LENGTHENS, MORE AND MORE OF THOSE GET PUT INTO THE CHART AS
       6    NEEDED.  AS LABORATORY RESULTS COME UP, THEY'RE ADDED TO THE
       7    CHART; X-RAY -- THE INTERPRETATION OF X-RAYS, THAT WILL COME
       8    UP; E.K.G.'S, IF THEY'RE DONE, RECORDS OF THAT GO INTO THE
       9    RECORD.  SO OVER THE COURSE OF THE PATIENT'S STAY IT GETS
      10    BIGGER AND BIGGER.
      11    Q.  AND SO ALL OF THOSE COMPONENTS OF THE PATIENT'S MEDICAL
      12    RECORD ARE MAINTAINED RIGHT ON THE UNIT ITSELF?
      13    A.  THAT'S RIGHT.
      14    Q.  AND ALL OF THE ENTRIES THEN WOULD BE ENTERED IN -- IN
      15    THAT PARTICULAR UNIT ITSELF?
      16    A.  THAT'S RIGHT.
      17    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO THE VARIOUS TYPES OF RECORDS, CAN
      18    YOU TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT WHAT IS CONTAINED IN THE NURSES'
      19    NOTES?  WHAT IS THAT SUPPOSED TO BE ABOUT?
      20    A.  THE NURSES' NOTES IS SEVERAL DIFFERENT THINGS.  THEY'RE
      21    USUALLY A MULTISURFACE, MULTIPAGE DOCUMENT THAT INCLUDES
      22    RESULTS OF THE PATIENT ASSESSMENT AT THE VARIOUS TIMES
      23    DURING THE DAY.  IT WILL CONTAIN BLOOD PRESSURE, PULSE,
      24    RESPIRATIONS, TEMPERATURE, A GRAPHIC CHART FOR THAT KIND OF
      25    DATA, AND THEN THERE'S A PLACE FOR THEM TO WRITE NARRATIVE


                                                                       97



       1    ABOUT WHAT'S GOING ON WITH THE PATIENT.
       2    Q.  OKAY.  IF A -- IN THE -- IN THE -- SO IS THAT PART OF
       3    THE PROGRESS NOTES?
       4    A.  NO.  THOSE ARE THE NURSING NOTES OR THE PATIENT CARE
       5    NOTES.
       6    Q.  OKAY.
       7    A.  THEY'RE -- EITHER WAY.
       8    Q.  WHAT IS THE PROGRESS NOTE?
       9    A.  THE PROGRESS NOTE IS A FORM THAT IS -- ON WHAT -- IT'S
      10    GOT TWO COLUMNS.  ON ONE SIDE IS WHERE THE PHYSICIAN
      11    DOCUMENTS PROGRESS NOTES AFTER THE PHYSICIAN HAS SEEN THE
      12    PATIENT DURING THE COURSE OF A STAY WHILE THEY'RE IN THE
      13    HOSPITAL; AND ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THAT IS A PLACE FOR THE
      14    PHYSICIAN TO WRITE ORDERS.
      15    Q.  OKAY.  SO IF A PHYSICIAN WRITES AN ORDER FOR A CERTAIN
      16    TYPE OF MEDICATION, THAT WOULD BE CONTAINED IN THAT
      17    PARTICULAR DOCUMENT?
      18    A.  YES, IT WOULD.
      19    Q.  WOULD IT BE CONTAINED IN ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS IN THE
      20    PATIENT RECORD?
      21    A.  THE ORDER?
      22    Q.  YES.
      23    A.  NO.
      24    Q.  WHAT ABOUT VERIFICATION THAT THE ORDER WAS INDEED
      25    ADMINISTERED?


                                                                       98



       1    A.  WHEN A PHYSICIAN WRITES AN ORDER AN R.N. ON THE UNIT
       2    WILL NOTE IT.  THEY USUALLY DRAW A LINE ACROSS THE BOTTOM OF
       3    IT AND WRITE THEIR SIGNATURE AS NOTED.  AND THEN IN THE CASE
       4    OF A MEDICATION THEN THEY WOULD NOTIFY PHARMACY AND EITHER
       5    THEY OR PHARMACY WOULD ADD IT TO THAT MEDICATION
       6    ADMINISTRATION RECORD.
       7    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO THE DOCTOR'S NOTES, DOES HE HAVE A
       8    SEPARATE SECTION OTHER THAN THE PROGRESS NOTES AND THE
       9    ORDERS?
      10    A.  IN SOME CASES.  WITH THESE PATIENTS THERE WAS A DOCUMENT
      11    CALLED THE INTERDISCIPLINARY RECORD, I BELIEVE, WHERE
      12    MULTIPLE DISCIPLINE IS DOCUMENTED ON IT, MADE HANDWRITTEN
      13    NARRATIVE NOTES.
      14    Q.  OKAY.  LET ME ASK YOU, IN CONNECTION WITH THOSE PATIENT
      15    RECORDS, IS -- IS THERE ANY BILLING INFORMATION THAT'S
      16    CONTAINED IN THOSE RECORDS?
      17    A.  THE ONLY THING THAT HAS TO DO WITH BILLING IS THAT
      18    DEMOGRAPHIC PAGE I MENTIONED.  IT'S GOT THE -- THE ADDRESS,
      19    TELEPHONE NUMBER, SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER, THE PATIENT.  IT
      20    HAS THEIR INSURANCE COMPANY, NEXT OF KIN.  THEY MIGHT HAVE
      21    AN INSURANCE COMPANY NUMBER ON THEM, BUT BEYOND THAT, NO.
      22    Q.  OKAY.  ARE THERE OTHER RECORDS THAT ARE MAINTAINED ON
      23    THE UNIT BESIDES THE PATIENT RECORDS?
      24    A.  THERE'S A SET OF RECORDS CALLED THE CONTROLLED
      25    SUBSTANCES LOG.


                                                                       99



       1    Q.  OKAY.
       2    A.  THAT IS A LOG WHERE CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES SUCH AS
       3    NARCOTICS ARE LOGGED AS SOON -- THE PHARMACY STOCKS THE UNIT
       4    WITH A CERTAIN COMPLEMENT OF MEDICATION.  SOME OF THOSE ARE
       5    CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES.  BECAUSE OF THE NATURE OF CONTROLLED
       6    SUBSTANCES, WE HAVE TO ACCOUNT FOR EVERY BIT OF THE
       7    MEDICATION.
       8         SO IF YOU HAD A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE THAT WAS
       9    PRESCRIBED FOR A PATIENT AND SAY MOST OF A SMALL VIAL WAS
      10    USED FOR A DOSE ON A PATIENT AND WHAT REMAINED IN THAT VIAL
      11    WAS NOT ENOUGH TO PROVIDE ANOTHER DOSE, THEN THAT WOULD BE
      12    WASTED.  AND THE CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE LOG IS IF THEY TAKE
      13    SOME OUT FOR A PATIENT, THEY HAVE TO WRITE DOWN THE
      14    PATIENT'S NAME, THE MEDICATION, THE AMOUNT THAT WAS ORDERED
      15    AND WHETHER IT WAS ADMINISTERED, AND THEN IF THERE'S ANY
      16    LEFT, IT HAS TO BE WHAT WE CALL WASTED WHICH MEANS IT HAS TO
      17    BE DISPOSED OF DOWN A SINK AND WITNESSED BY TWO R.N.'S.
      18    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, IF YOU WERE -- IF YOU WERE TRYING TO --
      19    WELL, LET -- LET ME REPHRASE THAT.  IF YOU WERE LOOKING AT A
      20    PATIENT RECORD AND YOU'RE LOOKING AT THE CONTROLLED
      21    SUBSTANCES LOG, IS THERE ANYTHING IN THE PATIENT RECORD
      22    WHICH WOULD CORROBORATE ANY NOTES THAT ARE SUPPOSED TO BE IN
      23    THE PATIENT RECORD WHICH WOULD CORROBORATE ALSO THE NOTES
      24    THAT ARE CONTAINED IN THE CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES LOG?
      25    A.  YES.  THERE WOULD FIRST -- THERE WOULD FIRST HAVE TO BE


                                                                       100



       1    A PHYSICIAN ORDER FOR THE MEDICATION.
       2    Q.  OKAY.
       3    A.  AND THEN IT WOULD HAVE TO BE ADDED TO THE MEDICATION
       4    ADMINISTRATION RECORD, AND IT WOULD HAVE TO BE SIGNED OFF ON
       5    THE MAR BY THE NURSE SAYING THAT THE MEDICATION WAS GIVEN.
       6    AND IF THAT MEDICATION WAS A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE, THEN YOU
       7    SHOULD BE ABLE TO GO TO THE CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE LOG, FIND
       8    THAT PATIENT'S NAME AND BE ABLE TO CORRELATE WHEN THE
       9    MEDICATION WAS TAKEN OUT OF THE LOCKED CONTAINER THAT THE
      10    CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES ARE KEPT IN AND ADMINISTERED TO THE
      11    PATIENT.
      12    Q.  AND WHOSE RESPONSIBILITY IS THAT?
      13    A.  AN R.N.
      14    Q.  OKAY.  I TAKE IT THAT IN YOUR CAPACITY, AGAIN, YOU'RE
      15    ALSO -- WOULD HAVE FAMILIARITY, IF NOT CONTROL, OVER THE
      16    POLICIES AND PROCEDURES THAT ARE USED IN THE HOSPITAL; IS
      17    THAT CORRECT?
      18    A.  CORRECT.  I'M AWARE OF THEM; SOME OF THEM I'M
      19    RESPONSIBLE FOR.
      20    Q.  WHICH ONES ARE YOU RESPONSIBLE FOR?
      21    A.  FOR THE MOST PART I'M RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OF THE RISK
      22    MANAGEMENT AND QUALITY IMPROVEMENT POLICIES AND PLANNING.
      23    Q.  OKAY.
      24    A.  I SERVE ON A COMMITTEE THOUGH THAT ROUTINELY REVIEWS,
      25    AMENDS, REVISES POLICIES, SO I'M QUITE FAMILIAR WITH THE


                                                                       101



       1    POLICIES AND PROCEDURES OF THE HOSPITAL.
       2    Q.  WHERE ARE THOSE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES MAINTAINED?
       3    A.  EVERY DEPARTMENT HAS A SET.
       4    Q.  OKAY.  I ASSUME YOU ALSO HAVE A SET?
       5    A.  YES, I DO.
       6    Q.  DO YOU HAVE A SET OF THOSE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES THAT
       7    WERE MAINTAINED IN -- IN 1994, '95, AND '96?
       8    A.  I DON'T PERSONALLY HAVE THEM.  THEY'RE MAINTAINED IN OUR
       9    NURSING EDUCATION OFFICE.
      10    Q.  OKAY.  YOU HAVE ACCESS TO THOSE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES?
      11    A.  I DO.
      12    Q.  AND DID YOU HAVE OCCASION TO REVIEW THE POLICIES AND
      13    PROCEDURES IN CONNECTION WITH -- WITH THIS MATTER?
      14    A.  YES.
      15    Q.  GOING BACK --
      16    A.  SOME OF THEM, YES.
      17    Q.  SOME OF THEM?
      18    A.  UH-HUH.
      19    Q.  CAN YOU TELL US WHAT ONES THAT YOU REVIEWED IN
      20    CONNECTION -- AT MY REQUEST IN THIS MATTER?
      21    A.  I -- I REVIEWED A POLICY AND PROCEDURE CALLED THE DO NOT
      22    RESUSCITATE OR D.N.R. POLICY, AND THE ADVANCE DIRECTIVES
      23    POLICY.
      24    Q.  OKAY.  I SHOW YOU WHAT'S BEEN MARKED AS STATE'S EXHIBIT
      25    NUMBER 1, ASK YOU TO TAKE A LOOK AT THAT, IF YOU WOULD,


                                                                       102



       1    PLEASE.
       2    A.  OKAY.
       3    Q.  ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH THAT EXHIBIT?
       4    A.  YES, I AM.
       5    Q.  NOW, IN THAT EXHIBIT THERE ARE TWO SECTIONS.  CAN YOU
       6    DESCRIBE THOSE SECTIONS FOR US?
       7    A.  THE FIRST ONE IS A POLICY AND PROCEDURE ENTITLED
       8    WITHHOLDING OF RESUSCITATIVE SERVICES, DO NOT RESUSCITATE
       9    GUIDELINES.
      10    Q.  OKAY.
      11    A.  THE SECOND ONE IS TITLED ADVANCE DIRECTIVES, DECLARATION
      12    OF LIVING WILL/SPECIAL POWER OF ATTORNEY.
      13    Q.  OKAY.  CAN YOU TELL US WHAT THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS ON THE
      14    FIRST ONE, ON THE --
      15    A.  THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS 7/1/93.
      16    Q.  AND I NOTE THAT THAT IS CONTAINED IN THE RIGHT-HAND
      17    CORNER OF THE PARTICULAR DOCUMENT?
      18    A.  YES, IT IS.
      19    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO THE -- THAT PARTICULAR SECTION ON
      20    THE DOCUMENT, IT ALSO INDICATES AMENDED 5/31/96?
      21    A.  UH-HUH.
      22    Q.  CAN YOU TELL US WHAT THAT MEANS?
      23    A.  THAT IT WAS REVIEWED AND MAY OR MAY NOT HAVE HAD MINOR
      24    CHANGES IN LANGUAGE.  THE SUBSTANCE OF THE POLICY HAS NOT
      25    BEEN CHANGED.


                                                                       103



       1    Q.  OKAY.  DID THE DOCUMENT THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT THERE, WAS
       2    THAT THE DOCUMENT THAT WAS IN EFFECT IN 1993 TO '96?
       3    A.  THIS PARTICULAR DOCUMENT WAS AMENDED IN 1996, SO THIS IS
       4    PROBABLY SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT THAN THE ONE THAT WAS IN PLACE
       5    IN '95 AND '96.
       6    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO THE SECOND EXHIBIT, AGAIN, THAT
       7    BEARS AN EFFECTIVE DATE OF 12/91; IS THAT CORRECT?
       8    A.  YES, IT IS.
       9    Q.  AND ALSO INDICATES AN AMENDMENT BACK IN 6/93 AND 8/96?
      10    A.  YES.
      11    Q.  CAN YOU TELL US WHERE THAT DOCUMENT WAS OBTAINED?
      12    A.  FROM THE HOSPITAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES.
      13    Q.  OKAY.  THESE ALSO BEAR THE SIGNATURE AS RECOMMENDED BY,
      14    I THINK ON THE FIRST ONE -- COULD YOU TELL US WHO IT WAS
      15    RECOMMENDED BY?
      16    A.  GILBERT CAILLOUET.
      17    Q.  OKAY.
      18    A.  HE WAS THE -- A PHYSICIAN THAT WAS THE CHAIRMAN OF THE
      19    MEDICINE DEPARTMENT.
      20    Q.  OKAY.  THESE DOCUMENTS REFLECT THE POLICY OF THE
      21    HOSPITAL IN RESPECT TO THE ADMINISTRATION OR THE DO NOT
      22    RESUSCITATE ORDERS, AND ALSO IN RESPECT TO LIVING WILLS?
      23    A.  CORRECT.
      24    Q.  OKAY.  I ASSUME THE HOSPITAL HAS A VARIETY OF POLICIES
      25    AND PROCEDURES THAT THEY OPERATE UNDER?


                                                                       104



       1    A.  YES.
       2    Q.  DO ANY OF THOSE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES DEAL WITH THE
       3    CREDENTIALING PROCESS?
       4    A.  WE DO HAVE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES WITH REGARD TO THE
       5    CREDENTIALING PROCESS.  IN ADDITION, THERE IS EXTENSIVE
       6    DOCUMENTATION IN THE MEDICAL STAFF BYLAWS THAT ADDRESSES
       7    CREDENTIALING.
       8    Q.  OKAY.  EXPLAIN TO THE JURY, IF YOU WILL -- WELL, LET
       9    ME -- LET ME APPROACH IT FROM THIS STANDPOINT.  IN THE
      10    HOSPITAL SETTING YOU HAVE DOCTORS AND YOU HAVE NURSES AND
      11    YOU HAVE OTHER SOCIAL WORKERS AND EMPLOYEES THAT -- THAT
      12    WORK IN THE HOSPITAL; IS THAT CORRECT?
      13    A.  YES.
      14    Q.  NOW, AS A PHYSICIAN, CAN I BE EMPLOYED BY THE HOSPITAL?
      15    A.  IN A CAPACITY AS A MEDICAL DIRECTOR.  THAT'S CURRENTLY
      16    THE KIND OF RELATION -- EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIPS WE HAVE
      17    WITH PHYSICIANS.
      18    Q.  SO IF I'M A PHYSICIAN AND I WORK IN THE HOSPITAL, IS
      19    THERE A DIFFERENT PROCESS THAT I GO THROUGH THAN WHAT A
      20    REGULAR EMPLOYEE LIKE A NURSE OR SOMEBODY ELSE WOULD GO
      21    THROUGH?
      22    A.  YES.  YES.  FOR A PHYSICIAN TO WORK IN THE HOSPITAL THEY
      23    HAVE TO FIRST APPLY TO BE MEMBERS OF THE MEDICAL STAFF; AND
      24    THEN THEY ALSO HAVE TO SUPPLY THE HOSPITAL -- AND REQUEST
      25    PRIVILEGES, WHICH IS THE TYPE OF CARE AND TREATMENT THEY ARE


                                                                       105



       1    ANTICIPATING HAVING WITH PATIENTS.
       2    Q.  OKAY.  AND SO I HAVE TO APPLY TO THE HOSPITAL IF I'M A
       3    PHYSICIAN FOR PRIVILEGES TO -- TO WORK IN THAT HOSPITAL?
       4    A.  YES, YOU DO.
       5    Q.  OKAY.  AND IS THAT THE CASE AT DAVIS HOSPITAL?
       6    A.  YES, IT IS.
       7    Q.  AND CAN YOU TELL US, HOW DO I GO ABOUT APPLYING FOR
       8    PRIVILEGES TO WORK AT THAT HOSPITAL?
       9    A.  THE FIRST THING A PHYSICIAN NEEDS TO DO IS TO CONTACT
      10    THE HOSPITAL AND INDICATE AN INTEREST IN APPLYING AS A -- TO
      11    THE MEDICAL STAFF AT THE HOSPITAL.  THE FIRST THING THEY --
      12    THEY GET, I BELIEVE, IS CALLED A PRE-APPLICATION FORM THAT
      13    THEY NEED TO FILL OUT AND SEND IN TO THE HOSPITAL.  AND THEN
      14    THEY FOLLOW UP, THE OFFICE THEN SENDS THEM A FULL
      15    APPLICATION FORM TO THE MEDICAL STAFF.  AND ALONG WITH THAT
      16    PROCESS THEY'RE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE PROOF OF THEIR EDUCATION
      17    AND THEIR LICENSE AS AN M.D.  THEY NEED TO HAVE PROOF THAT
      18    THEY'RE LICENSED IN THE STATE OF UTAH.  THEY HAVE TO HAVE
      19    PROOF FROM THE D.E.A. OF A LICENSE TO PRESCRIBE CONTROLLED
      20    SUBSTANCES.  THEY GENERALLY HAVE TO GIVE A NUMBER OF
      21    REFERENCES.
      22         WE -- WE -- THE HOSPITAL THEN VERIFIES WITH THEIR
      23    MEDICAL SCHOOL, WITH THE SCHOOLS OR HOSPITALS THEY DID
      24    INTERNSHIPS AND RESIDENCIES IN, AND IF THEY'RE BOARD
      25    CERTIFIED IN THEIR SPECIALTY.


                                                                       106



       1         IN ADDITION TO THAT, THEY HAVE TO FILL OUT WHAT'S
       2    CALLED A PRIVILEGE REQUEST FORM WHERE THEY OUTLINE WHAT
       3    THEY'RE INTERESTED IN -- THE KIND OF CARE AND TREATMENT THEY
       4    INTEND TO PROVIDE.  IT'S VERY -- IT DEPENDS VERY MUCH ON
       5    THEIR SPECIALTY.
       6         AND THEN ALL OF THOSE DOCUMENTS, ONCE THEY'RE COMPILED
       7    AND EVERYTHING IS -- WE'VE RECEIVED EVERYTHING FROM THE
       8    SCHOOLS AND SO ON, THEN A COMMITTEE OF THE MEDICAL STAFF
       9    CALLED THE CREDENTIALS COMMITTEE WILL REVIEW THOSE RECORDS
      10    AND MAKE SURE THAT EVERYTHING'S IN ORDER AND THEY FEEL
      11    COMFORTABLE THAT THE DOCTOR HAS THE CREDENTIALS THAT'S
      12    NECESSARY FOR THEM TO PRACTICE IN THE HOSPITAL.
      13    Q.  OKAY.
      14    A.  THAT COMMITTEE, BASED ON THAT -- THAT REVIEW, WILL
      15    EITHER RECOMMEND OR NOT RECOMMEND THAT THE PHYSICIAN BE
      16    GRANTED PRIVILEGES AND IS ACCEPTED AS A MEMBER OF THE
      17    MEDICAL STAFF TO WHAT'S CALL THE MEDICAL EXECUTIVE
      18    COMMITTEE, WHICH IS KIND OF THE -- IT'S MADE UP OF THE
      19    CHAIRMAN OF THE VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS OF THE MEDICAL STAFF IN
      20    THE HOSPITAL, ALONG WITH THE PRESIDENT OF THE MEDICAL STAFF
      21    AND SO ON.
      22    Q.  SO THE FIRST THING IS YOU MAKE APPLICATION.
      23    A.  UH-HUH.
      24    Q.  YOU FILL OUT THE APPLICATION, AS I UNDERSTAND IT.  IT
      25    GOES TO THE CREDENTIALS COMMITTEE AND THEN THEY --


                                                                       107



       1    A.  ALONG WITH ALL THE OTHER STUFF THAT --
       2    Q.  ALONG WITH ALL THE OTHER STUFF --
       3    A.  UH-HUH.
       4    Q.  -- THAT NEEDS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE APPLICATION.  AND
       5    THEN THE CREDENTIALS COMMITTEE RECOMMENDS TO THE --
       6    A.  MEDICAL EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.
       7    Q.  OKAY.  AS PART OF THAT APPLICATION PROCESS, ONCE THE
       8    APPLICATION IS RECOMMENDED AND IF IT'S ACCEPTED BY THE
       9    MEDICAL --
      10    A.  EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.
      11    Q.  -- EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, DOES THAT INDIVIDUAL THEN HAVE
      12    PRIVILEGES TO -- TO WORK IN THE HOSPITAL?
      13    A.  NO, THEY DON'T.
      14    Q.  OKAY.  IS THERE ANOTHER PROCESS THAT THEN THEY HAVE TO
      15    GO THROUGH IN ORDER TO HAVE THOSE PRIVILEGES?
      16    A.  THOSE RECORDS -- ONCE THEY'RE RECOMMENDED TO THE MEDICAL
      17    EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, THE MEDICAL EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE REVIEWS
      18    AND ACTS ON THEM AND MAKES A DECISION AS TO WHETHER OR NOT
      19    TO RECOMMEND OR NOT RECOMMEND PRIVILEGES AND MEMBERSHIP TO
      20    THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.
      21    Q.  OKAY.  IN THIS APPLICATION PROCESS, DO THE POLICIES AND
      22    REGULATIONS OF THE HOSPITAL PLAY ANY PART IN THAT?
      23    A.  YES.
      24    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHAT PART DO THEY PLAY?  IS A PHYSICIAN
      25    REQUIRED TO REVIEW -- WHO'S MAKING APPLICATION REVIEW THOSE


                                                                       108



       1    POLICIES?
       2    A.  THE PHYSICIANS, WHEN THEY ARE ACCEPTED INTO THE MEDICAL
       3    STAFF, ARE REQUIRED TO AGREE TO ABIDE BY THE BYLAWS AND
       4    RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE MEDICAL STAFF, THE BYLAWS OF
       5    THE HOSPITAL, AND THE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES OF THE
       6    HOSPITAL.
       7    Q.  OKAY.  AND YOU INDICATED THAT THERE WAS A PROCESS -- A
       8    FURTHER PROCESS AS TO PRIVILEGES.  CAN YOU EXPLAIN TO THE
       9    JURY WHAT WE MEAN BY PRIVILEGES?
      10    A.  PRIVILEGES IS THE KIND OF CARE AND TREATMENT THAT THE
      11    DOCTOR IS REQUESTING THE OPPORTUNITY TO EITHER PROVIDE OR
      12    PRACTICE IN THE HOSPITAL -- WITH PATIENTS IN THE HOSPITAL.
      13    FOR INSTANCE, A SURGEON WILL FILL OUT A PRIVILEGE
      14    DELINEATION FORM SAYING I WANT TO BE ABLE TO PERFORM
      15    APPENDECTOMIES AND CHOLECYSTECTOMIES -- WHICH IS GALLBLADDER
      16    SURGERY -- AND BOWEL SURGERY, WHATEVER.  AND WHEN YOU LOOK
      17    AT THAT PRIVILEGE FORM, YOU THEN LOOK AT THE EDUCATION AND
      18    TRAINING THAT THE SURGEON UNDERWENT WHEN HE WAS GOING TO
      19    SCHOOL, WHAT KIND OF RESIDENCY HE TOOK, WHETHER OR NOT HE'S
      20    BOARD CERTIFIED AS A SURGEON.  AND THE CREDENTIALS AND
      21    MEDICAL EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE THEN REVIEWS ALL OF THAT AND
      22    SAYS YES OR NO.
      23    Q.  OKAY.
      24    A.  BASED ON THAT REQUEST FOR PRIVILEGES.
      25    Q.  SO -- SO YOU COULD -- YOU COULD REQUEST A VARIETY OF


                                                                       109



       1    PRIVILEGES, I TAKE IT.
       2    A.  YEAH.
       3    Q.  IF YOU FELT YOU WERE QUALIFIED TO --
       4    A.  UH-HUH.
       5    Q.  -- TO PROVIDE THOSE SERVICES?
       6    A.  UH-HUH.
       7    Q.  AND IN -- IN RESPECT TO THE CREDENTIALS AND THE
       8    EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, THEN THEY WOULD EITHER APPROVE OR DENY
       9    WHATEVER PRIVILEGES YOU CAN -- YOU CAN USE AT THE HOSPITAL?
      10    A.  YES.
      11    Q.  WHAT DOES -- WHAT DOES THAT MEAN THOUGH IN TERMS OF THE
      12    PHYSICIAN?  DOES THAT MEAN IF HE'S DENIED A CERTAIN
      13    PRIVILEGE, HE CAN'T DO THOSE TYPES OF THINGS?
      14    A.  THAT'S RIGHT.
      15    Q.  OKAY.  AND IS THERE A -- IS THERE A DEFINITION IN THE
      16    HOSPITAL AS TO WHAT TYPES OF SERVICES DIFFERENT PRIVILEGES
      17    ALLOW?
      18    A.  YES.  EACH SECTION OF THE MEDICAL STAFF, THE VARIOUS
      19    SPECIALTIES:  INTERNAL MEDICINE, PEDIATRICS, CARDIOLOGY,
      20    SURGERY, THINGS OF THAT NATURE, ALL HAVE A PRIVILEGE
      21    DELINEATION FORM THAT IS SET UP TO REFLECT THE KIND OF
      22    PRIVILEGES THAT DOCTORS WITH THAT TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE
      23    AND SO ON WOULD BE LIKELY TO REQUEST.  A PHYSICIAN THAT'S
      24    AN -- HAS A SPECIALTY IN INTERNAL MEDICINE, FOR INSTANCE,
      25    WOULD NOT HAVE A PRIVILEGE FORM THAT OFFERED HIM THE


                                                                       110



       1    OPPORTUNITY TO DO SURGERY BECAUSE HE'S NOT A SURGEON.
       2    Q.  OKAY.
       3    A.  ONLY THE SECTIONS OF THE MEDICAL STAFF THAT ARE SURGEONS
       4    WOULD HAVE THOSE AS AN OPTION ON THEIR PRIVILEGE FORM.
       5    Q.  ARE THERE ANY GENERAL CATEGORIES THAT PRACTICE IN THE
       6    HOSPITAL?
       7    A.  THERE ARE SOME CATEGORIES OF GENERAL MEDICAL CARE THAT
       8    ARE OPTIONS ON MANY OF THE PRIVILEGE FORMS.
       9    Q.  OKAY.  I TAKE IT PSYCHIATRY WOULD BE A SPECIAL
      10    SPECIALTY; IS THAT CORRECT?
      11    A.  YES.
      12    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO THE BILLING FOR SERVICES, IS THERE
      13    A DIFFERENTIATION BETWEEN A PHYSICIAN PROVIDING SERVICES AND
      14    THE HOSPITAL SERVICES?
      15    A.  YES.
      16    Q.  CAN YOU EXPLAIN THAT FOR US, PLEASE?
      17    A.  THE HOSPITAL ONLY BILLS FOR SERVICES THAT ARE PROVIDED
      18    BY HOSPITAL EMPLOYEES ON BEHALF OF THE HOSPITAL.
      19    Q.  OKAY.
      20    A.  OUR NURSES WORK FOR THE HOSPITAL, THE LAB TECHS, THE
      21    RADIOLOGY TECHS, THE PHARMACISTS, SO ON AND SO FORTH.
      22    Q.  SO --
      23    A.  AND THE HOSPITAL BILLS FOR THOSE SERVICES AND THAT'S
      24    ALL.
      25    Q.  SO HOW DOES -- HOW ARE YOU PHYSICIANS BILLINGS HANDLED?


                                                                       111



       1    A.  PHYSICIANS BILL SEPARATELY.  THEY'RE INDEPENDENT
       2    CONTRACTORS.  THEY'RE NOT EMPLOYED BY THE HOSPITAL.
       3    Q.  WELL, ASSUMING THAT YOU HAVE A UNIT IN THE HOSPITAL THAT
       4    HOUSES PHYSICIANS, WILL THEY -- WILL THEY BILL SEPARATE AND
       5    APART FROM THE HOSPITAL ITSELF, TOO?
       6    A.  YES.
       7    Q.  OKAY.  IS THE GEROPSYCH UNIT OPERATED INDEPENDENTLY BY
       8    ANYBODY NOW?
       9    A.  NO.  IT'S OPERATED BY THE HOSPITAL.
      10    Q.  OKAY.  DO YOU KNOW HOW LONG THAT'S BEEN IN PLACE?
      11    A.  SINCE MID TO LATE 1996.
      12    Q.  ALL RIGHT.  JUST A COUPLE OF MORE QUESTIONS RELATED TO
      13    HOSPITAL POLICIES.
      14         IS THERE IN PLACE, TO YOUR KNOWLEDGE, PROCEDURES FOR
      15    SITUATIONS WHERE A NURSE MAY HAVE A CONFLICT WITH A DOCTOR?
      16    A.  YES.  IT'S CALLED CONFLICT RESOLUTION.
      17    Q.  OKAY.  AND CAN YOU TELL US A LITTLE BIT ABOUT THAT
      18    PROCESS, WHAT HAPPENS THERE?
      19    A.  IF A NURSE HAS A CONFLICT WITH A PHYSICIAN, THE FIRST
      20    THING THAT THEY ARE INSTRUCTED TO DO IS GO TO THEIR
      21    IMMEDIATE SUPERVISOR.
      22    Q.  OKAY.  AND IF THEY -- IF THEY ARE NOT SATISFIED WITH THE
      23    RESULT OF THAT?
      24    A.  THEN THEY -- THEY CAN GO TO THE PERSON THAT IS THE --
      25    THE SUPER -- WHOEVER THE SUPERVISOR REPORTS TO.  IT'S KIND


                                                                       112



       1    OF AN UP-THE-LADDER SORT OF THING.  THERE'S A NURSE -- A
       2    UNIT SUPERVISOR, THEN THERE WOULD BE A DIRECT -- NURSING
       3    DIRECTOR, DEPENDING ON A CERTAIN SECTION OF THE HOSPITAL,
       4    AND THEN THERE WOULD BE THE CHIEF NURSING OFFICER.
       5    Q.  I --
       6    A.  AND THEN ABOVE THAT, THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE HOSPITAL.
       7    Q.  I GUESS IT WOULD DEPEND A LITTLE BIT ON THE NATURE OF
       8    THE CONFLICT.
       9    A.  YES, IT WOULD.
      10    Q.  OKAY.  AND IN RESPECT TO A CONFLICT SURROUNDING THE
      11    ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATION, IS THERE A DIFFERENT PROCEDURE
      12    WITH THAT?
      13    A.  NO.
      14    Q.  TO YOUR KNOWLEDGE, IS THERE ANY POLICY WHICH REQUIRES A
      15    NURSE TO GO TO THE PHYSICIAN THAT SHE HAS THE CONFLICT WITH
      16    AND TRY TO RESOLVE IT AT THAT LEVEL?
      17    A.  THERE'S NOTHING IN WRITING, BUT WE ALWAYS --
      18             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR -- YOUR HONOR, I'M GOING TO
      19    OBJECT AS TO RELEVANCY AND FOUNDATION.  WE DON'T KNOW WHAT
      20    TIME PERIOD THIS IS.  WE DON'T --
      21             THE COURT:  SUSTAINED.
      22             MR. STIRBA:  -- EVEN HAVE A POLICY.
      23             THE COURT:  SUSTAINED.
      24    Q.  (BY MR. WILSON)  WHO IS THE HOSPITAL OPERATED BY OR
      25    OWNED BY AT THE PRESENT TIME?


                                                                       113



       1    A.  IASIS HEALTHCARE, INCORPORATED.
       2    Q.  DO YOU KNOW WHO IT WAS OWNED BY BACK IN 1995 AND '96?
       3    A.  I BELIEVE IT WAS COLUMBIA.
       4    Q.  OKAY.  HAS IT CHANGED OWNERSHIP TO ANOTHER PARTY SINCE
       5    THAT TIME?
       6    A.  YES.  IT WAS OWNED BY PARACELSUS PRIOR TO IASIS.
       7    Q.  OKAY.
       8             MR. WILSON:  MAY I HAVE JUST A MINUTE, YOUR HONOR?
       9             THE COURT:  YES.
      10        (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION BETWEEN
      11    MR. WILSON AND MS. BARLOW.)
      12    Q.  (BY MR. WILSON)  IN YOUR -- IN YOUR POSITION IN QUALITY
      13    AND RISK MANAGEMENT, WHEN YOU CAME ON BOARD AT THE HOSPITAL,
      14    DID YOU HAVE OCCASION TO REVIEW THOSE POLICIES DEALING
      15    WITH -- WITH CONFLICT RESOLUTION BETWEEN PHYSICIANS AND
      16    NURSES AND OTHER PERSONNEL?
      17    A.  YES.
      18    Q.  OKAY.  DID YOU -- DID YOU HAVE AN OCCASION THEN TO
      19    REVIEW THE POLICIES THAT WERE IN PLACE BACK IN 1993 AND
      20    '94 --
      21    A.  NO, I DID NOT.
      22    Q.  -- AND '95?  PARDON?
      23    A.  NO.  UNLESS THEY HADN'T BEEN CHANGED SINCE THEN.
      24    Q.  OKAY.
      25    A.  IT WOULD DEPEND ON THE AMENDMENT DATES.


                                                                       114



       1    Q.  I APPRECIATE THAT.  THANK YOU.
       2             MR. WILSON:  I HAVE NO FURTHER QUESTIONS, YOUR
       3    HONOR.
       4             MR. STIRBA:  COULD I HAVE A MINUTE TO CONSULT WITH
       5    COUNSEL?
       6             THE COURT:  YES.
       7        (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION BETWEEN
       8    MR. STIRBA AND MR. WILSON.)
       9                       CROSS-EXAMINATION
      10    BY MR. STIRBA:
      11    Q.  MS. HEWARD, YOU'RE FAMILIAR WITH THE FEDERAL PATIENT
      12    SELF-DETERMINATION ACT?
      13    A.  YES, I AM.
      14    Q.  AND THAT'S AN ACT THAT WAS PASSED IN 1990 BY THE U.S.
      15    CONGRESS, CORRECT?
      16    A.  I'LL TAKE YOUR WORD FOR IT.
      17    Q.  TAKE MY WORD FOR IT.  AND -- AND THE ACT IS SOMETHING
      18    THAT IMPOSES SOME OBLIGATIONS ON HOSPITALS TO PROVIDE SOME
      19    INFORMATION CONCERNING MEDICAL DIRECTORS -- DIRECTIVES TO
      20    PATIENTS; ISN'T THAT TRUE?
      21    A.  YES, SIR.
      22    Q.  AND WHEN WE USE THE TERM "MEDICAL DIRECTIVES," WHAT
      23    WE'RE TALKING ABOUT ARE REPRESENTATIONS BY THE PATIENT AS TO
      24    CERTAIN KINDS OF CARE THAT MAY OR MAY NOT BE GIVEN UNDER
      25    CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, CORRECT?


                                                                       115



       1    A.  CORRECT.
       2    Q.  IN OTHER WORDS, IT'S SIMILAR TO A LIVING WILL, IS IT
       3    NOT?
       4    A.  AN ADVANCE DIRECTIVE IS -- CAN ENCOMPASS A NUMBER OF
       5    THINGS, AMONG THEM A LIVING WILL.
       6    Q.  AND IN YOUR REVIEW OF THE MEDICAL RECORDS IN THIS CASE,
       7    YOU SAW, DID YOU NOT, THAT THERE WERE EITHER MEDICAL
       8    DIRECTIVES OR LIVING WILLS THAT WERE IN THE MEDICAL FILES
       9    FOR THESE PATIENTS?
      10    A.  I BELIEVE SO, YES.  I'D HAVE TO LOOK AT ALL FIVE OF THEM
      11    TO MAKE SURE, BUT I BELIEVE SO.
      12    Q.  AND THOSE PARTICULAR DOCUMENTS WERE DOCUMENTS WHICH
      13    WOULD HAVE LIMITED CERTAIN KINDS OF MEDICAL TREATMENT, IS
      14    THAT NOT RIGHT?
      15    A.  YES.
      16             MR. STIRBA:  MR. MAY, IF YOU COULD BE
      17    MR. TECHNOLOGY, PLEASE.
      18         (MR. MAY TURNS ON DISPLAY.)
      19             MR. STIRBA:  MAY I CONSULT WITH COUNSEL AGAIN, YOUR
      20    HONOR, PLEASE?
      21             THE COURT:  YES.
      22         (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION
      23    BETWEEN MR. STIRBA AND MR. WILSON.)
      24    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  I'VE PUT UP ON THE SCREEN -- CAN
      25    YOU -- CAN YOU SEE THAT VERY WELL FROM WHERE YOU'RE SEATED,


                                                                       116



       1    MS. HEWARD?
       2    A.  YEAH.
       3    Q.  OKAY.  THAT'S A -- SAYS AT THE TOP MEDICAL TREATMENT
       4    PLAN, AND IT SAYS FOR MICHAEL SUMKO, AND THEN IT -- IS THE
       5    ATTENDING PHYSICIAN FOR ELLEN ANDERSON.  DO YOU SEE THAT?
       6    A.  YES.
       7    Q.  AND I'M GOING TO GO AND SORT OF SCOOT THIS UP A LITTLE
       8    BIT SO WE CAN SEE DOWN AT THE BOTTOM.  APPARENTLY THERE'S A
       9    SIGNATURE THERE DOWN AT THE BOTTOM THAT LOOKS LIKE BARBARA
      10    POHLMAN.  DO YOU SEE THAT?
      11    A.  UH-HUH.
      12    Q.  NOW, IS THIS -- IS THIS A DOCUMENT THAT YOU RECALL
      13    SEEING, FOR EXAMPLE, IN MS. ANDERSON'S MEDICAL FILE?
      14    A.  YES.
      15    Q.  AND IS THIS IN THE NATURE OF A DIRECTIVE THAT WOULD BE
      16    IN THE FILE THAT WOULD DIRECT ATTENDING PHYSICIANS IN TERMS
      17    OF WITHHOLDING OR WITHDRAWING CERTAIN CARE FOR HER UNDER
      18    CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES?
      19    A.  YES.
      20    Q.  AND, SPECIFICALLY, IT SAYS THERE, DOES IT NOT, THAT THE
      21    FOLLOWING CARE AND TREATMENT OR WITHHOLDING OF TREATMENT IS
      22    DIRECTED WITH RESPECT TO THE DECLARANT.  AND THEN IT SAYS,
      23    WITHHOLD TREATMENT OF OXYGEN THERAPY, RESPIRATION --
      24    RESPIRATOR TREATMENTS, SUCTIONING, MECHANICAL VENTILATION,
      25    VENTILATOR SUPPORT, C.P.R., CHEST COMPRESSIONS, CARDIAC


                                                                       117



       1    MEDICATIONS DURING C.P.R., DEFIBRILLATION, CHEMOTHERAPY,
       2    RADIATION, SURGERY, I.V. FLUIDS, N.G., GASTRIC TUBE, AND
       3    SPEAK WITH AUTHORIZED AGENT BEFORE USING ANTIBIOTICS.
       4         DID I READ THAT CORRECTLY?
       5    A.  I BELIEVE SO.
       6    Q.  AND IF A PHYSICIAN HAD THIS IN THE FILE -- AND YOU'VE
       7    ALREADY TESTIFIED THAT THIS IS SOMETHING THAT WAS IN HER
       8    FILE -- IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT A PHYSICIAN SHOULD
       9    OTHERWISE COMPLY WITH THOSE DIRECTIVES AS INDICATED IN
      10    HOSPITAL POLICY; ISN'T THAT CORRECT?
      11    A.  PARTIALLY.
      12    Q.  AND IN WHAT PART IS IT NOT CORRECT, MA'AM?
      13    A.  THE HOSPITAL POLICY AND PROCEDURE WITH REGARD TO
      14    WITHHOLDING, WITHDRAWING, OR DO NOT RESUSCITATE CALL FOR
      15    ANOTHER PHYSICIAN TO EXAMINE THE PATIENT AND AGREE WITH THE
      16    ATTENDING PHYSICIAN AS TO WHETHER OR NOT THE D.N.R. IS
      17    APPROPRIATE, GIVEN THE PERSON'S CONDITION.
      18    Q.  YES.  AND THAT'S WITH RESPECT TO THE D.N.R.  BUT IT'S
      19    ALSO TRUE IN THAT POLICY, IT STATES SPECIFICALLY THAT THE
      20    HOSPITAL IS FULLY COGNIZANT OF UTAH LAW IN REGARD TO
      21    DIRECTIVES, AND THAT IS A PHYSICIAN MUST FOLLOW THOSE
      22    DIRECTIVES; ISN'T THAT TRUE?
      23    A.  YES.
      24    Q.  AND IT ALSO STATES IN THE POLICY THAT IF A PHYSICIAN
      25    FOLLOWS THOSE DIRECTIVES IN GOOD FAITH, THAT PHYSICIAN IS


                                                                       118



       1    IMMUNE BOTH CRIMINALLY AND CIVILLY; ISN'T THAT TRUE?
       2    A.  I CAN'T ANSWER THAT.  I HAVE NO PERSONAL KNOWLEDGE.
       3    Q.  YOU'RE NOT AWARE THAT'S IN THE POLICY?
       4    A.  (NO RESPONSE.)
       5    Q.  AND YOUR ANSWER IS YOU'RE NOT AWARE THAT'S IN THE
       6    POLICY?
       7    A.  I DON'T RECALL THOSE WORDS.
       8    Q.  TURN TO --
       9    A.  IF YOU COULD --
      10    Q.  TURN TO PAGE 5.
      11    A.  OF WHICH POLICY?
      12    Q.  OF THE ADVANCE DIRECTIVES POLICY.  PARAGRAPH 7 READS --
      13             MR. WILSON:  YOUR HONOR, I'M GOING TO INTERPOSE AN
      14    OBJECTION AT THIS TIME.  WE HAVEN'T OFFERED THIS PARTICULAR
      15    EXHIBIT INTO EVIDENCE.  AND I THINK THAT IF MR. STIRBA IS
      16    WILLING TO STIPULATE TO ITS SUBMISSION INTO EVIDENCE AT THIS
      17    TIME, THEN I'D BE MORE THAN WILLING TO ALLOW HIM TO CONTINUE
      18    TO REFER TO THE POLICY AS IT'S CONTAINED IN THE ADVANCE
      19    DIRECTIVE.
      20             MR. STIRBA:  WELL, MY QUESTION REALLY IS, IS SHE
      21    AWARE OF THE POLICY IN REGARD TO THE QUESTION.  I BELIEVE
      22    SHE ANSWERED SHE WAS NOT.  AND I WAS DIRECTING HER ATTENTION
      23    TO A PARTICULAR PARAGRAPH AND WAS GOING TO READ IT TO HER.
      24             MR. WILSON:  WELL, I APPRECIATE THAT.
      25             THE COURT:  WELL, JUST -- ARE YOU GOING -- IS THERE


                                                                       119



       1    GOING TO BE A STIPULATION AS TO THE RECEIPT OF THIS EXHIBIT?
       2             MR. STIRBA:  NO, I DON'T THINK I CAN STIPULATE TO
       3    THAT PARTICULAR PORTION.
       4             THE COURT:  OKAY.  AND YOU'RE JUST GOING TO POINT
       5    OUT THAT QUESTION JUST AS CROSS-EXAMINATION?
       6             MR. STIRBA:  RIGHT, AND ASK HER IF THAT'S THE
       7    POLICY.
       8             THE COURT:  OKAY.  I -- THAT'S OVERRULED THEN.
       9    I'LL ALLOW IT FOR THAT QUESTION.
      10             MR. WILSON:  YOUR HONOR, IF I MIGHT JUST ARGUE IT A
      11    LITTLE BIT FURTHER.
      12         FROM THE STANDPOINT -- I THINK THE OBJECTION THAT
      13    MR. STIRBA HAS MADE OR WOULD MAKE EARLIER IS THAT THE
      14    DECLARANT HERE TESTIFIED TO THE EFFECT THAT SHE WASN'T SURE
      15    WHETHER THIS WAS THE POLICY THAT WAS IN EFFECT BACK AT THE
      16    TIME OF THESE PARTICULAR DEATHS, SO WE DID NOT INTEND TO ASK
      17    FOR THE ADMISSION OF THIS PARTICULAR EXHIBIT.  I THINK WITH
      18    THAT INFIRMITY, WE DON'T KNOW WHETHER THAT PARTICULAR
      19    PROVISION THAT HE'S GOING TO ADDRESS WITH HER RELATES TO
      20    WHAT WAS IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OR NOT.
      21             THE COURT:  WELL, I THINK THAT'S HIS QUESTION.  HE
      22    WANTS TO ASK HER THE QUESTION AS TO WHAT WAS THE POLICY THAT
      23    WAS IN EFFECT?
      24             MR. STIRBA:  RIGHT.
      25             THE COURT:  OKAY.  OVERRULED.


                                                                       120



       1    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  NOW, MS. HEWARD, THE ADVANCE
       2    DIRECTIVE -- PAGE 1 -- POLICY, INDICATES IT WAS AMENDED 6/93
       3    AND 8/96, TRUE?  AT THE TOP?
       4    A.  YES.
       5    Q.  AND THE EFFECTIVE DATE IS 12/91, TRUE?
       6    A.  YES.
       7    Q.  NOW, IF YOU TURN TO THE PAGE THAT I HAVE DIRECTED YOUR
       8    ATTENTION TO, THAT IS PAGE 5 OF 5, PARAGRAPH 7, I'M ASKING
       9    YOU IF THIS IS CONTAINED IN THAT POLICY AND WAS THE POLICY
      10    OF THE HOSPITAL AT THE TIME:  PHYSICIAN AND MEDICAL CARE
      11    PROVIDERS AND THEIR AGENTS, ACTING IN GOOD FAITH UNDER THE
      12    PERSONAL CHOICE AND LIVING WILL, ARE IMMUNE FROM CRIMINAL OR
      13    CIVIL ACTION OR PENALTY AND ARE NOT DEEMED TO HAVE COMMITTED
      14    UNPROFESSIONAL CONDUCT.
      15         WAS THAT THE POLICY OF THE HOSPITAL AT THE TIME?
      16             THE COURT:  THE TIME MEANING '95?
      17    A.  IN '95 AND '96?
      18    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  YES.
      19    A.  THIS IS THE POLICY OF THE HOSPITAL EFFECTIVE AUGUST OF
      20    '96.  I DO NOT HAVE A COPY OF THE POLICY -- FOR INSTANCE,
      21    THIS POLICY, AFTER IT WAS AMENDED IN '93 AND BEFORE IT WAS
      22    AMENDED IN AUGUST OF '96.
      23    Q.  SO YOUR ANSWER IS YOU DO NOT KNOW?
      24    A.  THAT'S RIGHT.
      25    Q.  NOW, SHOW YOU ANOTHER DOCUMENT UP ON THE SCREEN.  THAT,


                                                                       121



       1    ONCE AGAIN, IS ANOTHER MEDICAL TREATMENT PLAN FOR
       2    MR. ALLDREDGE.  TRUE?
       3    A.  APPEARS SO, YES.
       4    Q.  AND IS THAT A DOCUMENT THAT YOU ALSO HAVE SEEN THAT IS
       5    CONTAINED IN MR. ALLDREDGE'S MEDICAL FILE?
       6    A.  I BELIEVE SO.
       7    Q.  AND I NOTICE THERE THERE'S A DIAGNOSIS OF ALZHEIMER'S
       8    DISEASE.  DO YOU SEE THAT?
       9    A.  YES.
      10    Q.  AND THEN IF I PUSH THIS DOWN A LITTLE BIT IT STATES:
      11    THE FOLLOWING CARE AND TREATMENT OR WITHHOLDING OF TREATMENT
      12    IS DIRECTED WITH RESPECT TO THE DECLARANT:  NO C.P.R., NO
      13    RESPIRATORS.  THERE APPEARS TO BE A SIGNATURE OF VONDA
      14    ALLDREDGE, WIFE.  DO YOU SEE THAT?
      15    A.  YES.
      16    Q.  THE DATE OF THAT DOCUMENT IS 10/11/95, TRUE?
      17    A.  YES.
      18    Q.  HERE'S ANOTHER DOCUMENT, MS. HEWARD, WHICH IS, ONCE
      19    AGAIN, ANOTHER MEDICAL TREATMENT PLAN.  BY THE WAY, IS THIS
      20    PARTICULAR FORM -- IS THIS A FORM THAT YOU'VE SEEN BEFORE?
      21    A.  I'VE SEEN IT IN THESE RECORDS.  THESE WERE BROUGHT TO
      22    THE HOSPITAL WITH THE PATIENT.
      23    Q.  I SEE.  SO THIS ACTUAL MEDICAL TREATMENT --
      24    A.  THESE --
      25    Q.  -- PLAN FORM WAS NOT SOMETHING THAT'S GENERATED BY THE


                                                                       122



       1    DAVIS HOSPITAL?
       2    A.  THESE WERE -- PREDATED THEIR ADMISSION TO THE HOSPITAL.
       3    Q.  OKAY.  AND THIS ONE APPEARS TO BE FOR JUDITH LARSEN
       4    DATED SEPTEMBER 19TH OF 19 -- I BELIEVE THAT IS '85.
       5    PROBABLY SHOULD BE '95, BUT IT SAYS '85.  TRUE?
       6    A.  IT SAYS '85.
       7    Q.  AND THIS WAS ALSO A DOCUMENT THAT YOU SAW IN HER MEDICAL
       8    FILE AS WELL?
       9    A.  I BELIEVE SO.
      10    Q.  AND THERE'S A SIGNATURE DOWN THERE, MERLIN LARSEN,
      11    INDICATING SON, CORRECT?
      12    A.  YES.
      13    Q.  AND IT STATES THAT NO C.P.R., NO I.V.'S FOR NUTRITION,
      14    HYDRATION, MEDICATION, NO FEEDING TUBES, NO MECHANICAL
      15    RESPIRATORY ASSISTANCE, NO ELECTRIC SHOCK OR DEFIBRILLATION,
      16    NO TREATMENT FOR CANCER, OXYGEN, AND ORAL MEDICATION MAY BE
      17    GIVEN FOR RELIEF OF PAIN -- I'M SORRY.  MEDICATION MAY BE
      18    GIVEN FOR RELIEF OF PAIN AND FOR COMFORT.
      19         DID I READ THAT CORRECTLY?
      20    A.  YES.
      21    Q.  THIS WAS ALSO SOMETHING THAT WAS IN THE FILE OF
      22    MS. LARSEN, CORRECT?
      23    A.  CORRECT.
      24    Q.  ALSO, THERE'S A DOCUMENT, LIVING WILL, WHICH I HAVE PUT
      25    ON THE SCREEN.  WAS THIS DOCUMENT ALSO SOMETHING THAT YOU


                                                                       123



       1    SAW IN THE MEDICAL FILE?
       2    A.  I BELIEVE SO.
       3    Q.  AND THIS IS DATED THE 28TH OF MAY, AND IT LOOKS LIKE A
       4    '95.
       5    A.  YES.
       6    Q.  DO YOU UNDERSTAND IT TO BE A '95?
       7    A.  YES.
       8    Q.  AND THAT LOOKS LIKE A DOCUMENT THAT WAS, IN FACT, SIGNED
       9    BY MS. LARSEN DOWN AT THE BOTTOM.  DO YOU SEE THAT?
      10    A.  YES.
      11    Q.  AND ONCE AGAIN, THAT PARAGRAPH WHICH ADDRESSES
      12    PARAGRAPH 4 -- AND I WON'T READ IT IN ITS ENTIRETY EXCEPT --
      13    WELL, I WILL READ ITS ENTIRETY:  I UNDERSTAND THAT THE TERM
      14    LIFE-SUSTAINING PROCEDURE INCLUDES ARTIFICIAL NUTRITION AND
      15    HYDRATION, AND ANY OTHER PROCEDURES THAT I SPECIFY BELOW TO
      16    BE CONSIDERED LIFE SUSTAINING, BUT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE
      17    ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATION OR THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY
      18    MEDICAL PROCEDURE WHICH IS INTENDED TO PROVIDE COMFORT OR TO
      19    ALLEVIATE PAIN.
      20         THEN IT SAYS:  IF MY CONDITION IS CERTIFIED TO BE
      21    TERMINAL AS IN PARAGRAPH 2, I REQUEST THAT THE SUSTENANCE,
      22    MEANING NUTRITION AND HYDRATION AND RESPIRATION, BE
      23    TERMINATED OR WITHHELD.  MEDICATION TO RELIEVE PAIN MAY BE
      24    GIVEN IF OBVIOUSLY NEEDED.
      25         DID I READ THAT CORRECTLY?


                                                                       124



       1    A.  YES.
       2    Q.  YES?
       3    A.  YES.
       4    Q.  ANOTHER DOCUMENT -- NOW, THIS APPEARS TO BE A DOCUMENT
       5    THAT'S ACTUALLY CREATED BY THE HOSPITAL, CORRECT?
       6    A.  IT'S A HOSPITAL FORM, YES.
       7    Q.  AND THAT IS SOMETHING THAT YOU HAVE SEEN IN THE FILE --
       8    I BELIEVE THIS RELATES TO LYDIA SMITH.  I'LL GET DOWN TO THE
       9    BOTTOM SO YOU CAN SEE THE SIGNATURES.
      10    A.  I CAN'T TELL.
      11    Q.  IT DOESN'T LOOK TO YOU LIKE THAT'S KENT SMITH OR -- DOWN
      12    AT THE BOTTOM?
      13    A.  THAT MIGHT BE A SMITH, YES.
      14    Q.  OKAY.
      15    A.  I DON'T SEE ANYTHING WITH LYDIA'S NAME ON THERE THOUGH.
      16    Q.  UP AT THE TOP, MA'AM --
      17    A.  YES.
      18    Q.  -- DO YOU SEE THE STAMP, LYDIA SMITH?
      19    A.  NOW I DO, YES.
      20    Q.  AND IS THIS ALSO A DOCUMENT THAT IS CONTAINED IN HER
      21    MEDICAL FILE?
      22    A.  I BELIEVE SO.
      23    Q.  AND THIS PARTICULAR DOCUMENT APPEARS TO BE DATED 1/7 OF
      24    '96, TRUE?
      25    A.  YES.


                                                                       125



       1    Q.  AND UNDER THE CATEGORIES THERE WHERE IT SAYS:  THE
       2    FOLLOWING CARE AND TREATMENT IS DIRECTED WITH RESPECT TO THE
       3    DECLARANT, THERE'S A NUMBER OF CATEGORIES, MOST OF WHICH ARE
       4    CHECKED NO.  TRUE?
       5    A.  TRUE.
       6    Q.  AND BY "NO" WE MEAN THAT IS A CATEGORY OF TREATMENT THAT
       7    THE PATIENT OR THE PATIENT'S REPRESENTATIVE HAS DIRECTED NOT
       8    TO BE GIVEN UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, RIGHT?
       9    A.  RIGHT.
      10    Q.  JUST LIKE WHERE IT SAYS "YES" UNDER DO NOT RESUSCITATE,
      11    D.N.R., THAT MEANS, IN FACT, DO NOT RESUSCITATE.  TRUE?
      12    A.  YES.
      13    Q.  NOW, THIS PARTICULAR DOCUMENT WHICH IS ON A DAVIS
      14    HOSPITAL FORM, IS THIS A FORM THAT GENERALLY IS REQUIRED TO
      15    BE PROVIDED TO PATIENTS PURSUANT TO THE FEDERAL
      16    SELF-DETERMINATION ACT OF 1990?
      17    A.  IT IS NOT REQUIRED.  THEY HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO
      18    COMPLETE ONE, IF THEY CHOOSE.
      19    Q.  OH, I SEE.  I'M NOT SUGGESTING THEY HAVE TO COMPLETE IT,
      20    BUT THE HOSPITAL HAS AN OBLIGATION TO MAKE CERTAIN ADVICE --
      21    A.  TO MAKE IT AVAILABLE.
      22    Q.  -- TO THE PATIENT AND MAKE IT AVAILABLE; ISN'T THAT
      23    CORRECT?
      24    A.  THAT'S CORRECT.
      25    Q.  AND THAT'S PURSUANT TO FEDERAL LAW, TRUE?


                                                                       126



       1    A.  AS FAR AS I KNOW, YES.
       2    Q.  AND FINALLY, MS. HEWARD, I HAVE PLACED ON THE BOARD
       3    ANOTHER DOCUMENT, AND UP AT THE TOP IT SAYS MARY CRANE.  CAN
       4    YOU READ THAT?  IT'S KIND OF -- I CAN HIT THE FOCUS.
       5    A.  I CAN READ -- I THINK I CAN READ MARY.
       6             MR. STIRBA:  YEAH.  THANK YOU, JOHN.
       7         (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION
       8    BETWEEN MR. STIRBA AND MR. MAY.)
       9    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  THIS IS WHERE I THINK MARY CRANE IS,
      10    MA'AM (INDICATING).
      11    A.  I SEE MARY.
      12    Q.  HAVE YOU SEEN THIS DOCUMENT BEFORE SUCH THAT YOU CAN
      13    RECOGNIZE THIS AS MS. CRANE'S DOCUMENT?
      14    A.  I BELIEVE -- I BELIEVE IT IS IN HER MEDICAL RECORD.
      15    Q.  OKAY.  AND THAT'S DATED 12/28 OF 1995, CORRECT?
      16    A.  NINE OR SEVEN.  I CAN'T TELL.  PROBABLY NINE.
      17    Q.  WELL, PROBABLY NINE.
      18    A.  THAT'S CORRECT.
      19    Q.  YOU HAVE NO REASON TO BELIEVE SHE WAS IN THE HOSPITAL IN
      20    '75.  WE KNOW SHE WAS ADMITTED TO THE HOSPITAL IN '95,
      21    CORRECT?
      22    A.  YES.
      23    Q.  AND, ONCE AGAIN, WE HAVE SIMILAR LIMITATIONS UNDER THE
      24    FOLLOWING CARE AND TREATMENT IS DIRECTED WITH RESPECT TO THE
      25    DECLARANT -- THAT IS MS. CRANE.  AND WE HAVE A NUMBER OF


                                                                       127



       1    CATEGORIES CHECKED YES, CORRECT?
       2    A.  YES.
       3    Q.  AND WE HAVE A NUMBER OF CATEGORIES THAT ARE CHECKED NO.
       4    A.  CORRECT.
       5    Q.  TRUE?
       6    A.  YES.
       7    Q.  AND, SPECIFICALLY, UNDER SURGERY WHERE IT SAYS ADVISE
       8    FAMILY, WE HAVE NO.  CORRECT?
       9    A.  CORRECT.
      10    Q.  AND UNDER I.V. FLUIDS, WE HAVE NO.  TRUE?
      11    A.  YES.
      12    Q.  AND THEN THERE'S A SIGNATURE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE
      13    DOCUMENT AND THAT APPEARS TO BE THE SIGNATURE OF KAREN
      14    BRINGHURST, CORRECT?
      15    A.  YES.
      16    Q.  DO YOU UNDERSTAND MS. BRINGHURST TO BE MS. CRANE'S
      17    DAUGHTER?
      18    A.  YES.
      19    Q.  NOW, YOU TESTIFIED ABOUT THE MEDICAL RECORDS AND I THINK
      20    IT'S IMPORTANT, FOR PURPOSES OF THIS CASE -- IT'S TRUE, IS
      21    IT NOT, THAT IN THE MEDICAL RECORDS -- FOR EXAMPLE, AT SOME
      22    POINT WE'RE GOING TO HAVE EXHIBITS AND THOSE MEDICAL RECORDS
      23    ARE GOING TO BE IN BINDERS.  THEY MAY NOT BE READ, BUT
      24    THEY'LL BE BINDERS LIKE THIS.  AND THEY'LL BE TABBED AND ONE
      25    OF THE TABS IS GOING TO SAY, BASICALLY, A CATEGORY THAT SAYS


                                                                       128



       1    MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION RECORD.
       2    A.  YES.
       3    Q.  ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH THAT?  YOU REFER TO IT AS MARS,
       4    RIGHT?
       5    A.  M-A-R.
       6    Q.  M-A-R.  IN THE MAR IS A PLACE WHERE THE NURSES CHART THE
       7    ACTUAL MEDICATION THAT HAS BEEN GIVEN TO THE PATIENT; ISN'T
       8    THAT TRUE?
       9    A.  YES.
      10    Q.  AND -- AND -- AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT SINCE
      11    THAT'S THE ACTUAL PLACE WHERE THE NURSES CHART THAT, THAT
      12    REALLY IS THE BEST EVIDENCE TO DETERMINE WHAT, IN FACT, THE
      13    PATIENT RECEIVED; ISN'T THAT CORRECT?
      14    A.  BEST EVIDENCE?  YEAH, IT'S -- IT'S ONE PIECE OF
      15    EVIDENCE.
      16    Q.  SURE.  YOU -- YOU SAID YOU COULD CORRELATE IT TO THE --
      17    TO SOME OTHER PHARMACY RECORDS, BUT THE QUESTION REALLY IS,
      18    THAT'S WHERE THE NURSES ARE SUPPOSED TO WRITE IT DOWN WHEN
      19    THEY GIVE THE MEDICATION; ISN'T THAT CORRECT?
      20    A.  YES.
      21    Q.  AND THEN YOU ALSO TALKED ABOUT PROGRESS NOTES AND YOU
      22    TALKED ABOUT -- I BELIEVE YOU SAID DOCTOR'S ORDERS.
      23    A.  YES.
      24    Q.  IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT THERE'S A SECTION IN THE
      25    MEDICAL RECORDS THAT IS SPECIFICALLY DOCTOR'S ORDERS; ISN'T


                                                                       129



       1    THAT CORRECT?
       2    A.  THE FORM THAT IS -- HAS DOCTOR'S ORDERS ON IT IS HALF,
       3    LEFT SIDE OF A PIECE OF PAPER THAT IS DOCTOR'S
       4    ORDERS/PROGRESS NOTES.  THEY RESIDE SIDE-BY-SIDE IN THE
       5    RECORD.
       6    Q.  OKAY.  AND IN THESE PARTICULAR RECORDS, IT'S TRUE, IS IT
       7    NOT, THAT THE WAY THEY WERE USED IS THAT DOCTORS ACTUALLY
       8    HAD ORDERS GENERALLY IN ONE AREA.
       9    A.  YES.
      10    Q.  AND THEN, GENERALLY, IN ANOTHER AREA THEY WOULD HAVE
      11    PROGRESS NOTES.
      12    A.  YES.
      13    Q.  AND, IN FACT, NOT ONLY WOULD THE DOCTORS HAVE PROGRESS
      14    NOTES, BUT, FOR EXAMPLE, SOCIAL WORKERS WOULD WRITE IN
      15    PROGRESS NOTES, TRUE?
      16    A.  YES.
      17    Q.  AND NURSES MAY WRITE IN PROGRESS NOTES, CORRECT?
      18    A.  YES.
      19    Q.  SO WHEN THESE FOLKS SEE THOSE EXHIBITS, THERE'S PROBABLY
      20    GOING TO BE A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN WHERE THE ACTUAL ORDERS ARE
      21    BY THE PHYSICIAN, GENERALLY, AND WHERE THE ACTUAL PROGRESS
      22    NOTES IS WHERE THE DOCTORS OR SOMEBODY ELSE IS SORT OF
      23    CHARTING THE PROGRESS OF THE PATIENT; ISN'T THAT CORRECT?
      24    A.  NOT NECESSARILY.  ON THE SHEET OF PAPER THAT HAS THE
      25    PHYSICIAN'S ORDERS, RIGHT NEXT TO IT IT SAYS "PROGRESS


                                                                       130



       1    NOTES."  GENERALLY, WHEN A PHYSICIAN SEES A PATIENT IN THE
       2    HOSPITAL THEY WRITE THEIR PROGRESS NOTE FOR THAT DAY AND THE
       3    ORDER IS RIGHT NEXT TO IT ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE PAGE.
       4    Q.  OKAY.  DO YOU UNDERSTAND, BASED UPON WHAT YOU'VE DONE IN
       5    THIS CASE, THAT WHEN THOSE ACTUAL MEDICAL RECORDS ARE HERE
       6    THAT ARE GOING TO BE INTRODUCED INTO EVIDENCE THAT THERE'S
       7    AN ACTUAL TAB AND A SECTION FOR DOCTOR'S ORDERS AND THERE'S
       8    GOING TO BE AN ACTUAL TAB AND A SECTION FOR PROGRESS NOTES?
       9    DO YOU UNDERSTAND THAT?
      10    A.  THAT COULD BE, YES.
      11             MR. STIRBA:  THAT'S ALL I HAVE.  THANK YOU.
      12             THE COURT:  OKAY.  ANY REDIRECT?
      13             MR. WILSON:  YES.  AND MAYBE MR. STIRBA CAN SHOW ME
      14    HOW TO HANDLE THE MACHINE.
      15             THE COURT:  I THINK MR. MAY'S GOING TO HAVE TO DO
      16    THAT.
      17             MR. STIRBA:  MR. MAY.
      18             MR. WILSON:  CAN I TAKE YOUR EXHIBITS, PLEASE?
      19             MR. STIRBA:  SURE.
      20         (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION.)
      21             MR. WILSON:  ALL RIGHT.  THANK YOU.
      22                     REDIRECT EXAMINATION
      23    BY MR. WILSON:
      24    Q.  JUST A COUPLE OF QUESTIONS.  YOU'VE SEEN A BUNCH OF --
      25    SEVERAL MEDICAL TREATMENT PLANS AND LIVING WILLS AND MEDICAL


                                                                       131



       1    DIRECTIVES.  WHEN A PERSON IS ADMITTED TO THE HOSPITAL, ARE
       2    THEY REQUIRED TO SIGN ANY NEW DOCUMENTS IN RESPECT TO THOSE
       3    TYPES OF -- OF ADVANCE DIRECTIVES OR MEDICAL TREATMENT PLAN?
       4    A.  THEY ARE NOT REQUIRED TO DO THAT.
       5    Q.  OKAY.  DOES THE HOSPITAL REQUEST THAT THEY BRING WITH
       6    THEM ANY PRIOR MEDICAL TREATMENT PLANS OR LIVING WILLS AT
       7    THE TIME OR ASK THEM IF THEY HAVE THOSE IN PLACE?
       8    A.  THE HOSPITAL IS REQUIRED TO ASK PATIENTS IF THEY HAVE AN
       9    ADVANCE DIRECTIVE OR A LIVING WILL OR A DURABLE POWER OF
      10    ATTORNEY.  IF THEY HAVE ONE, WE REQUEST THAT THEY BRING IT
      11    TO THE HOSPITAL IF THEY DON'T HAVE IT WITH THEM.  IT IS THEN
      12    MADE A PART OF THE MEDICAL RECORD.
      13         IF THEY DO NOT HAVE ONE, WE OFFER THEM THE OPPORTUNITY
      14    TO MAKE ONE.  AND WE HAVE STAFF IN THE HOSPITAL THAT WILL
      15    ASSIST WITH THAT PROCESS, IF THEY SO CHOOSE.
      16    Q.  OKAY.
      17             THE WITNESS:  TURN IT SO YOU CAN READ IT, LOOKING
      18    AT IT.
      19             THE COURT:  IT'S THE OTHER WAY.
      20             MR. WILSON:  I GOT TO TURN IT THIS WAY, DON'T I?
      21    ALL RIGHT.
      22    Q.  (BY MR. WILSON)  THIS IS THE FIRST ITEM, I THINK, THAT
      23    COUNSEL SHOWED TO YOU.  WHAT DATE DOES THAT BEAR?
      24    A.  LOOKS LIKE THE 17TH OF JUNE, '95.
      25    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHAT DATE DOES THE SIGNATURE BEAR DOWN ON THE


                                                                       132



       1    ATTENDING PHYSICIAN?
       2    A.  OH, THAT'S WHAT I WAS LOOKING AT.  THAT LOOKS LIKE THE
       3    17TH OF JUNE.  THE ONE AT THE TOP SAYS THE 19TH OF JUNE.
       4    Q.  JUST -- JUST LOOKING DOWN HERE FURTHER WHERE YOU HAVE
       5    THE SIGNATURE LINE -- MAYBE YOU COULD STEP UP TO THE BOARD.
       6    A.  RIGHT HERE?
       7    Q.  YES.  DOES THAT LOOK LIKE JUNE --
       8    A.  THAT ONE LOOKS LIKE THE 17TH OF JUNE TO ME.
       9    Q.  OKAY.
      10    A.  OR THE 19TH.
      11    Q.  WOULD YOU LOOK UP IN THE PRINTING AT THE TOP?  DOES THAT
      12    SAY ANYTHING ABOUT THE 17TH DAY OF JULY?
      13    A.  YEAH, RIGHT HERE.
      14    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO YOUR REVIEW, THIS WAS -- YOU'VE
      15    TESTIFIED THAT THIS APPEARED TO BE -- YOU BELIEVED IT TO BE
      16    ONE OF THE RECORDS THAT WAS CONTAINED IN BARBARA POHLMAN --
      17    OR I SHOULD SAY ELLEN ANDERSON'S MEDICAL RECORD; IS THAT
      18    CORRECT?
      19    A.  YES.
      20    Q.  SO WOULD THIS BE SOMETHING THAT WAS BROUGHT FROM ANOTHER
      21    ENTITY TO -- TO BE PLACED IN HER MEDICAL FILE?
      22    A.  YES.
      23    Q.  OKAY.  YOU DON'T HAVE ANY PERSONAL KNOWLEDGE, DO YOU, AS
      24    TO WHAT WAS HAPPENING TO ELLEN ANDERSON AT THE TIME THAT SHE
      25    EXECUTED THAT DIRECTIVE OR HER DAUGHTER EXECUTED IT FOR HER?


                                                                       133



       1    A.  NONE.
       2    Q.  SO YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT THE CIRCUMSTANCES WERE
       3    SURROUND -- FOR THE EXECUTION OF THAT MEDICAL TREATMENT
       4    PLAN.
       5    A.  YOU'RE RIGHT, I DON'T.
       6    Q.  OKAY.  IN RESPECT TO THE NEXT EXHIBIT -- WELL, LET ME
       7    SHOW YOU THE -- THE ONE THAT WAS SIGNED BY KAREN BRINGHURST,
       8    DOWN AT THE BOTTOM?
       9    A.  YES.
      10    Q.  LET ME JUST MOVE IT DOWN HERE A WAYS.  WHEN A
      11    PHYSICIAN -- WHAT DATE DOES THAT BEAR AT THE TOP?
      12    A.  12/28/95.
      13    Q.  AND WHAT DATE DOES IT BEAR BY THE PHYSICIAN'S SIGNATURE?
      14    A.  12/30/95.
      15    Q.  OKAY.  DO YOU HAVE ANY INFORMATION AS TO WHEN THAT
      16    PARTICULAR DOCUMENT WAS FILLED OUT?
      17    A.  I WOULD ASSUME IT WAS --
      18             MR. STIRBA:  WELL, I'M GOING TO OBJECT, YOUR HONOR.
      19    IT'S -- HER ASSUMPTION IS IRRELEVANT.  SHE EITHER KNOWS OR
      20    SHE DOESN'T, AND I DON'T THINK THERE'S ADEQUATE FOUNDATION
      21    THAT SHE WOULD.
      22             MR. WILSON:  OKAY.
      23    Q.  (BY MR. WILSON)  LET ME ASK YOU THIS.  WHEN THE -- WHEN
      24    THE PHYSICIAN FILLS THIS OUT, IS HE REQUIRED TO FILL IN THE
      25    BLANKS?


                                                                       134



       1    A.  I WOULD EXPECT SO.
       2    Q.  IS THERE ANYTHING THERE AS TO -- A CHECK MARK OR
       3    ANYTHING AS TO WHO IT WAS SIGNED BY?
       4    A.  I'M SORRY, I DON'T FOLLOW YOU.
       5    Q.  WELL, IT HAS SEVERAL BLANKS.  FIRST OF ALL, THE
       6    PATIENT'S NAME IS BLANK.
       7    A.  YES.
       8    Q.  THE PHYSICIAN'S NAME IS -- IS BLANK.
       9    A.  CORRECT.
      10    Q.  THERE'S NOTHING INDICATING WHAT KIND OF DISEASE OR
      11    ILLNESS THIS PERSON IS -- IS SUFFERING FROM, IS THERE?
      12    A.  YEAH, YOU'RE RIGHT.
      13    Q.  AND IT DOESN'T INDICATE WHETHER IT'S DIRECTED BY THE
      14    DECLARANT OR WHETHER IT'S DIRECTED BY SOMEBODY RELATED TO
      15    THE DECLARANT, DOES IT?
      16    A.  RIGHT.
      17    Q.  WHEN THOSE ITEMS ARE FILLED OUT AT THE HOSPITAL, DO YOU
      18    KNOW WHETHER OR NOT THEY'RE -- ARE THEY GIVEN ASSISTANCE IN
      19    FILLING THOSE ITEMS OUT, THOSE PARTICULAR TYPES OF MEDICAL
      20    TREATMENT PLANS?  AGAIN, I'LL SHOW YOU THE -- THE DOCUMENT.
      21    A.  I CAN'T TESTIFY TO WHAT THEY DID THEN.
      22    Q.  OKAY.  IS THERE ANY POLICY OR PROCEDURE AS TO HOW THOSE
      23    SHOULD BE PRESENTED TO -- TO THE PATIENT?
      24    A.  NOT THAT I'M AWARE OF, BUT --
      25    Q.  OKAY.  SHOW YOU THE DOCUMENT THAT YOU PREVIOUSLY


                                                                       135



       1    TESTIFIED TO.  YOU THINK IT WAS PART OF THE MEDICAL RECORD?
       2    A.  YES.
       3    Q.  AND THAT APPEARS TO HAVE THE SIGNATURE OF MERLIN LARSEN;
       4    IS THAT CORRECT?
       5    A.  YES.
       6    Q.  DOES THAT PARTICULAR MEDICAL TREATMENT PLAN, IS IT A
       7    FORM FROM A DAVIS HOSPITAL?
       8    A.  THERE'S NO WAY FOR ME TO TELL.
       9    Q.  OKAY.
      10    A.  IT'S NOT IDENTIFIED AS DAVIS HOSPITAL.
      11    Q.  SHOW YOU THE SECOND PART OF -- EXCUSE ME.  IS THERE ANY
      12    INDICATION ON THAT DOCUMENT THAT IT BEARS A DIFFERENT DATE
      13    THAN SEPTEMBER THE 19TH, 1985?
      14    A.  NO.
      15    Q.  OKAY.  DO YOU KNOW A DR. SUMKO?
      16    A.  NO, I DO NOT.
      17    Q.  OKAY.
      18             MR. WILSON:  I HAVE NO FURTHER QUESTIONS, YOUR
      19    HONOR.
      20             THE COURT:  OKAY.  ANYTHING FURTHER OF THIS
      21    WITNESS?
      22             MR. STIRBA:  NO, YOUR HONOR.  THANK YOU.
      23             THE COURT:  MAY THIS WITNESS BE EXCUSED?
      24             MR. STIRBA:  I -- I MAY HAVE TO RECALL HER, YOUR
      25    HONOR, SO --


                                                                       136



       1             THE COURT:  OKAY.
       2             MR. STIRBA:  -- WITH THAT CLARIFICATION.
       3             MR. WILSON:  YOUR HONOR, AND I -- I'D LIKE TO HAVE
       4    JUST A MINUTE TO TALK WITH HER.  COULD I JUST SPEAK WITH HER
       5    AS SHE STEPS DOWN?
       6             THE COURT:  YES.  WELL, IN FACT, MAYBE WHAT WE
       7    COULD DO IS JUST LET THE JURY GO FOR THEIR BREAK AND THEN
       8    YOU COULD HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO TALK TO HER.
       9             MR. WILSON:  THANK YOU, YOUR HONOR.
      10             THE COURT:  YOU COULD STILL STEP DOWN, IF YOU'D
      11    LIKE.
      12         OKAY.  LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, WE'LL TAKE A BREAK UNTIL
      13    2:30.  AND AS I MENTIONED TO YOU BEFORE, DO NOT CONVERSE
      14    AMONG YOURSELVES OR -- OR WITH ANYONE, OR ALLOW YOURSELVES
      15    TO BE ADDRESSED BY ANY OTHER -- EXCUSE ME, DON'T LEAVE UNTIL
      16    I'M -- I'M STILL TALKING.  THE ONLY THING I SAY IS WHILE I'M
      17    TALKING -- YEAH, DON'T LEAVE.
      18         IT'S YOUR DUTY NOT TO CONVERSE AMONG YOURSELVES OR TO
      19    CONVERSE WITH OR ALLOW YOURSELVES TO BE ADDRESSED BY ANY
      20    OTHER PERSON ON ANY SUBJECT OF THIS TRIAL.  AND IT'S YOUR
      21    DUTY NOT TO FORM OR EXPRESS AN OPINION THEREON UNTIL THIS
      22    CASE IS FINALLY SUBMITTED TO YOU.
      23         AND SO WE'LL SEE YOU BACK AT 2:30.
      24         (WHEREUPON, THE JURY LEAVES THE COURTROOM.)
      25             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THE RECORD SHOULD REFLECT THAT


                                                                       137



       1    THE JURY HAS LEFT.
       2         DID YOU SAY YOU HAD ONE MORE WITNESS OR WHAT WERE YOU
       3    GOING TO DO TODAY?
       4             MS. BARLOW:  WE DO, YOUR HONOR.  AND, IN FACT, I
       5    TOLD HER TO BE HERE AT 2:30 SO --
       6             THE COURT:  OKAY.
       7             MS. BARLOW:  -- AS SOON AS SHE WALKS IN --
       8             THE COURT:  AND HOW LONG DO YOU THINK THAT WITNESS
       9    IS GOING TO BE?
      10             MS. BARLOW:  I DON'T THINK SHE'S GOING TO TAKE
      11    LONG.
      12             THE COURT:  OKAY.  AND IS THAT THE ONLY WITNESS
      13    YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE?
      14             MR. WILSON:  THAT IS, YOUR HONOR.
      15             THE COURT:  OKAY.  ALL RIGHT.  THEN WE'LL BE BACK
      16    AT 2:30.
      17        (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THERE'S A RECESS, AFTER WHICH
      18    PROCEEDINGS RESUME IN THE PRESENCE OF THE JURY, AS FOLLOWS:)
      19             THE COURT:  LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, BEFORE WE GO ON,
      20    IT WAS JUST BROUGHT TO MY ATTENTION -- AND I DIDN'T REALIZE
      21    THIS BEFORE -- BUT IF YOU HAVE A PAGER OR A CELL PHONE, I
      22    JUST REALIZED -- SOMEBODY SHOWED ME DURING A BREAK THAT THE
      23    PAGERS AND THE CELL PHONES ALSO CONTAIN NEWS AND YOU SEE
      24    NEWS ON SOME PEOPLE'S PAGERS AND CELL PHONES.  AND THIS
      25    TRIAL IS NOW ON PAGERS AND CELL PHONES.


                                                                       138



       1         SO ANOTHER THING YOU DON'T LOOK AT IS YOUR PAGERS OR
       2    CELL PHONES.  I MEAN, YOU CAN LOOK AT THEM FOR NUMBERS.
       3    SEE, THIS MEDIA IS JUST TRYING TO GET TO YOU, SO I DON'T
       4    WANT THEM TO GET TO YOU.  SO PAGERS, CELL PHONE, E-MAILS,
       5    ANYTHING THAT HAS NEWS THINGS, YOU KNOW, PLEASE, PLEASE, DO
       6    NOT LOOK AT THAT.
       7         OKAY.  MS. BARLOW, WOULD YOU LIKE TO CALL YOUR NEXT
       8    WITNESS?
       9             MS. BARLOW:  WE'RE ENTIRELY TOO WIRED IN THIS
      10    WORLD, AREN'T WE, YOUR HONOR?
      11             THE COURT:  I KNOW.
      12             MS. BARLOW:  OUR NEXT WITNESS IS SHEILA MOORE.
      13             THE COURT:  OKAY.  IF YOU'D COME FORWARD AND BE
      14    SWORN.
      15             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, ARE WE EVEN USING THESE?
      16             THE COURT:  IT IS SUPPOSED TO AMPLIFY, BUT I DON'T
      17    KNOW WHAT IT'S DOING SO --
      18             MS. BARLOW:  OKAY.
      19                         SHEILA MOORE,
      20    BEING FIRST DULY SWORN, WAS EXAMINED AND TESTIFIED
      21    AS FOLLOWS:
      22                      DIRECT EXAMINATION
      23    BY MS. BARLOW:
      24    Q.  WOULD YOU PLEASE STATE YOUR NAME AND SPELL IT, FOR THE
      25    RECORD?


                                                                       139



       1    A.  SHEILA MOORE, S-H-E-I-L-A  M-O-O-R-E.
       2    Q.  AND WHAT CITY DO YOU LIVE IN, MS. MOORE?
       3    A.  LAYTON, UTAH.
       4    Q.  WHAT IS YOUR OCCUPATION?
       5    A.  I'M A REGISTERED NURSE.
       6    Q.  HOW LONG HAVE YOU BEEN A REGISTERED NURSE?
       7    A.  SINCE 1979.
       8    Q.  WHAT TRAINING DID YOU RECEIVE TO BE A REGISTERED NURSE?
       9    A.  I GOT MY ASSOCIATE'S DEGREE AT B.Y.U. IN NURSING.
      10    Q.  TO BE AN R.N. THEN, A REGISTERED NURSE --
      11    A.  RIGHT.
      12    Q.  -- YOU DON'T NECESSARILY NEED A BACHELOR DEGREE; IS THAT
      13    CORRECT?
      14    A.  NO.
      15    Q.  THERE WILL BE DIFFERENT KINDS OF NURSES THAT WE'LL BE
      16    TALKING ABOUT OVER THE COURSE OF THE NEXT LITTLE WHILE.  ON
      17    THE HIERARCHY, WHERE IS THE REGISTERED NURSE IN -- IN THE
      18    HIERARCHY OF SAY CERTIFIED NURSING ASSISTANT, LICENSED
      19    PRACTICAL NURSE, THAT SORT OF THING?
      20    A.  WELL, IT DEPENDS ON WHAT YOU'RE HIRED FOR.
      21    Q.  UH-HUH.
      22    A.  I WAS UNDER THE D.O.N. AT DAVIS HOSPITAL.
      23    Q.  WHAT -- WHAT'S THE D.O.N.?
      24    A.  THE DIRECTOR OF NURSING, AND THEN I WAS THE HEAD NURSE.
      25    AND THEN THE OTHER REGISTERED NURSES WOULD COME UNDER ME AND


                                                                       140



       1    THEN THE C.N.A.'S WOULD COME UNDER THEM.
       2    Q.  SO YOU WERE THE HEAD NURSE FOR WHAT, THE UNIT?
       3    A.  THE UNIT.
       4    Q.  THE GEROPSYCH UNIT?
       5    A.  RIGHT.
       6    Q.  AS A REGISTERED NURSE, ARE YOU ALLOWED TO ADMINISTER
       7    MEDICATIONS?
       8    A.  YES.
       9    Q.  ARE YOU -- DO YOU GET TO ORDER ANY MEDICATIONS?
      10    A.  NO.
      11    Q.  ARE ANY NURSES ALLOWED TO ORDER MEDICATIONS?
      12    A.  A.P.R.N.'S ARE ALLOWED TO, WHICH ARE ADVANCED PRAC --
      13    PRACTITIONER NURSING, BUT THEY'RE UNDER THE DIRECTIONS OF
      14    THE M.D., OR THE DOCTORS.
      15    Q.  SO IS THAT WHAT'S COMMONLY CALLED A NURSE PRACTITIONER?
      16    A.  RIGHT.
      17    Q.  SO A NURSE PRACTITIONER CAN ORDER THE MEDS, BUT ONLY
      18    UNDER THE --
      19    A.  IF THEY -- THEY HAVE TO GET THE EDUCATION AND THEY HAVE
      20    TO PASS A BOARD TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT.
      21    Q.  OKAY.
      22    A.  THEY HAVE TO BE LICENSED TO BE ABLE TO PRESCRIBE.
      23    Q.  AND YOU DON'T HAVE THAT --
      24    A.  NO, I DON'T.
      25    Q.  -- THAT CERTIFICATION.  SO IN 1979 YOU BECAME AN R.N.


                                                                       141



       1    WHERE DID YOU WORK AFTER THAT?
       2    A.  I STARTED AT COTTONWOOD HOSPITAL UP UNTIL -- ON A
       3    SURGICAL UNIT, AND THEN I WENT TO THE OPERATING ROOM IN '83.
       4    AND THEN '84 I MOVED TO MISSISSIPPI FOR A YEAR AND WORKED IN
       5    THE OPERATING ROOM IN MISSISSIPPI.  AND THEN I WORKED HALF
       6    OF THE YEAR IN THE OPERATING ROOM IN EVANSTON, WYOMING; AND
       7    THEN AT F.H.P.  AND THEN I STARTED AT BENCHMARK REGIONAL
       8    HOSPITAL, WHICH IS A PSYCHIATRIC FACILITY, IN '87 -- 1987.
       9    Q.  IS THERE ANY DIFFERENCE IN TRAINING FOR A -- A SURGICAL
      10    OR -- OR EMERGENCY ROOM NURSE AS THERE IS FOR A PSYCH UNIT
      11    NURSE?
      12    A.  NO.  YOU CAN -- I DIDN'T NEED ANY -- I DIDN'T HAVE ANY
      13    EXPERIENCE, BUT I DID GET ON-THE-JOB TRAINING FOR EACH ONE
      14    OF THEM.
      15    Q.  DID YOU HAVE OCCASION TO JOIN THE DAVIS NORTH
      16    HOSPITAL --
      17    A.  YES.
      18    Q.  -- STAFF.  WHEN WAS THAT?
      19    A.  THAT WAS IN 1994.
      20    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHAT WAS YOUR PURPOSE IN MOVING TO THE DAVIS
      21    NORTH HOSPITAL?
      22    A.  I WAS HIRED AS THE HEAD NURSE TO START UP THE GEROPSYCH
      23    UNIT -- GERIATRIC.
      24    Q.  SO -- SO YOU WERE THE FIRST HEAD NURSE?
      25    A.  I WAS.


                                                                       142



       1    Q.  DID YOU HAVE ANY HAND IN HIRING ANY OF THE OTHER NURSES?
       2    A.  NO.  NOT IN THE BEGINNING, NO.
       3    Q.  WHO -- WHO HIRED THE NURSES TO BEGIN WITH?
       4    A.  KAREN CHATELAIN.  SHE WAS THE DIRECTOR OF NURSING OF
       5    DAVIS HOSPITAL.
       6    Q.  AT THE TIME THAT YOU WERE HIRED, WHO WAS IN CHARGE OF
       7    THE GEROPSYCH UNIT?
       8    A.  WHAT DO YOU MEAN?
       9    Q.  YOU WERE HEAD OF NURSING.
      10    A.  RIGHT.
      11    Q.  WERE YOU OVER THE WHOLE UNIT?
      12    A.  NO.  HOW -- HOW IT STARTED WAS DAVIS HOSPITAL CONTRACTED
      13    WITH HORIZON WHICH SPECIALIZES IN PSYCHIATRY, AND THEY WERE
      14    OVER THE CLINICAL -- THEY WERE SPECIALIZING IN THE CLINICAL
      15    PSYCHOL -- OR PSYCHIATRIC PART OF IT, WHERE DAVIS HOSPITAL
      16    WAS OVER THE NURSING PART OF IT.
      17    Q.  WHEN YOU SAY CLINICAL, I MEAN, THESE ARE MEDICAL TERMS
      18    THAT WE PROBABLY NEED TO EXPLAIN.
      19    A.  OKAY.  HORIZON HIRED THE -- THE DOCTOR WAS HIRED BY
      20    HORIZON; THE PROGRAM DIRECTOR, WHO WAS OVER THE UNIT, WAS
      21    HIRED BY HORIZON; THE COMMUNITY COORDINATOR WAS HIRED BY
      22    HORIZON; THE SOCIAL WORKER WAS HIRED BY HORIZON.
      23    Q.  BUT THE NURSES WERE HIRED --
      24    A.  BUT THE NURSES WERE HIRED BY DAVIS HOSPITAL.
      25    Q.  WHAT WAS THERE ABOUT THIS UNIT THAT ATTRACTED YOU TO --


                                                                       143



       1    TO APPLY FOR IT?
       2    A.  I SAW -- I DIDN'T WORK MUCH WITH GERIATRICS BEFORE THIS
       3    TIME, I WAS ADOLESCENT PSYCH.
       4    Q.  UH-HUH.
       5    A.  AND I REALLY WANTED TO LEARN SOMETHING DIFFERENT.  AND I
       6    HAD BEEN ACTING AS THE HEAD NURSE DOWN AT BENCHMARK HOSPITAL
       7    AND I KIND OF WANTED A LEADERSHIP ROLE.  AND THIS CAME UP
       8    AND, I DON'T KNOW, IT JUST INTERESTED ME SO I APPLIED FOR
       9    IT.
      10    Q.  WHAT DOES GERIATRIC MEAN?
      11    A.  OLDER PATIENTS.  WE TOOK 65 AND ABOVE, SOMETIMES WE'D GO
      12    DOWN TO 55 AND OLDER.
      13    Q.  AND WHAT WERE THE MAIN PROBLEMS THAT THESE PEOPLE HAD?
      14    A.  ON THAT PARTICULAR UNIT IT WAS PSYCHIATRIC PROBLEMS IS
      15    WHAT WE WOULD ADMIT THEM FOR.
      16    Q.  WERE THERE ANY OTHER GEROPSYCH UNITS IN THE AREA?
      17    A.  NOT THAT I KNOW OF.  IN FACT, I THINK THAT THAT'S WHY
      18    DAVIS HOSPITAL WAS SO INTERESTED IN GETTING IT STARTED.
      19    WITHIN THE WESTERN STATES I DON'T THINK THERE WAS ANY
      20    GEROPSYCH UNITS.
      21    Q.  WHO WAS THE PROGRAM DIRECTOR WHEN YOU CAME ABOARD?
      22    A.  THERE WAS NONE.
      23    Q.  OKAY.
      24    A.  THERE WASN'T -- KEITH PERRY WAS THE CLINICAL -- OR THE
      25    COORDINATOR THAT WENT OUT AND HE WAS -- SO HE WORE BOTH HATS


                                                                       144



       1    AS THE DIRECTOR AND THE COORDINATOR TO GO OUT, CLINICAL
       2    COORDINATOR.
       3    Q.  WHEN YOU SAY THE COORDINATOR WENT OUT, WHAT DID THE
       4    COORDINATOR DO?
       5    A.  HE WENT OUT AND HE EDUCATED THE PUBLIC, THE NURSING
       6    HOMES, LET THEM KNOW THAT WE WERE AVAILABLE.  HE WENT OUT
       7    AND DID INTAKES IF -- LET'S SAY A NURSING HOME CALLED AND
       8    SAID THAT THEY HAVE, YOU KNOW, A PATIENT THAT'S AGITATED AND
       9    ACTING OUT OR THEIR BEHAVIOR'S CHANGED.  KEITH WOULD GO
      10    EVALUATE THEM AND SEE IF THEY WERE APPROPRIATE FOR OUR UNIT.
      11    Q.  OKAY.  YOU WERE THERE WHEN THE UNIT WAS SET UP THEN?
      12    A.  RIGHT.
      13    Q.  CAN YOU JUST BRIEFLY DESCRIBE THE PHYSICAL LAYOUT OF THE
      14    UNIT?
      15    A.  IT WAS A TEN-BED UNIT, TWO PATIENTS TO A ROOM.  THEY HAD
      16    A LARGE DAY ROOM, A SMALL DAY ROOM, THE NURSING STATION.
      17    THEY HAD ACCESS TO A CLEAN AND DIRTY UTILITY ROOM WHERE THEY
      18    GOT THEIR SUPPLIES AND DISCARDED THEIR DIRTY ITEMS.
      19    Q.  UH-HUH.  OKAY.  WHAT -- WE'VE HEARD TESTIMONY THAT THERE
      20    WERE LOCKED DOORS AT EITHER END OF THE UNIT.
      21    A.  RIGHT.
      22    Q.  DO YOU KNOW WHAT WAS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THOSE LOCKED
      23    DOORS IN THE HOSPITAL?
      24    A.  YES.  ON ONE SIDE THERE WAS A SKILLED NURSING FACILITY,
      25    AND ON THE OTHER SIDE IT WAS PEDIATRICS/TELEMETRY UNIT.


                                                                       145



       1    Q.  WE'VE HEARD THE PHRASE SNF THIS MORNING.
       2    A.  THAT'S THE SKILLED NURSING.
       3    Q.  OH, SO SNF IS S-N-F --
       4    A.  RIGHT.
       5    Q.  -- FOR SKILLED NURSING FACILITY?
       6    A.  RIGHT.
       7    Q.  OKAY.  I THOUGHT WE'D BETTER CLARIFY --
       8    A.  YEAH.
       9    Q.  -- THAT'S A SNF.
      10         OKAY.  WERE YOU THERE THEN WHEN THE FIRST PATIENTS CAME
      11    IN?
      12    A.  YES.
      13    Q.  BY THAT TIME, HAD A DOCTOR BEEN -- OR A PSYCHIATRIST
      14    BEEN HIRED?
      15    A.  YES.
      16    Q.  WHO -- WHO WAS THE FIRST PSYCHIATRIST ON THE UNIT?
      17    A.  DR. JENSEN.
      18    Q.  WHAT WAS HIS RESPONSIBILITY IN RELATIONSHIP TO THE
      19    PROGRAM DIRECTOR?  DO YOU KNOW?
      20    A.  I BELIEVE -- AND I'M NOT SURE -- I THINK THAT THE
      21    PROGRAM DIRECTOR WAS OVER HIM.  I THINK THAT THE PROGRAM
      22    DIRECTOR WAS OVER EVERYONE THAT HORIZON HIRED FOR THAT
      23    PARTICULAR UNIT.
      24    Q.  WHO WAS THE PROGRAM -- FIRST PROGRAM DIRECTOR?
      25    A.  THEY BROUGHT IN A KID FROM COLORADO NAMED DURRAND.


                                                                       146



       1    Q.  UH-HUH.
       2    A.  AND I CAN'T REMEMBER HIS LAST NAME -- FOR MAYBE TWO,
       3    THREE WEEKS.  AND THEN I THINK THEY HIRED PAM CLARK AND SHE
       4    LASTED FOR MAYBE A MONTH OR TWO, AND THEN THEY HIRED TODD
       5    CHAMBERS.
       6    Q.  OKAY.  DURING LATE '95, EARLY '96, WHO WAS THE PROGRAM
       7    DIRECTOR?
       8    A.  TODD CHAMBERS.
       9             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR -- YOUR HONOR, I'M GOING TO
      10    OBJECT.  LACK OF FOUNDATION.
      11             MS. BARLOW:  WELL --
      12             MR. STIRBA:  NO INDICATION SHE WAS WORKING THERE AT
      13    THE TIME.
      14             THE COURT:  DO YOU WANT TO LAY A FOUNDATION?
      15             MS. BARLOW:  OKAY.  I'LL -- I'LL BE HAPPY TO DO
      16    THAT.
      17    Q.  (BY MS. BARLOW)  SO YOU STARTED WITH THE UNIT IN 1994.
      18    A.  RIGHT.
      19    Q.  OKAY.  LITERALLY WITH THE UNIT IN 1994.
      20    A.  YES.
      21    Q.  WHEN DID YOU LEAVE THE UNIT?
      22    A.  I LEFT IT LATTER PART OF NOVEMBER, FIRST PART OF
      23    DECEMBER OF '95.
      24    Q.  WHEN YOU LEFT THE UNIT, WHO WAS IN CHARGE OF THE UNIT?
      25    A.  TODD CHAMBERS.


                                                                       147



       1    Q.  THANK YOU.  YOU INDICATED THAT THESE WERE
       2    PREDOMINANTLY -- WELL, THEY WERE PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS.
       3    A.  RIGHT.
       4    Q.  IS THAT CORRECT.  WHAT KIND OF PSYCHIATRIC PROBLEMS WERE
       5    PEOPLE COMING IN WITH?
       6    A.  TO BE QUALIFIED FOR THE UNIT THEY WOULD HAVE TO HAVE AN
       7    ACUTE -- ACUTE PSYCHIATRIC PROBLEM, WHICH MEANT THAT IT WAS
       8    SOMETHING THAT WE COULD TREAT AND THEY COULD GET BETTER WITH
       9    IT.
      10    Q.  OKAY.  WERE THERE OTHER PSYCHIATRIC PROBLEMS THAT THESE
      11    PEOPLE HAD THAT WERE NOT ACUTE?
      12    A.  SOME OF THEM -- SOME OF THEM WOULD COME IN, LET'S SAY,
      13    WITH DEMENTIA.
      14    Q.  UH-HUH.
      15    A.  AND DEMENTIA IS A DISEASE THAT YOU CAN'T CURE AND IT
      16    CANNOT GET BETTER, BUT THEY WOULD COME IN WITH ACUTE
      17    AGITATION-AGGRESSION, HITTING OUT, KICKING, THINGS LIKE
      18    THAT, ATTACKING PEOPLE.  SO YEAH, THEY WOULD COME IN WITH
      19    CHRONIC PSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSES:  DEMENTIA, ALZHEIMER'S.
      20    Q.  BUT YOU WEREN'T INTENDING TO TRY TO FIX OR CURE THAT.
      21    A.  NO.  NO.
      22    Q.  YOU WERE JUST TRYING TO DEAL WITH --
      23    A.  THE ACUTE PART.
      24    Q.  -- THE ACUTE PART.  WAS THERE ANYTHING ABOUT MEDICATIONS
      25    THAT MIGHT BRING SOMEBODY ON TO THE UNIT?


                                                                       148



       1    A.  MOST OF THE TIME WHAT WE WOULD DO IS BRING THEM ON TO
       2    REGULATE THEM ON SOMETHING THAT WOULD CONTROL THE ACUTE
       3    PHASE THAT THEY WERE HAVING.  SO YEAH.
       4    Q.  HAVE YOU EVER HEARD THE TERM DRUG HOLIDAY?
       5    A.  YES.
       6    Q.  AND WHO -- DID ANYONE IN THIS UNIT EVER USE THAT TERM
       7    WHILE YOU WERE THERE?
       8    A.  NOT THAT -- I CAN'T REMEMBER.  I CAN'T REMEMBER IF THEY
       9    COMPLETELY TOOK THEM OFF OF THEIR MEDS AND GAVE THEM A
      10    BREAK.  I CANNOT REMEMBER.
      11    Q.  OKAY.  I RECOGNIZE A LOT OF TIME HAS PASSED.  WHO WOULD
      12    MAKE THE DETERMINATION ABOUT WHAT MEDICATIONS THESE PEOPLE
      13    WERE GOING TO GET?
      14    A.  THE DOCTOR.
      15    Q.  WHO WAS THE -- THE FIRST PSYCHIATRIST?
      16    A.  DR. JENSEN.
      17    Q.  DR. JENSEN.  DID THERE COME A POINT WHERE DR. JENSEN NO
      18    LONGER WAS WITH THE UNIT?
      19    A.  YES.
      20    Q.  DO YOU RECALL WHEN THAT WAS?
      21    A.  I'M THINKING THAT IT WAS AROUND AUGUST -- JULY,
      22    AUGUST.  HE WAS KIND OF PHASING OUT SO HE'D COME MAYBE ONE
      23    DAY, TWO DAYS -- OF '95.
      24    Q.  OKAY.  WHO BECAME THE PSYCHIATRIST -- YOU KNOW, PHASED
      25    IN AND THEN BECAME FULL TIME AFTER DR. JENSEN LEFT?


                                                                       149



       1    A.  DR. WEITZEL.
       2    Q.  AND THE DR. WEITZEL THAT YOU'RE REFERRING TO, IS HE IN
       3    THE COURTROOM TODAY?
       4    A.  YES, HE IS.
       5    Q.  THE DEFENDANT IN THIS MATTER?
       6    A.  YES.
       7    Q.  DID YOU SEE A DIFFERENCE IN THE WAY DR. JENSEN TREATED
       8    THESE PATIENTS AS OPPOSED TO THE WAY DR. WEITZEL TREATED
       9    THESE PATIENTS?
      10             MR. STIRBA:  I'M GOING TO OBJECT, YOUR HONOR.
      11    IRRELEVANT, LACK OF FOUNDATION, AND VAGUE AND AMBIGUOUS.
      12             THE COURT:  IF YOU'D LIKE TO LAY A FOUNDATION AS TO
      13    THE TIME PERIOD SHE OBSERVED DR. WEITZEL.
      14    Q.  (BY MS. BARLOW)  WELL, FIRST, WHEN DID YOU OBSERVE
      15    DR. JENSEN?
      16    A.  WHEN WE FIRST OPENED THE UNIT.
      17    Q.  AND THEN DR. WEITZEL CAME WHEN?
      18    A.  I DON'T KNOW WHEN HE CAME.  I -- I CANNOT REMEMBER WHEN
      19    DR. WEITZEL STARTED.
      20    Q.  WAS THERE EVER ANY GAP WHEN THERE WAS NO PSYCHIATRIST
      21    FOR THE UNIT?
      22    A.  NO.
      23    Q.  YOU SAID SOMETHING ABOUT THERE BEING A PHASE-IN.
      24    A.  THERE ALWAYS HAD TO BE A DOCTOR THAT ADMITTED PATIENTS
      25    TO THE UNIT.  IF THERE WAS NO DOCTOR THEN THERE WAS NO


                                                                       150



       1    PATIENTS BECAUSE THE DOCTOR OVERSEES THE PATIENT'S CARE.
       2    Q.  SO LET'S SAY THE FIRST PART OF 1995 WHEN DR. JENSEN WAS
       3    THERE --
       4    A.  RIGHT.
       5    Q.  -- AND THEN DURING THE PHASE-IN PERIOD WHEN DR. WEITZEL
       6    PHASED IN, AND THEN THERE -- WAS THERE A TIME BEFORE YOU
       7    LEFT WHEN DR. WEITZEL WAS THE ONLY PSYCHIATRIST ON THE UNIT?
       8    A.  YES.
       9    Q.  ABOUT HOW LONG WAS THAT?
      10    A.  PROBABLY ABOUT FOUR MONTHS.
      11    Q.  DURING THAT TIME FRAME, SAY THE FOUR MONTHS BEFORE THE
      12    PHASE-IN, DURING THE PHASE-IN, AND THEN THE FOUR MONTHS
      13    AFTER THE PHASE-IN --
      14    A.  UH-HUH.
      15    Q.  -- DID YOU HAVE OCCASION TO SEE HOW EITHER DOCTOR
      16    TREATED THE PATIENTS?
      17    A.  AS --
      18             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, COULD WE STILL HAVE SOME
      19    FOUNDATION?  I'M NOT SURE WHAT TIME PERIOD WE'RE TALKING
      20    ABOUT.
      21             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, I JUST INDICATED 1995,
      22    FOUR MONTHS DURING THE -- THEN THE PHASE-IN, THEN THE FOUR
      23    MONTHS AFTER --
      24             THE COURT:  WHY -- WHY DON'T WE JUST MAYBE INSTEAD
      25    OF SAYING THE FOUR MONTHS BEFORE PHASE-IN, JUST SAY WHEN


                                                                       151



       1    THAT BEGAN, LIKE WHAT PART OF 1995 THAT BEGAN, I THINK IS
       2    WHAT HE'S TALKING ABOUT.
       3             MS. BARLOW:  I WILL DO THAT.
       4    Q.  (BY MS. BARLOW)  YOU LEFT IN LATE NOVEMBER.
       5    A.  RIGHT.
       6    Q.  LET'S GO BACK EIGHT MONTHS PRIOR TO THAT, WHAT -- THAT'S
       7    THE 11TH MONTH, SO LET'S SAY, OH, APRIL OR MAY --
       8    A.  OKAY.
       9    Q.  -- OF 1995.  LET'S TALK ABOUT THE TIME PERIOD FROM SAY
      10    APRIL TO THE TIME YOU LEFT IN 1995.
      11    A.  OKAY.
      12    Q.  DID YOU HAVE OCCASION DURING THAT TIME PERIOD TO SEE THE
      13    DIFFERENCE IN THE WAY THESE TWO DOCTORS DEALT WITH PATIENTS?
      14             MR. STIRBA:  I'M GOING TO OBJECT, YOUR HONOR.  LACK
      15    OF FOUNDATION.  MAY I VOIR DIRE?
      16             THE COURT:  YES.
      17                     VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION
      18    BY MR. STIRBA:
      19    Q.  MS. MOORE, YOUR POSITION AS HEAD NURSE WAS AN
      20    ADMINISTRATIVE POSITION, WAS IT NOT?
      21    A.  YES, SIR.
      22    Q.  THE FACT OF THE MATTER IS, DURING THE TIME PERIOD THAT
      23    WE'RE TALKING ABOUT, YOU WERE NOT HANDS-ON AND PROVIDING
      24    PATIENT CARE IN THE GEROPSYCHIATRIC UNIT, WERE YOU?
      25    A.  YES, I WAS.


                                                                       152



       1    Q.  FACT OF THE MATTER IS, YOU WERE THERE ONLY PART-TIME,
       2    ISN'T THAT TRUE?
       3    A.  I WAS THERE TWO DAYS A WEEK.
       4             MR. STIRBA:  WELL, I'LL RENEW MY OBJECTION, YOUR
       5    HONOR.
       6             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, SHE --
       7             THE COURT:  OVERRULED.
       8             MS. BARLOW:  THANK YOU.
       9                  DIRECT EXAMINATION, CONT'D
      10    BY MS. BARLOW:
      11    Q.  DURING THE TIME -- THE TWO DAYS A WEEK THAT YOU WERE
      12    THERE, YOU WERE DOING HANDS-ON CARE, DID YOU HAVE OCCASION
      13    TO SEE THE DIFFERENCE -- ANY DIFFERENCE, NOT ASSUMING THERE
      14    WAS ONE, BUT WAS THERE ANY DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE WAY
      15    DR. JENSEN AND DR. WEITZEL TREATED PATIENTS?
      16    A.  YES.
      17             MR. STIRBA:  OBJECTION.  RELEVANCY, YOUR HONOR.
      18             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WHAT DO YOU CLAIM THE RELEVANCY?
      19             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, THIS -- THIS WILL ALL TIE
      20    IN AS WE GO ON.  I MEAN, THIS IS THE SECOND WITNESS THAT WE
      21    HAVE.  I MEAN, I -- IT SEEMS A LITTLE -- YOU'VE GOT TO START
      22    SOMEWHERE WITH SOME OF THIS TESTIMONY AND THIS IS WHERE I
      23    WANT TO START WITH SOME OF THIS TESTIMONY.  IT WILL BE TIED
      24    IN AS OTHER WITNESSES COME IN.
      25             THE COURT:  OKAY.  MR. STIRBA?


                                                                       153



       1             MR. STIRBA:  WELL, THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN DOCTORS
       2    IS NOT RELEVANT, AND MUCH LESS THE TIME PERIOD IS NOT
       3    RELEVANT.  SHE WASN'T EVEN THERE DURING THE PERTINENT TIME
       4    PERIOD.  THIS IS NOT A QUESTION OF -- OF PERCEPTION BETWEEN
       5    HOW DOCTORS WORK.  SHE HAS NO FACTS RELATING TO THE ISSUES
       6    BEFORE THE COURT.  IT'S TOTALLY IRRELEVANT.
       7             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, IT GOES TO THE MENTAL
       8    STATE.
       9             THE COURT:  WHY DON'T -- WHY DON'T WE DO THIS.
      10    LADIES AND GENTLEMEN OF THE JURY, THIS IS ONE OF THOSE TIMES
      11    THAT I SAID WE WOULDN'T TRY TO HAVE VERY MANY OF, BUT
      12    IT'S -- THERE'S A LEGAL ISSUE THAT NEEDS TO BE DISCUSSED, SO
      13    DON'T GO HOME RIGHT NOW.
      14         AND IT'S YOUR DUTY WHILE YOU'RE ON THIS BREAK NOT TO
      15    CONVERSE AMONG YOURSELVES OR TO CONVERSE WITH OR ALLOW
      16    ANY -- ALLOW YOURSELVES TO BE ADDRESSED BY ANY OTHER PERSON
      17    ON THE SUBJECT OF THIS TRIAL.  AND IT'S YOUR DUTY, ALSO, NOT
      18    TO FORM OR EXPRESS AN OPINION THEREON UNTIL THE CASE IS
      19    FINALLY SUBMITTED TO YOU.
      20         SO IF YOU WOULD JUST TAKE A BREAK AND THEN THE BAILIFF
      21    WILL HAVE YOU COME BACK.
      22         (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THE JURY LEAVES THE COURTROOM,
      23    AFTER WHICH PROCEEDINGS RESUME, AS FOLLOWS:)
      24             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THE RECORD SHOULD REFLECT THAT
      25    THE JURY HAS GONE OUT AND WE'RE -- OKAY.  WHAT IS THE -- I


                                                                       154



       1    DON'T KNOW WHO'S NEXT TO SPEAK TO THIS ISSUE.  MAYBE
       2    MS. BARLOW, IF YOU'D LIKE TO SPEAK?
       3             MS. BARLOW:  YES, YOUR HONOR.  THE RELEVANCE OF
       4    THIS IS NUMBER ONE, WE'RE GOING TO BE SHOWING A PATTERN OF
       5    CONDUCT AND THAT PATTERN OF CONDUCT WILL GO TO THE MENTAL
       6    STATE OF THE DEFENDANT, AND PARTICULARLY A -- A DEPRAVED
       7    INDIFFERENCE, AS IT WERE.  AND -- AND I THINK TESTIMONY
       8    COMPARING -- AND I CAN SAY TO YOU BECAUSE THE JURY'S NOT
       9    HERE, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE DR. JENSEN WHO WOULD SPEND A GREAT
      10    DEAL OF TIME WITH THESE PATIENTS ON THE UNIT, AND WE HAVE
      11    DR. WEITZEL WHO WOULD SPEND VERY LITTLE TIME.
      12         AND I -- YOU KNOW, I JUST WANT TO GET THAT INFORMATION
      13    IN.  IT WILL COME IN WITH OTHER WITNESSES AS WELL IN MORE
      14    DETAIL, BUT, YOU KNOW, I THINK IT'S APPROPRIATELY SOMETHING
      15    SHE CAN TESTIFY TO.
      16             THE COURT:  WELL, DO YOU PLAN ON SAYING OKAY,
      17    DURING THIS PERIOD OF TIME FROM APRIL TILL NOVEMBER OF 1995,
      18    THIS WITNESS IS GOING TO SAY, BASICALLY, THAT DR. WEITZEL
      19    SPENT LITTLE TIME THERE AS COMPARED TO -- TO DR. JENSEN?  OR
      20    IS THERE ANYTHING ELSE ABOUT DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE THAT
      21    SHE'S GOING TO TESTIFY ABOUT?
      22             MS. BARLOW:  WELL, I THINK THAT GOES TO THE
      23    DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE, THAT HE WOULD SPEND VERY LITTLE TIME
      24    WITH THE PATIENTS THEMSELVES.
      25             THE COURT:  OKAY.  AND THEN DO YOU PLAN ON HAVING


                                                                       155



       1    OTHER WITNESSES AFTER NOVEMBER OF 1995 SAY THAT THAT
       2    CONTINUED ON OR IS THAT --
       3             MS. BARLOW:  EXACTLY, YOUR HONOR.
       4             THE COURT:  OKAY.  MR. STIRBA?
       5             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, THE -- THE PROBLEM I HAVE
       6    WITH THIS IS IT'S SORT OF FUNDAMENTAL.  FIRST OF ALL, THE
       7    FACTS ARE THAT HE HAD A CONTRACT.  THEY KNOW IT, THEY DON'T
       8    PRODUCE IT.  THEY KNOW IT'S A PART-TIME CONTRACT.  HE WASN'T
       9    SUPPOSED TO BE THERE FULL TIME, 24 HOURS A DAY.  THAT'S THE
      10    FIRST FACT.
      11         THE SECOND FACT IS, IF THIS CASE IS GOING TO BECOME --
      12    THEY'RE GOING TO TROT IN ALL THESE NURSES WHO ARE GOING TO
      13    SAY, GEE, DR. WEITZEL WASN'T AS GOOD AS DR. JENSEN, THEN
      14    WE'RE GOING TO TROT IN ALL OUR NURSES WHO ARE GOING TO SAY
      15    DR. JENSEN WAS NEVER THERE AND DR. WEITZEL WAS 10 TIMES THE
      16    DOCTOR THAT DR. JENSEN WAS.
      17         SO THAT'S THE PROBLEM.  IT DOESN'T FOCUS ON THE REAL
      18    FACTUAL QUESTION OF WHETHER OR NOT THE FIVE PATIENTS IN THIS
      19    CASE DURING THE RELEVANT TIME PERIOD WERE THE VICTIMS OF A
      20    CRIMINAL ACT.  AND THIS IS MERELY LAY OPINION AT BEST, AT
      21    BEST, AND IT DOESN'T REALLY GET YOU ANYWHERE OTHER THAN,
      22    OBVIOUSLY, MS. MOORE MAY HAVE SOME FEELINGS WHICH SHE LIKES
      23    DR. JENSEN MAYBE MORE THAN SHE LIKES DR. WEITZEL.  BUT I'M
      24    TELLING YOU, WE HAVE THE SAME KIND OF WITNESSES AND IT'S A
      25    TOTAL IRRELEVANCY IN THIS CASE.


                                                                       156



       1         AND THE FACT OF THE MATTER IS, IT ISN'T A TRUE
       2    REPRESENTATION EITHER BECAUSE DR. WELBY JENSEN -- IF WE'RE
       3    GOING TO GET INTO THIS, WE'RE GOING TO GET INTO THE FACT HE
       4    WAS FULL TIME AT F.H.P. DURING THE TIME THAT HE HAD A
       5    CONTRACT WITH HORIZON.  SO HE WASN'T UP THERE MUCH.  AND HE
       6    ALSO -- THERE ARE PEOPLE WHO ARE GOING TO TESTIFY THAT THAT
       7    WAS PART OF THE PROBLEM, THAT WELBY JENSEN WAS NEVER THERE
       8    AND THEY HAD TO GO TO THIS MAN OVER HERE TO COVER ALL OF HIS
       9    PROBLEMS, AND SO THAT THIS PARTICULAR PSYCHIATRIST WAS DOING
      10    DOUBLE TIME.
      11         AND WE GET INTO ALL THESE -- THESE -- THESE DISPARATE
      12    KINDS OF QUESTIONS WHICH I THINK ARE WHOLLY IRRELEVANT.  I
      13    MEAN, THE FACT OF -- OF HOW DR. WEITZEL PRACTICED OR DIDN'T
      14    PRACTICE WHEN THIS WOMAN WASN'T EVEN THERE -- IN OTHER
      15    WORDS, DURING THE PERTINENT TIME PERIOD -- IS IRRELEVANT AND
      16    THAT'S REALLY ALL THIS EVIDENCE IS ALL ABOUT.
      17         AND I'D SUBMIT IT'S IRRELEVANT, IT'S LAY OPINION, IT
      18    DOESN'T REALLY ASSIST THE FACT-FINDER FOR PURPOSES OF
      19    DETERMINING ANY RELEVANT ISSUES IN THIS CASE.
      20         AND I ALSO WILL TELL YOU, JUDGE, IT'S REALLY, REALLY
      21    IMPRESSIONISTIC.  SEE, THIS IS ONE OF THE PROBLEMS WITH THIS
      22    KIND OF CASE.  YOU GET -- YOU GET A BUNCH OF PEOPLE WHO ARE
      23    WORKING TOGETHER, AND I'LL TELL YOU RIGHT NOW, YOU'RE GOING
      24    TO HAVE A BUNCH OF PEOPLE THAT ARE GOING TO LIKE ONE GUY AND
      25    YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE A BUNCH OF PEOPLE WHO ARE GOING TO LIKE


                                                                       157



       1    ANOTHER GUY.  AND IF THIS IS WHAT THIS CASE IS GOING TO
       2    DEGENERATE INTO, I'D SUBMIT THAT'S WRONG.  IT SHOULDN'T BE
       3    THAT WAY AND IT'S TOTALLY IMPROPER CONSIDERING THE
       4    SERIOUSNESS OF THESE CHARGES.
       5         AND THAT'S ALL THAT REALLY IS GOING ON HERE.  AND IT
       6    DOES HAVE A TENDENCY, OBVIOUSLY, TO PREJUDICE THE JURY
       7    BECAUSE -- YOU KNOW, REMEMBER THE OTHER THING.  THIS IS A
       8    NURSE.  THIS -- THIS IS NOT THE EXPERT.  THIS IS NOT
       9    SOMEBODY WHO HAS EXPERTISE IN THE FIELD OF PSYCHIATRIC CARE
      10    FROM A MEDICAL STANDPOINT.  SO TO HAVE HER ASSESSING IN ANY
      11    WAY, SHAPE, OR FORM WHAT THIS DOCTOR DID IS TOTALLY LACKING
      12    IN ANY QUALIFICATION AND ANY FOUNDATION AND SHOULDN'T BE
      13    ALLOWED IN ANY EVENT.
      14         AND IT SEEMS TO ME, IF WE WANT TO GET THE FACTS, WHY
      15    DON'T WE GET THE FACTS.  WHY DON'T WE HAVE DR. JENSEN COME
      16    IN HERE AND SAY, HOW MANY HOURS DID YOU WORK?  HOW MANY
      17    HOURS DID HE WORK?  SHE DOESN'T KNOW THAT, MAYBE JENSEN DOES
      18    BECAUSE JENSEN WAS THE MEDICAL DIRECTOR AND HE WAS THE
      19    ASSOCIATE MEDICAL DIRECTOR.  LET'S GET THE FACTS.  SHE
      20    DOESN'T KNOW THE FACTS.  SHE ALREADY TESTIFIED THAT HE WAS
      21    FULL TIME AND SHE'S FLAT OUT WRONG.  THERE'S A CONTRACT,
      22    THEY HAVE IT, THEY DON'T USE IT.
      23         AND I'D SUGGEST THAT THAT'S WHERE WE OUGHT TO LITIGATE
      24    THIS CASE, ON THE FACTS.  NOT IMPRESSIONS, NOT THESE LAY
      25    OPINIONS, NOT THESE DRAWN CONCLUSIONS ABOUT SOMEBODY'S


                                                                       158



       1    CONDUCT, AND THAT'S ALL THIS IS.  AND ONCE AGAIN I SUGGEST
       2    NOT ONLY IS IT IRRELEVANT, IT DOESN'T HELP THE JURY.
       3             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WELL, THERE'S SOME --
       4             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, IT'S ALSO --
       5             THE COURT:  WELL, LET ME --
       6             MS. BARLOW:  -- NOT WHAT I WAS ARGUING.
       7             THE COURT:  WELL, LET ME JUST ASK A QUESTION FIRST.
       8    OKAY, MR. STIRBA, SHE'S SAYING THAT WHETHER IT'S AN
       9    OPINION -- I THINK WHAT SHE'S SAYING IS THAT SHE'S GOING TO
      10    SAY WHAT SHE OBSERVED.  AND IF WHAT SHE OBSERVED -- I MEAN,
      11    DOES IT GO TO WEIGHT OR NOT IF SOMEBODY IS THERE MORE
      12    FREQUENTLY OR LESS FREQUENTLY, AND DOES IT GO TO THE ISSUE
      13    OF DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE.  LIKE IS -- IS ABSENCE ONE OF THE
      14    ELEMENTS OF DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE.
      15         AND -- AND SHE TESTIFIED -- YOU KNOW, WHAT -- WHAT
      16    YOU'RE SAYING IS YES, SHE'S ONLY THERE TWO DAYS.  ALL THIS
      17    CAN BE BROUGHT OUT IN CROSS-EXAMINATIONS.  ON THE DAYS SHE'S
      18    THERE, CAN SHE TESTIFY ABOUT THAT ISSUE TO GO TO THE ISSUE
      19    OF DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE?
      20             MR. STIRBA:  TO -- TO A STATE OF MIND?  ABSOLUTELY
      21    NOT.  I MEAN --
      22             THE COURT:  WELL, NOT A STATE OF MIND.
      23             MR. STIRBA:  OKAY.
      24             THE COURT:  I THINK JUST -- JUST PRESENCE.  ARE YOU
      25    ASKING ABOUT PRESENCE THERE?


                                                                       159



       1             MS. BARLOW:  NOT JUST PRESENCE WHETHER HE WAS THERE
       2    ALL DAY OR NOT ALL DAY, BUT THE TIME ACTUALLY SPENT WITH
       3    THE -- THE PATIENTS, WHICH I THINK GOES TO DEPRAVED
       4    INDIFFERENCE.  I -- I'M NOT --
       5             THE COURT:  WELL, I GUESS -- I GUESS --
       6             MS. BARLOW:  -- I'M NOT GOING TO BRING IN ANYTHING
       7    THAT'S HE'S ARGUING I SHOULDN'T BRING IN.  I'M NOT GOING TO
       8    ASK HER OPINION; I'M NOT GOING TO ASK WHETHER SHE LIKES
       9    DR. WELBY -- OR EXCUSE ME --
      10             THE COURT:  JENSEN.
      11             MS. BARLOW:  -- DR. JENSEN OR DR. WEITZEL.  THAT'S
      12    NOT RELEVANT.  I DON'T CARE ABOUT THAT.
      13             THE COURT:  OKAY.  BUT ISN'T ONE OF THE ISSUES THAT
      14    WE'VE GOT HERE -- I MEAN, WE HAVE PEOPLE IN A
      15    GEROPSYCHIATRIC UNIT AND NOT EVERYBODY IN THE
      16    GEROPSYCHIATRIC UNIT HAS THE SAME CONDITIONS AND THE SAME
      17    PROBLEMS.  AND IF ONE DOCTOR SPENDS MORE TIME WITH A PATIENT
      18    WHO HAS MORE TROUBLING PROBLEMS THAN ANOTHER DOCTOR WITH A
      19    DIFFERENT PATIENT -- BECAUSE EVERYBODY'S PROBLEMS ARE NOT
      20    THE SAME -- HOW DO WE -- HOW DOES THAT GO TO A JURY?
      21         I MEAN, A JURY SAYS GEE, ONE PERSON SPENT IT, BUT WE
      22    DON'T KNOW ALL THE FACTORS AND THE BACKGROUND OF WHO THE
      23    PATIENTS ARE THAT THEY'RE WITH AND WHAT THEY'RE DOING.  AND
      24    THIS PERSON ISN'T AN EXPERT TO SAY, YOU KNOW, IS IT -- IS IT
      25    RIGHT THAT THEY SHOULD BE THERE MORE TIME OR LESS TIME.


                                                                       160



       1    SHE'S JUST OBSERVING WELL, DR. JENSEN GOES IN THERE, SPENDS
       2    A LOT MORE TIME, MAYBE HAS A BETTER BEDSIDE MANNER;
       3    DR. WEITZEL SPENDS LESS TIME.  AND WE DON'T KNOW WHAT THE
       4    CHARACTER OF THE PATIENTS ARE OR THEIR CONDITIONS.
       5             MS. BARLOW:  BUT WE'RE TALKING ABOUT A PATTERN AND
       6    THE PATTERN WILL SHOW THAT DR. JENSEN SPENT TIME ACTUALLY
       7    SITTING AND TALKING WITH PATIENTS AND FINDING OUT WHAT WAS
       8    GOING ON.  DR. WEITZEL CAME IN, LOOKED IN WHILE THEY WERE
       9    ASLEEP, TALKED TO THE NURSES, WROTE HIS NOTES AND LEFT.
      10             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WELL, LET'S SAY THAT'S ALL TRUE.
      11    IF IT'S A PATTERN BETWEEN WHAT DR. JENSEN DOES AND WHAT
      12    DR. WEITZEL DOES, UNLESS -- YOU KNOW, WE ALL HAVE SEEN
      13    DOCTORS OR PROFESSIONALS AT ANY POINT AND SOME OF THEM ARE
      14    MORE CURT THAN OTHERS, AND ESPECIALLY I THINK EVERYBODY'S
      15    HAD AN EXPERIENCE WITH A DOCTOR THAT ONE'S MAYBE MORE
      16    FRIENDLIER AND MORE OPEN THAN ANOTHER ONE IS.  BUT IS THAT
      17    THE ISSUE THAT ONE IS NICER THAN THE OTHER OR --
      18             MS. BARLOW:  IT HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH NICE.  IT
      19    HAS TO DO WITH LOOKING IN AT A PATIENT WHO IS ASLEEP.  IT'S
      20    NOT THE SAME AS ACTUALLY DOING AN EVALUATION WITH THEM OR --
      21    OR TRYING TO HELP THEM.
      22             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WELL, HOW -- HOW DOES THIS HELP
      23    US IF WHAT THIS PERSON IS SAYING IS THIS IS WHAT HAPPENED
      24    BEFORE THE RELEVANT TIME PERIOD FOR ANY OF THE DEATHS?
      25    WE'RE TALKING SHE LEFT IN NOVEMBER OF '95 AND --


                                                                       161



       1             MS. BARLOW:  BECAUSE IT'S --
       2             THE COURT:  -- AND THE EARLIEST --
       3             MS. BARLOW:  -- IT'S A PATTERN THAT CONTINUED.  AND
       4    OTHER WITNESSES WILL TESTIFY THAT IT CONTINUED DURING THIS
       5    TIME.
       6             THE COURT:  AND THE PATTERN -- THE PATTERN IS WHAT?
       7    THAT HE -- HE DOESN'T COME IN AND SPEND MUCH TIME?
       8             MS. BARLOW:  EXACTLY.  IN FACT, SOME DAYS HE
       9    DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL.
      10             THE COURT:  OKAY.  AND HOW DOES THAT GET US TO
      11    DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE?  IS DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE GOING TO BE
      12    HE DOESN'T GO IN AND SPEND MUCH TIME, AND HE COMES EARLY
      13    AND -- AND LATE?
      14             MS. BARLOW:  THE DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE IS THAT --
      15    WELL, LET'S -- IT'S THE TOTALITY OF EVERYTHING WE'RE LOOKING
      16    AT.  THAT'S A FACTOR.  IT'S NOT THE ONLY THING THAT'S GOING
      17    TO SHOW US DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE, BUT IT'S -- IT'S GOING TO
      18    SHOW THE ATTITUDE THAT HE HAD TOWARDS THESE PEOPLE AND --
      19    AND THAT GOES TO THE DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE, YOUR HONOR.
      20         WELL, AND THE DETERMINATIONS HE'S MAKING WHETHER THESE
      21    PEOPLE ARE TERMINALLY ILL OR NOT.  GRANTED, SHE WASN'T THERE
      22    DURING THAT TIME FRAME, BUT IT'S A PATTERN THAT EXTENDED
      23    BEYOND AND INTO THE PERTINENT TIME FRAME.
      24             THE COURT:  OKAY.  AND HOW FREQUENTLY IS SHE SEEING
      25    THESE DOCTORS DOING WHAT THEY'RE DOING?  AND I GUESS WHAT


                                                                       162



       1    DR. JENSEN -- I GUESS THE QUESTION IS, WHATEVER DR. JENSEN
       2    DOES, WHAT RELEVANCE DOES THAT HAVE TO WHAT DR. WEITZEL IS
       3    DOING?  I MEAN --
       4             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, I -- I CAN JUST -- I CAN
       5    JUST ASK HER ABOUT HOW -- HOW DID DR. WEITZEL DO IT, IF --
       6    IF THAT'S GOING TO ALLEVIATE EVERYBODY'S CONCERNS.
       7             THE COURT:  WELL, I MEAN THE ONE CONCERN IS THAT I
       8    AGREE WITH -- ONE THING MR. STIRBA SAID IS THAT WE'RE NOT
       9    GOING TO SAY, DO YOU LIKE THIS ONE OR DO YOU LIKE THAT ONE?
      10    AND THEN --
      11             MS. BARLOW:  I HAVE NO INTENTION OF ASKING THAT.
      12             THE COURT:  AND THEN WE HAVE 105 WITNESSES THAT ARE
      13    GOING TO LINE UP --
      14             MS. BARLOW:  I HAVE NO INTENTION OF ASKING.  WHO
      15    LIKES WHO IS JUST NOT RELEVANT AT ALL --
      16             THE COURT:  NO, BUT I --
      17             MS. BARLOW:  -- AND I HAVE NO INTENTION --
      18             THE COURT:  I'M NOT SAYING THAT --
      19             MS. BARLOW:  -- AND I'M A LITTLE UPSET THAT HE EVEN
      20    ASCRIBES THAT TO ME BECAUSE I HAVE NEVER SAID THAT.
      21             THE COURT:  WELL, MY VIEW IS THAT NOBODY -- I PLAN
      22    THAT NOBODY IS GOING TO GET UPSET IN THIS CASE.  I DON'T
      23    PLAN ON GETTING UPSET.  AND IF SOMEBODY BRINGS UP A POINT,
      24    LET'S JUST ARGUE THE POINT, LET'S NOT ARGUE THAT SOMEBODY
      25    ATTRIBUTE BAD MOTIVES TO ANYBODY.  LET'S JUST ARGUE THE


                                                                       163



       1    POINT.
       2         OKAY.  SO RIGHT NOW YOU'RE SAYING THAT -- GIVE HER THE
       3    OPPORTUNITY TO STATE WHAT SHE OBSERVED DR. WEITZEL DOING
       4    WHEN SHE SAW DR. WEITZEL WITH PATIENTS.
       5             MS. BARLOW:  I WILL KEEP IT TO THAT, YOUR HONOR.
       6             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THEN RESPOND TO THAT.
       7             MR. STIRBA:  YEAH.  THERE ARE TWO PROBLEMS.  ONE, I
       8    THINK IF WE ALLOW THIS, WE'RE -- WE'RE STARTING DOWN THAT
       9    ROAD OF HE'S BEING TRIED FOR BEING PERHAPS NOT A GOOD DOCTOR
      10    AND NOT FOR MURDER BECAUSE REALLY THIS IS NOT PROBATIVE OF
      11    THE FACTS THAT HAVE BEEN ALLEGED IN THE INFORMATION.
      12         THE SECOND THING IS, JUDGE -- AND SO UNDER 403 I THINK
      13    IT CERTAINLY WOULD BE INADMISSIBLE IN ANY EVENT.
      14         BUT THE OTHER PROBLEM IS, REMEMBER, WE -- WE HAVE FIVE
      15    PATIENTS AND WE HAVE A BUNCH OF FACT WITNESSES WHO WERE
      16    THERE.  AND IT SEEMS TO ME THEY'RE CERTAINLY ENTITLED TO
      17    BRING THOSE PEOPLE IN AND SAY OKAY, WHAT KIND OF CARE DID
      18    DR. WEITZEL GIVE THIS PATIENT AND WHAT HAPPENED AND WHAT DID
      19    YOU OBSERVE?
      20         THAT'S RELEVANT, THAT'S PROBATIVE TO THE STATE OF MIND
      21    WHICH HAS TO EXIST AT THE TIME OF THE ACT.  HIS STATE OF
      22    MIND FOUR MONTHS BEFORE IS IRRELEVANT.  THIS PATTERN
      23    EVIDENCE IS IRRELEVANT TO WHAT IS BEING CHARGED.  AND IT'S
      24    CERTAINLY, AS I SAY, NOT NECESSARY GIVEN THAT WE HAVE REAL
      25    FACT WITNESSES WHO WERE PART OF THE CARE THAT WAS PROVIDED


                                                                       164



       1    AT THE TIME WHO CAN TELL US, WAS DR. WEITZEL THIS OR WAS
       2    DR. WEITZEL THAT OR WHAT DID DR. WEITZEL DO OR WHAT HE
       3    DIDN'T DO.  AND THIS JUST BECOMES SORT OF EXTRANEOUS.
       4         AND REALLY MY POINT, I WASN'T SUGGESTING AT ALL THAT
       5    COUNSEL REALLY IS INTERESTED IN HAVING THIS WITNESS SAY SHE
       6    LIKES DR. WEITZEL, SHE DOESN'T LIKE DR. WEITZEL.  MY POINT
       7    IS THAT THERE ARE LOYALTIES WITH ALL OF THESE WITNESSES.
       8    BASED UPON THOSE LOYALTIES THEY HAVE PERCEPTIONS, AND THOSE
       9    PERCEPTIONS ARE JUST LAY PERCEPTIONS AND, THEREFORE, THEY'RE
      10    NOT REALLY THAT HELPFUL IN TERMS OF EDUCATING THIS JURY
      11    ABOUT THE EVENTS OF DECEMBER AND JANUARY OF '95 AND '96.
      12         AND I EMPHASIZE AGAIN, WE DO GET DOWN TO THAT ROAD
      13    WHERE WE'RE CRIMINALIZING ESSENTIALLY ALLEGATIONS OF
      14    MALPRACTICE.  FOR EXAMPLE, OBVIOUSLY YOU CAN DRAW AN
      15    INFERENCE THAT A DOCTOR IS NOT BEING A -- CERTAINLY A
      16    COMPASSIONATE OR A GOOD DOCTOR IF WE'RE SAYING HE DOESN'T
      17    SPEND TIME WITH PATIENTS.  YOU CAN DRAW THAT INFERENCE.
      18         BUT BY THE SAME TOKEN, WHAT RELEVANCE DOES THAT HAVE TO
      19    THE EVENTS THAT OCCURRED THAT HAVE BEEN CHARGED IN THE
      20    INFORMATION?  AND YOU HAVE A TENDENCY TO THINK, OKAY, IF
      21    HE'S A BAD DOCTOR FOUR MONTHS BEFORE, THEN OBVIOUSLY HE'S
      22    GOING TO BE A BAD DOCTOR AGAIN.  AND I JUST DON'T SEE HOW
      23    THAT INFERENCE LINES UP WHATSOEVER AND I THINK IT'S 403 --
      24    CLEARLY -- MATERIAL AND I THINK IT'S HIGHLY IRRELEVANT.  AND
      25    THAT'S MY RESPONSE.


                                                                       165



       1             THE COURT:  WELL, IS THIS A 404 PROBLEM?  IT SAYS:
       2    EVIDENCE OF A PERSON'S CHARACTER OR TRAIT IS NOT ADMISSIBLE
       3    FOR THE PURPOSE OF PROVING ACTION AND CONFORMITY THEREWITH.
       4    IF WE'RE TALKING ABOUT WHAT HAPPENED PRIOR TO NOVEMBER, AND
       5    THEN SAYING WHAT HAPPENED IN DECEMBER OR JANUARY.
       6             MS. BARLOW:  WELL --
       7             MR. STIRBA:  THAT'S AN ADDITIONAL PROBLEM.
       8             MS. BARLOW:  -- DOESN'T THAT GO ON TO STATE YOU CAN
       9    BRING IT IN -- I -- I'M NOT GETTING INTO HIS CHARACTER.
      10             THE COURT:  WELL --
      11             MS. BARLOW:  I'M GETTING INTO WHAT HE DID AS A
      12    PHYSICIAN.  AND TIME IS IMPORTANT --
      13             THE COURT:  WELL, I KNOW, BUT --
      14             MS. BARLOW:  -- WHEN YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT A
      15    PSYCHIATRIST.
      16             THE COURT:  BUT WHAT -- BUT WHAT YOU'RE SAYING IS
      17    THAT WHATEVER HE DID IN APRIL TO NOVEMBER, HE DID IN
      18    DECEMBER AND JANUARY.
      19             MS. BARLOW:  YES.
      20             THE COURT:  SO THAT'S SAYING THAT BECAUSE HE DID IT
      21    NOW, HE DID IT THEN.  AND THAT'S WHAT THE --
      22             MS. BARLOW:  NO.  NO.  WHAT I'M SAYING IS THAT SHE
      23    WILL TESTIFY HE WAS DOING IT FROM APRIL TO NOVEMBER.  OTHERS
      24    WILL TESTIFY THIS -- THIS ACTIVITY OR LACK OF ACTIVITY OR
      25    THIS CONDUCT CONTINUED THROUGH THE TIMES OF THE DEATHS.  AND


                                                                       166



       1    IT GOES TO THE STATE OF MIND BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, WE'VE GOT TO
       2    SHOW MENTAL STATE AND WE CAN'T DO THAT BY REACHING INTO
       3    SOMEBODY'S BRAIN AND -- AND PULLING OUT WHAT HE WAS
       4    THINKING.  BUT I THINK WE CAN SHOW A PATTERN AND A TOTALITY
       5    OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES THAT SHOWS NOT THAT HE WAS A BAD
       6    DOCTOR, NOT THAT HE DIDN'T SPEND TIME WITH -- ALTHOUGH,
       7    FRANKLY, TIME IS MUCH MORE IMPORTANT IN THIS CASE THAN IT IS
       8    WITH A MEDICAL DOCTOR BECAUSE THESE ARE PSYCHIATRISTS WHO
       9    ARE SUPPOSED TO -- I MEAN, WHAT THEY DO IS TALK TO PEOPLE.
      10    THAT'S HOW THEY DO WHAT THEY DO.
      11             THE COURT:  WELL -- WELL, REFRESH MY MEMORY, IF --
      12    IF I MISSED SOMETHING FROM THE OPENING STATEMENTS.  DID --
      13    BUT CAN ANY OF THESE PEOPLE THAT ARE INVOLVED IN THIS CASE
      14    EVEN TALK TO THE DOCTOR AND SAY WHAT IS THE TROUBLE WITH
      15    THEM?  I THOUGHT ALL OF THEM WERE IN A STATE THAT THEY
      16    REALLY COULDN'T ARTICULATE WHAT THEIR CONDITION WAS.
      17             MR. STIRBA:  IT'S MEDICATION MANAGEMENT I THINK IS
      18    WHAT PSYCHIATRISTS ARE DOING ON THIS UNIT, GENERALLY.  NOT
      19    THERAPY.
      20             THE COURT:  OKAY.
      21             MS. BARLOW:  WELL, THERE'S MEDICATION MANAGEMENT
      22    AND THERE'S ALSO DEALING WITH THEIR BEHAVIORS.  GRANTED,
      23    THESE PEOPLE ARE DEMENTED.  THEY HAVE THEIR GOOD DAYS AND
      24    THEIR BAD DAYS.  THERE ARE DAYS WHEN THEY CAN BE DIRECTED,
      25    THEY CAN BE HELPED, BUT PART OF IT IS -- PART OF AN


                                                                       167



       1    EVALUATION FOR A PSYCHIATRIST, ESPECIALLY WITH GERIATRIC
       2    PATIENTS, IS TO SIT DOWN WITH THEM AND FIGURE OUT, YOU KNOW,
       3    WHERE IS THE DEMENTIA.  AND -- AND IT DOES FLUCTUATE FROM
       4    DAY-TO-DAY.
       5             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WELL, DO YOU AGREE OR
       6    DISAGREE -- WELL, THE WAY I'M LOOKING AT THIS, YOU KNOW,
       7    WHETHER YOU CALL IT CHARACTER, WHETHER YOU CALL IT A TRAIT,
       8    OR WHETHER YOU CALL IT A STATE OF MIND, THE RULE SAYS:
       9    EVIDENCE OF THESE OTHER WRONGS OR ACTS IS INADMISSIBLE TO
      10    PROVE CHARACTER, BUT MAY BE ADMISSIBLE FOR THESE OTHER
      11    PURPOSES THAT YOU'RE TALKING TO.
      12             MS. BARLOW:  RIGHT.
      13             THE COURT:  BUT IT ALSO SAYS THAT IT HAS TO SHOW
      14    THAT IT -- IT'S RELEVANT FOR A NON-CHARACTER PURPOSE AND
      15    MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 403.  AND IF WE PUT THIS TO A
      16    JURY ON A PERSON -- OKAY, WHAT WE HAVE RIGHT NOW IS A
      17    WITNESS WHO IS GOING TO SAY THESE THINGS HAPPENED PRIOR TO
      18    THE TIME IN QUESTION.  AND THEN THE JURY, WHAT ARE THEY
      19    GOING TO DO WITH THIS?  BAD DOCTOR BEFORE, BAD DOCTOR NOW?
      20             MS. BARLOW:  I'M NOT TALKING BAD DOCTOR.  I'M
      21    TALKING WHAT WAS HIS STATE OF MIND?  HOW DID HE FEEL ABOUT
      22    THESE PEOPLE?  HE DID NOT --
      23             THE COURT:  WELL, HOW CAN -- HOW CAN SHE TELL HIS
      24    STATE OF MIND BY THE AMOUNT OF TIME HE SPENDS WITH THE
      25    PATIENT?


                                                                       168



       1             MS. BARLOW:  THE ONLY WAY ANY OF US CAN TELL STATE
       2    OF MIND IS BY WHAT ACTIONS ARE EXHIBITED.  HE DIDN'T CARE
       3    ABOUT THE PEOPLE BEFORE, HE DIDN'T CARE ABOUT THE PEOPLE
       4    DURING THE RELEVANT TIME PERIOD.  AND -- AND IT SHOWS HIS
       5    STATE OF MIND THAT HE DIDN'T CARE.  AND IT'S A CONTINUING --
       6    IT'S A CONTINUING STATE OF MIND.
       7             THE COURT:  OKAY.  LAST -- LAST WORDS?
       8             MR. STIRBA:  WELL, ONCE AGAIN, IT'S NOT PROBATIVE
       9    AS TO THESE DEATHS.  AND IF THIS DOOR IS OPEN, THEN I GUESS
      10    THIS MEANS WE CAN BRING ALL OF THE OTHER NURSES THAT ARE
      11    GOING TO TELL ABOUT WHAT A CARING DOCTOR HE WAS AND WHAT A
      12    GOOD DOCTOR HE WAS AND HOW MUCH TIME THEY OBSERVED HIM
      13    SPENDING WITH THE PATIENTS AND WE CAN GO DOWN THAT ROAD.
      14         AND I JUST THINK THE WHOLE ROAD IS IRRELEVANT AND IT'S
      15    403 MATERIAL.  IT'S GOING TO MISLEAD THE JURY.  IT'S GOING
      16    TO CREATE ALL KINDS OF PREJUDICE AGAINST HIM, WHICH HAS
      17    NOTHING TO DO WITH THE PROOF OF STATE OF MIND AT THE TIME OF
      18    THE EVENT.  THAT'S WHAT THE CRIMINAL CASE IS ALL ABOUT.  DID
      19    HE ACT, WHEN HE ACTED, WITH A DEPRAVED INDIFFERENCE OR
      20    KNOWINGLY AND INTENTIONALLY.  AT THE TIME.  WHAT HE DID
      21    BEFORE IS ENTIRELY IRRELEVANT.
      22             THE COURT:  OKAY.  I'M GOING TO TAKE A SHORT BREAK.
      23    I WANT TO READ ONE CASE HERE AND THEN I'LL BE BACK BEFORE
      24    THE JURY COMES BACK.
      25        (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THERE'S A RECESS, AFTER WHICH


                                                                       169



       1    PROCEEDINGS RESUME OUT OF THE HEARING OF THE JURY, AS
       2    FOLLOWS:)
       3             THE COURT:  OKAY.  ON THIS LAST ISSUE OF EVIDENCE
       4    THAT HAS BEEN PRESENTED, THE ISSUE OF THIS WITNESS'S
       5    TESTIMONY OF WHAT SHE OBSERVED DR. WEITZEL DOING WITH
       6    PATIENTS ON -- AT THIS UNIT, I VIEW THIS AS BEING UNDER
       7    RULE 404 THAT IT'S A TRAIT OF CHARACTER OR A PERSON'S
       8    CHARACTER.  AND ALTHOUGH THERE'S AN EXCEPTION THAT SAYS
       9    EVIDENCE OF OTHER CRIMES, WRONGS, OR ACTS ISN'T ADMISSIBLE
      10    TO PROVE CHARACTER OR CONSISTENCY OF PERFORMANCE, BUT IT
      11    COULD BE ADMISSIBLE FOR OTHER REASONS THAT HAVE BEEN ARGUED
      12    BY THE STATE.  BUT THE RULE PROVIDES THAT THE EVIDENCE
      13    OFFERED UNDER THE RULE IS ADMISSIBLE IF IT IS RELEVANT FOR A
      14    NONCHARACTER PURPOSE AND MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 402
      15    AND 403.
      16         403 READS ALTHOUGH RELEVANT EVIDENCE MAY BE EXCLUDED IF
      17    ITS PROBATIVE VALUE IS SUBSTANTIALLY OUTWEIGHED BY THE
      18    DANGER OF UNFAIR PREJUDICE, CONFUSION OF THE ISSUES,
      19    MISLEADING THE JURY, OR BY CONSIDERATIONS OF UNDUE DELAY,
      20    WASTE OF TIME, OR NEEDLESS PRESENTATION OF CUMULATIVE
      21    EVIDENCE.
      22         GENERALLY WHEN THIS RULE IS USED, WE TALK ABOUT UNFAIR
      23    PREJUDICES AS THE REASON.  I GUESS THE CONCERN THAT I HAVE
      24    IS, YOU KNOW, WHAT IS GOING TO BE THE SCOPE OF THIS TRIAL?
      25    IS THE SCOPE OF THIS TRIAL GOING TO BE A SITUATION WHERE IF


                                                                       170



       1    THIS WITNESS TESTIFIES REGARDING WHAT SHE OBSERVED, THEN WE
       2    START BRINGING IN OTHER WITNESSES TESTIFYING WHAT THEY
       3    OBSERVED?  AND DURING THE RELEVANT TIME PERIOD; THAT IS,
       4    DECEMBER OF '95 AND JANUARY OF '96, THERE MAY BE MORE
       5    ABILITY TO DO THAT.
       6         BUT I -- I REALLY THINK THAT THERE CAN BE CONFUSION IN
       7    THE MINDS OF THE JURY.  I THINK IT IS ALSO GOING TO CAUSE A
       8    WASTE OF TIME IN THE SENSE THAT IF WE ARE GOING TO HAVE
       9    EVIDENCE THAT'S BEFORE THE PERIOD OF TIME ABOUT WHAT THE
      10    DOCTOR DID, AND THEN REBUTTAL EVIDENCE OF THE SAME, THESE 60
      11    PLUS WITNESSES AND 49 WITNESSES, WE'RE PROBABLY GOING TO
      12    HEAR FROM EVERY ONE.
      13         SO I'M GOING TO SUSTAIN THE OBJECTION, AND ASK THE JURY
      14    TO COME BACK.
      15         (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THE JURY ENTERS THE COURTROOM,
      16    AFTER WHICH PROCEEDINGS RESUME, AS FOLLOW:)
      17             THE COURT:  THANK YOU FOR YOUR PATIENCE, LADIES AND
      18    GENTLEMEN.  ANOTHER OPTION THAT -- WHEN YOU GET TO GO IN AND
      19    OUT LIKE THIS IS YOU DO STAY AWAKE THAT WAY.  SO IF WE MAKE
      20    YOU STAND UP AND WALK, THEN IT HELPS YOU.
      21         OKAY.  MS. BARLOW, IF YOU'D LIKE TO CONTINUE?
      22             MS. BARLOW:  THANK YOU, YOUR HONOR.
      23                   DIRECT EXAMINATION CONT'D
      24    BY MS. BARLOW:
      25    Q.  MS. MOORE, YOU LEFT THE UNIT; IS THAT CORRECT?


                                                                       171



       1    A.  YES, MA'AM.
       2    Q.  IN LATE NOVEMBER, WAS IT?
       3    A.  I CAN'T REMEMBER IF IT WAS LATE -- IT WAS AROUND LATE
       4    NOVEMBER, FIRST OF DECEMBER.
       5    Q.  DID YOU EVER HAVE OCCASION -- WELL, LET ME STEP BACK
       6    JUST A LITTLE BIT.  IF YOU EVER HAD A CONFLICT WITH A
       7    DOCTOR, ANY DOCTOR, WHAT WOULD YOU DO?  LET'S -- LET'S SAY
       8    ON -- ON AN ORDER THAT HE GAVE THAT YOU DIDN'T THINK WAS
       9    APPROPRIATE BECAUSE YOU DO HAVE YOUR OWN --
      10    A.  RIGHT.
      11             MR. STIRBA:  I WOULD OBJECT, YOUR HONOR.  RELEVANCY
      12    AND LACK OF FOUNDATION, AND IT'S LEADING AND SUGGESTIVE.
      13             THE COURT:  JUST LAY A LITTLE MORE FOUNDATION.
      14             MS. BARLOW:  THAT'S ABOUT 12 STRIKES OUT -- AND I'M
      15    OUT, YOUR HONOR.
      16         OKAY.  LET ME LAY A LITTLE FOUNDATION.
      17             THE COURT:  I LIKE THOSE BASEBALL ANALOGIES.
      18             MS. BARLOW:  I DON'T KNOW THAT THERE'S 12 STRIKES
      19    AND YOU'RE OUT THOUGH.  WELL, IT'S SUMMER SO WE'VE GOT TO
      20    TALK BASEBALL.
      21    Q.  (BY MS. BARLOW)  AS A NURSE, DO YOU HAVE ANY OBLIGATION
      22    TOWARDS THE PATIENT SEPARATE FROM THE DOCTOR?
      23    A.  NO.
      24    Q.  LET'S LEAVE OUT THE DOCTOR PART.
      25    A.  OKAY.


                                                                       172



       1    Q.  DO YOU HAVE AN OBLIGATION TO A PATIENT --
       2    A.  YES.
       3    Q.  -- AS A NURSE?
       4    A.  YES, I DO.
       5    Q.  WHAT IS YOUR OBLIGATION?
       6    A.  TO KEEP THE PATIENT SAFE, TO HELP THAT PATIENT, YOU
       7    KNOW, GET BETTER, ASSIST THAT PATIENT.  MOST --
       8    Q.  WHAT -- EXCUSE ME.
       9    A.  MOSTLY SAFETY.
      10    Q.  WHAT IF YOU WERE GIVEN AN ORDER TO DO SOMETHING THAT YOU
      11    DIDN'T FEEL WAS SAFE?
      12    A.  I WOULD QUESTION THE DOCTOR FIRST, AND IF I STILL DIDN'T
      13    GET -- IF HE STILL DIDN'T CHANGE IT, I WOULD CALL THE
      14    SUPERVISOR WHO WAS OVER ME AT THE TIME AND DISCUSS IT WITH
      15    THEM AND SEE WHAT I SHOULD DO.
      16    Q.  DID YOU EVER DO THAT DURING THE TIME FRAME OF THE LAST
      17    FOUR MONTHS THAT YOU WERE ON THE GEROPSYCH UNIT?  DID YOU
      18    EVER CONFRONT DR. WEITZEL?  AND I DON'T WANT TO GET --
      19             MR. STIRBA:  OBJECTION.
      20    Q.  (BY MS. BARLOW)  AND I DON'T WANT TO GET INTO ANY
      21    DETAIL.
      22             MR. STIRBA:  OBJECTION, YOUR HONOR.  RELEVANCY.
      23             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, IT'S RELEVANT BECAUSE
      24    THERE HAS BEEN TALK ALREADY THAT THE NURSES GAVE THESE
      25    SHOTS, ALTHOUGH SHE WASN'T THERE AND SHE DIDN'T GIVE THEM.


                                                                       173



       1             THE COURT:  OKAY.  HOLD ON JUST A SECOND.  OKAY.
       2    WHAT WAS YOUR -- WHAT IS YOUR OBJECTION?
       3             MR. STIRBA:  RELEVANCY INSOFAR AS ANY -- ANY
       4    CONFLICT SHE MIGHT HAVE HAD AT ANY POINT PRIOR TO THE -- THE
       5    EVENTS IN QUESTION.  AND THE ONLY -- THE ONLY STATEMENTS
       6    THAT HAVE BEEN MADE ABOUT THOSE HAVE BEEN ABOUT THE VERY
       7    EVENTS IN QUESTION AND THE VERY NURSES WHO WERE PROVIDING
       8    THE CARE.
       9             THE COURT:  OKAY.  SUSTAINED.
      10    Q.  (BY MS. BARLOW)  DID YOU EVER HAVE OCCASION TO GO UP
      11    THROUGH THE NURSING CHAIN?
      12    A.  YES.
      13    Q.  WITH COMPLAINTS?
      14    A.  YES.
      15    Q.  WHAT RESPONSE DID YOU GET -- DON'T GIVE ME EXACT WORDS.
      16    WHAT RESPONSE DID YOU GET?
      17             MR. STIRBA:  OBJECTION, RELEVANCY, YOUR HONOR.
      18             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, IT'S VERY RELEVANT AS THE
      19    OTHER NURSES COME IN AND TESTIFY AS --
      20             THE COURT:  ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT THE PROCEDURE?
      21    ARE YOU -- OKAY.  WHAT ARE WE GOING TO?  THIS IS GOING TO
      22    THE PROCEDURE?
      23             MS. BARLOW:  SHE FOLLOWED THE PROCEDURE WHICH SHE
      24    HAS TESTIFIED TO, AND I WANT TO ESTABLISH THE RESPONSE THAT
      25    SHE GOT WHEN SHE FOLLOWED THAT PROCEDURE.


                                                                       174



       1             THE COURT:  OKAY.
       2             MS. BARLOW:  IT IS RELEVANT BECAUSE OF OTHER NURSES
       3    WHO WILL COME IN AND TESTIFY AS TO WHAT HAPPENED DURING THE
       4    TIME PERIOD OF THE DEATHS.
       5             MR. STIRBA:  AND THOSE --
       6             THE COURT:  ALL RIGHT.  COULD COUNSEL JUST APPROACH
       7    FOR A SECOND, PLEASE?
       8        (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION AT
       9    THE BENCH.)
      10             THE COURT:  SO MUCH FOR BEING UP HERE.  OKAY.  ALL
      11    RIGHT.  I WAS JUST SAYING --
      12             MS. BARLOW:  AGAIN, WE'RE TOO WIRED.
      13             THE COURT:  -- I SAID, DO I WANT TO GIVE YOU -- DO
      14    I WANT TO KEEP -- YOU DIDN'T LOOK LIKE YOU WERE ASLEEP, I
      15    COULDN'T SEND YOU OUT AGAIN RIGHT NOW.
      16         OKAY.  I'M GOING TO SUSTAIN THAT OBJECTION.
      17    Q.  (BY MS. BARLOW)  FROM THE BEGINNING OF THE UNIT UNTIL
      18    YOU LEFT, ARE YOU AWARE OF WHETHER ANY MORPHINE WAS EVER
      19    GIVEN TO ANY OF THESE PATIENTS?
      20             MR. STIRBA:  OBJECTION.  IRRELEVANT, YOUR HONOR.
      21             THE COURT:  WHEN YOU SAY "TO THESE PATIENTS," ARE
      22    YOU TALKING ABOUT --
      23             MS. BARLOW:  EXCUSE ME.  TO -- TO ANY OF THE
      24    PATIENTS BECAUSE, AGAIN, WE WANT TO ESTABLISH A PATTERN
      25    HERE, YOUR HONOR.


                                                                       175



       1             MR. STIRBA:  WELL --
       2             THE COURT:  OKAY.  SUSTAINED.
       3             MS. BARLOW:  AND WITH THAT, I HAVE NOTHING FURTHER
       4    TO ASK.
       5             MR. STIRBA:  NO QUESTIONS, YOUR HONOR.  THANK YOU.
       6             THE COURT:  OKAY.  MAY THIS WITNESS BE EXCUSED?
       7             MR. STIRBA:  YES.
       8             MS. BARLOW:  YES.  MAY SHE REMAIN IN THE COURTROOM
       9    AND -- AND WATCH ANY OF THE -- IT WON'T BE TODAY, OF COURSE,
      10    BUT IS SHE EXCUSED FROM THE SUBPOENA?
      11             THE COURT:  SHE IS NOT GOING TO BE CALLED AGAIN?
      12    IF SHE'S NOT GOING TO BE CALLED AGAIN, YES, SHE CAN REMAIN
      13    IN THE COURTROOM.  IF SHE'S GOING TO BE CALLED AGAIN THEN
      14    SHE SHOULDN'T BE.
      15             MS. BARLOW:  OKAY.  WE WILL DETERMINE WHETHER SHE'S
      16    GOING TO BE CALLED AGAIN.
      17             THE COURT:  OKAY.  ALL RIGHT.  ARE THERE ANY OTHER
      18    WITNESSES TO TESTIFY FOR TODAY?
      19             MS. BARLOW:  NOT TODAY.
      20             THE COURT:  LADIES AND GENTLEMEN -- YES, YOU MAY
      21    STEP DOWN.  THANK YOU.
      22         LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, WHEN WE TALKED ABOUT WHETHER WE
      23    WERE GOING TO START ON FRIDAY OR MONDAY, THERE WERE SOME
      24    WITNESSES THAT WEREN'T ABLE TO COME TODAY AND SO I TOLD THE
      25    ATTORNEYS THAT FOR TODAY ONLY, WE WEREN'T GOING TO HAVE --


                                                                       176



       1    WE MAY NOT GO TILL 5 O'CLOCK.  EVERY OTHER DAY YOU CAN JUST
       2    PLAN ON BEING HERE TILL 5:00 AND GOING.  AND SO I THINK FROM
       3    RIGHT -- FROM NOW ON WE'RE BASICALLY GOING TO HAVE WITNESSES
       4    COME IN LIKE THE AIRPLANES AT THE SALT LAKE AIRPORT.  YOU
       5    SEE THEM ALL STACKED UP, YOU KNOW, IN A ROW COMING IN.
       6    THAT'S HOW THE -- HOW THE WITNESSES WILL COME IN IN THE
       7    FUTURE.
       8         OKAY.  NOW THAT YOU'RE GOING HOME FOR THE WEEKEND AND
       9    THIS IS ALL GOING TO BE ON RADIO AND TELEVISION AND
      10    EVERYTHING ELSE, YOU REALLY NEED TO BE ENCOURAGED NOT TO
      11    LISTEN TO THAT, ANYTHING, WHETHER IT'S ON PAGERS, CELL
      12    PHONES, TELEVISIONS, RADIOS.  ONLY LISTEN TO WHAT'S HERE IN
      13    THE COURTROOM TO COME UP WITH WHAT ARE THE FACTS OF THIS
      14    CASE.
      15         IT IS ALSO YOUR DUTY NOT TO CONVERSE AMONG YOURSELVES
      16    OR TO CONVERSE WITH OR ALLOW YOURSELVES TO BE ADDRESSED BY
      17    ANY OTHER PERSON.  ANY OTHER PERSON MEANS WIVES, CHILDREN,
      18    FRIENDS, ANYONE, ON ANY SUBJECT OF THE TRIAL.  AND IT'S YOUR
      19    DUTY NOT TO FORM OR EXPRESS AN OPINION THEREON UNTIL THE
      20    CASE IS FINALLY SUBMITTED TO YOU.
      21         SO WE'LL BE IN RECESS AND WE WILL START AT 8:30 ON
      22    MONDAY MORNING.  SO I WOULD SAY AGAIN, IF YOU COULD BE HERE
      23    RIGHT BY 8:25 SO THEY CAN DO THE MAGIC WAND ON YOU, AND THEN
      24    YOU'LL COME IN THERE.
      25         YOU CAN LEAVE -- THIS COURTROOM WILL BE LOCKED AND YOU


                                                                       177



       1    REALLY SHOULDN'T TAKE YOUR NOTES WITH YOU.  YOU SHOULD JUST
       2    LEAVE THEM ON THE CHAIR OR YOU CAN LEAVE THEM IN THE JURY
       3    ROOM, WHICHEVER YOU WANT TO DO.  BUT THIS WILL BE LOCKED.
       4    NOBODY WILL BE COMING IN HERE BEFORE 8:30 ON MONDAY.
       5         SO WE'LL SEE YOU -- YOU'LL BE EXCUSED UNTIL THAT TIME.
       6         (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THE JURY LEAVES THE COURTROOM,
       7    AFTER WHICH PROCEEDINGS RESUME, AS FOLLOWS:)
       8             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THE RECORD SHOULD REFLECT THAT
       9    THE JURY HAS NOW GONE.  IF THE STATE WISHES TO -- I MEAN, I
      10    UNDERSTAND FROM THE STATEMENTS OF COUNSEL AND THE DISCUSSION
      11    OUTSIDE -- EVERYONE CAN SIT DOWN.  I'M SORRY.  EXCUSE ME.
      12         I'VE UNDERSTOOD FROM THE STATEMENTS OF COUNSEL, YOU
      13    KNOW, UNDER RULE 102 OF THE -- 103 OF THE RULES OF EVIDENCE
      14    THAT YOU'VE BASICALLY MADE AN OFFER OF PROOF.  IF YOU WANT
      15    TO PUT THE WITNESS ON THE STAND TO MAKE IT EVEN MORE CLEAR,
      16    IF YOU DON'T THINK IT'S BEEN MADE MORE CLEARLY, I'M MORE
      17    THAN HAPPY TO HAVE THAT HEARD OUTSIDE THE PRESENCE OF THE
      18    JURY, IF YOU WISH TO DO THAT.
      19             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, CAN I JUST MAKE A PROFFER?
      20             THE COURT:  YES.
      21             MS. BARLOW:  OKAY.  THE PROFFER THAT WAS MADE AT --
      22    AT THE BENCH WAS THAT SHE WOULD TESTIFY THAT SHE --
      23             THE COURT:  AND THAT'S MRS. -- MS. MOORE?
      24             MS. BARLOW:  SHEILA MOORE.  EXCUSE ME.  SHEILA
      25    MOORE WOULD TESTIFY THAT SHE HAD CONFLICTS WITH DR. WEITZEL.


                                                                       178



       1    I THINK SHE DID TESTIFY THAT SHE APPROACHED DR. WEITZEL WITH
       2    IT, DIDN'T FEEL LIKE HER CONFLICT WAS RESOLVED THERE.  SHE
       3    DID GO UP THE LADDER -- WHICH IS I THINK SHEILA HEWARD'S
       4    TERM.  SHE DID GO TO THE -- THE DIRECTOR OF NURSING AND WAS
       5    BASICALLY TOLD TO DO WHAT DR. WEITZEL TOLD HER TO DO.
       6         AND THAT THE REASON I THOUGHT THAT WAS RELEVANT AND THE
       7    REASON I WANTED TO BRING IT IN TODAY IS BECAUSE SUBSEQUENT
       8    NURSES WHO DEALT WITH THE PATIENTS THAT -- AND THE VICTIMS
       9    WE'RE TALKING ABOUT IN THIS TRIAL DIDN'T GO UP THE CHAIN
      10    BECAUSE OF WHAT THEY HAD SEEN AND HEARD HAD HAPPENED TO
      11    SHEILA MOORE.
      12         AND SO THAT'S THE PROFFER OF HER TESTIMONY.
      13             THE COURT:  OKAY.  AND WHAT I INDICATED AT THE
      14    BENCH, TOO, WAS THAT IF THE OTHER WITNESSES WANT TO COME IN
      15    AND TESTIFY, THE OTHER NURSES THAT WERE INVOLVED DURING THE
      16    RELEVANT TIME PERIOD OF DECEMBER AND JANUARY, AND THEY WANT
      17    TO LAY THE FOUNDATION THAT THE REASON THEY DIDN'T GO UP WAS
      18    BECAUSE OF AN EXPERIENCE THAT THEY WERE AWARE OF, THEN I'M
      19    MORE THAN LIKELY GOING TO ALLOW THAT IN IF THE FOUNDATION IS
      20    LAID ABOUT THAT.  SO THAT WAS THE RULING.  THIS -- THIS --
      21             MS. BARLOW:  AND AS TO THE LAST QUESTION ABOUT THE
      22    MORPHINE, WE OFFERED THAT TO SHOW THAT -- THAT THIS UNIT,
      23    MORPHINE WAS NOT GIVEN ROUTINELY.  THE ONLY TIME IT WAS
      24    GIVEN WAS DURING THIS TIME PERIOD THAT WE'RE TALKING ABOUT.
      25    BUT AGAIN, THAT'S MY PROFFER.


                                                                       179



       1             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THANK YOU.
       2         OKAY.  THIS -- I KNOW THIS MAY NOT HAVE BEEN
       3    ANTICIPATED, BUT THIS IS KIND OF ONE OF THE TYPES OF ITEMS
       4    THAT IF -- IF YOU CAN ANTICIPATE IN ADVANCE, YOU KNOW, THAT
       5    WE COULD KIND OF ADDRESS BEFOREHAND WHEN THE JURY IS NOT
       6    HERE, YOU KNOW, IT MIGHT BE HELPFUL, YOU KNOW.
       7         AND TO THAT END, STARTING ON MONDAY DO WE KNOW WHO OUR
       8    WITNESSES ARE GOING TO BE IN TERMS OF WHAT WE'RE DOING ON
       9    MONDAY?  AND I -- I DID MEAN -- I LIKE THE EXAMPLE -- I USED
      10    TO -- I HAD TO LIVE -- I LIVED THREE YEARS IN SALT LAKE
      11    COUNTY ABOUT OUT IN BENNION ABOUT 58 SOUTH AND 29TH WEST
      12    AND -- AND ALL THE AIRPLANES JUST -- JUST LINED UP AND JUST
      13    CAME, YOU KNOW, FLOATING IN.  AND SO THAT'S THE WAY I WANT
      14    TO SEE OUR WITNESSES, JUST ONE RIGHT AFTER ANOTHER.
      15             MR. WILSON:  DID YOU EVER TRY TO LINE UP ABOUT 10,
      16    20 DOCTORS?
      17             THE COURT:  YEAH, THOSE ARE THE BIG PLANES.
      18             MR. WILSON:  ONE RIGHT AFTER ANOTHER, YOUR HONOR?
      19             THE COURT:  NO.  WELL, ALL I'M SAYING IS THAT --
      20    HAVING SAID THAT, IF -- IF THEY ALL CAN'T BE LINED UP ONE
      21    RIGHT AFTER ANOTHER OF THE DOCTORS, WHOEVER CAN FILL IN.  I
      22    JUST DON'T WANT TO HAVE WHEN THE JURY'S HERE -- YOU KNOW, I
      23    UNDERSTOOD TODAY.  TODAY WAS TOTALLY ACCEPTABLE WITH WHAT
      24    WE'RE DOING, BUT IF WE CAN --
      25             MR. WILSON:  I APPRECIATE THAT, JUDGE.


                                                                       180



       1             THE COURT:  WHO DO YOU HAVE SET UP FOR MONDAY?
       2             MR. WILSON:  RIGHT NOW WE HAVE SET UP FOR MONDAY,
       3    WE'D PROBABLY RECALL SHEILA HEWARD TO THE STAND.  WE HAVE
       4    TODD CHAMBERS, IT'S ANTICIPATED HE WILL TESTIFY.  WE HAVE
       5    DR. WELBY JENSEN, WHO WE'VE FLOWN IN FROM ALASKA, THAT WILL
       6    TESTIFY.  AND WE HAVE THE INVESTIGATOR IN THIS MATTER, JOE
       7    MORRISON, JOSEPH MORRISON, WHO WILL TESTIFY.
       8         NOW, I CAN'T ANTICIPATE HOW MUCH TIME THEY'LL TAKE
       9    RIGHT NOW.  IF IT'S GOING THE WAY IT'S GOING RIGHT AT THE
      10    PRESENT TIME, I WOULD ANTICIPATE THAT WOULD BE SUFFICIENT
      11    FOR THE DAY.  BUT WE MAY HAVE OTHER PEOPLE LINED UP IN
      12    ANTICIPATION, IF WE GET THROUGH WITH THOSE WITNESSES, YOUR
      13    HONOR.
      14             THE COURT:  WELL, I WOULD SAY IT'S -- IF THERE IS
      15    SOMEBODY THAT'S MORE LOCAL THAT'S NOT AN EXPERT THAT COULD
      16    BE AVAILABLE, YOU KNOW, YOU COULD CALL SAY AT 2 O'CLOCK AND
      17    SAY WE NEED YOU HERE AT 4:00, YOU KNOW, HAVE THOSE PEOPLE
      18    LINED UP.
      19         OKAY.  IS THERE ANYTHING ELSE WE NEED TO DISCUSS WHILE
      20    WE'RE HERE TODAY?
      21             MR. STIRBA:  JUST TWO SMALL HOUSEKEEPING MATTERS.
      22    ONE, FOR THE EDIFICATION OF THE COURT, IT MAY -- MAY HELP
      23    YOU.  MR. WILSON AND I TALKED ABOUT THIS AND BASICALLY WE
      24    HAVE AN UNDERSTANDING THAT AS FAR AS OUR TRIAL WITNESSES ARE
      25    CONCERNED, HE'S GOING TO TELL ME THE NIGHT BEFORE WHO HIS


                                                                       181



       1    NEXT WITNESSES ARE GOING TO BE AND I'M GOING TO DO THE SAME
       2    FOR HIM --
       3             THE COURT:  OKAY.
       4             MR. STIRBA:  -- WHEN WE START.  IT MAKES IT EASIER
       5    FOR BOTH OF US AND I -- I APPRECIATE THAT.
       6         THE SECOND THING IS ON --
       7             THE COURT:  WELL, HAVING SAID THAT I -- I'LL STILL
       8    ASK THE QUESTION AT THE END OF EACH DAY, SO --
       9             MR. STIRBA:  OKAY.  ALL RIGHT.  WELL, THAT'S FINE.
      10         THE OTHER THING IS ON 404(B), I REALIZE THIS WAS A
      11    LITTLE BIT UNUSUAL, BUT I THOUGHT THERE WAS A RULING THAT IF
      12    WE'RE GOING TO GET INTO THAT AREA WE GET SOME ADVANCE
      13    NOTIFICATION.  I JUST WAS NOT AWARE OF THIS.
      14             THE COURT:  WELL, I THINK THAT IT WASN'T VIEWED BY
      15    THE STATE NECESSARILY AS 404(B).  THAT'S WHAT I SAID I WAS
      16    GOING TO DO.  WE HAD THE ONE PRETRIAL MOTION.  IT WAS THE
      17    ONE ABOUT MOTION FOR NOTICE IN ADVANCE OF 404(B) EVIDENCE,
      18    AND FOR THE COURT TO ADOPT UNITED STATES VERSUS KENDALL.
      19         AND, BASICALLY, AT THAT TIME IT SAID THE STATE -- WE
      20    DIDN'T REALLY RESOLVE IT ON THE BASIS OF THE KENDALL CASE,
      21    THE FEDERAL CASE.  WE JUST SAID UNDER RULE 16.5 OF THE RULES
      22    OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE THAT THE STATE WOULD AGREE TO INFORM
      23    COUNSEL FOR THE DEFENDANT BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO INTRODUCE ANY
      24    404 EVIDENCE.
      25         SO I'D SAY ANYTHING LIKE THIS THAT -- THAT WE KIND OF


                                                                       182



       1    ADDRESSED IN THIS MOTION, I WOULD SAY THAT THAT'S THE SPIRIT
       2    OF WHAT I WAS TALKING ABOUT IN THAT ORDER THAT'S DATED
       3    MAY 18TH.
       4             MR. STIRBA:  SURE.  THANK YOU, JUDGE.
       5             THE COURT:  OKAY.  ANYTHING ELSE?
       6             MR. WILSON:  STATE HAS NOTHING FURTHER.
       7             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THEN WE'LL SEE YOU THEN AT 8:30
       8    ON MONDAY.
       9             MR. STIRBA:  THANK YOU, YOUR HONOR.
      10             (WHEREUPON, THE AFTERNOON SESSION ENDS.)
      11
      12
      13
      14
      15
      16
      17
      18
      19
      20
      21
      22
      23
      24
      25


                                                                       183



       1             IN THE DISTRICT COURT OF DAVIS COUNTY
       2                         STATE OF UTAH
       3                             *****
       4    STATE OF UTAH,             )
                                       )
       5             PLAINTIFF,        )
                                       )    REPORTER'S TRANSCRIPT
       6    VS.                        )
                                       )    CASE NO. 991700983
       7    ROBERT ALLEN WEITZEL,      )
                                       )
       8             DEFENDANT.        )
       9                             *****
      10
      11                    TRIAL - VOLUME 2 OF 21
      12                         JUNE 12, 2000
      13                    HONORABLE THOMAS L. KAY
      14
      15                             *****
      16        APPEARANCES:
      17             FOR THE STATE:         MR. MELVIN C. WILSON
                                            MR. STEVEN V. MAJOR
      18                                    MS. CHARLENE BARLOW
      19             FOR THE DEFENDANT:     MR. PETER STIRBA
                                            MR. JOHN WARREN MAY
      20
      21
      22
      23
      24
      25


                                                                       184



       1          (WHEREUPON, THE MORNING SESSION BEGINS.)
       2             THE COURT:  HAVE WE HEARD FROM THE PROSECUTOR?
       3             THE CLERK:  I HAVEN'T.
       4             THE COURT:  OKAY.  APPARENTLY -- LET'S JUST WAIT
       5    FOR THEM.  THERE ARE A COUPLE OF MOTIONS THAT HAVE BEEN
       6    FILED AND SOME ISSUES WE HAVE TO DISCUSS BEFORE THE JURY
       7    COMES IN.
       8         (PAUSE IN PROCEEDINGS.)
       9             THE COURT:  MS. BARLOW, ARE YOU READY TO DISCUSS
      10    THIS ONE ISSUE REGARDING THESE HOSPITAL POLICIES BECAUSE I
      11    UNDERSTOOD THAT ONE OF THE WITNESSES MAY BE DISCUSSING THOSE
      12    AS THE FIRST THING?
      13             MS. BARLOW:  WELL, CONSIDERING THIS IS THE FIRST
      14    WE'VE SEEN OF THE MEMORANDUM, I DON'T THINK WE'RE READY TO
      15    DISCUSS IT AT THIS TIME.
      16             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WELL, IS THERE -- WHAT I WAS
      17    SUGGESTING -- AND I ASKED MY LAW CLERK TO TALK TO BOTH
      18    COUNSEL -- WAS TO -- AS TO WHETHER OR NOT OTHER WITNESSES
      19    COULD BE CALLED UNTIL WE COULD DISCUSS THAT.
      20             MS. BARLOW:  MR. WILSON IS HANDLING THE WITNESSES
      21    TODAY AND HE'S WALKING IN.
      22             THE COURT:  OKAY.  I HAVE RECEIVED A -- TWO MOTIONS
      23    THIS MORNING.  I RECEIVED THEM ABOUT FIVE MINUTES TO 8:00.
      24    IT WAS DEFENDANT'S TRIAL MEMORANDUM REGARDING HOSPITAL
      25    POLICIES AS INADMISSIBLE AND IRRELEVANT; AND A SECOND ONE


                                                                       185



       1    ENTITLED DEFENDANT'S TRIAL MEMORANDUM REGARDING LIMITING
       2    SCOPE OF TESTIMONY OF PLAINTIFF'S EXPERTS DR. MICHAEL J.
       3    CROOKSTON, DR. CHARLES STEVEN FEHLAUER, AND NURSE
       4    KATHLEEN M. KAUFMAN.
       5         WHAT I WAS HOPING TO DO IS -- I DON'T KNOW WHAT YOUR
       6    WITNESSES ARE, BUT IF THEY IMPACT THESE MOTIONS, I WAS
       7    HOPING THAT WE WOULD HAVE A TIME TO CALL A WITNESS THAT
       8    WASN'T AFFECTED BY THESE MOTIONS, THEN WE WOULD HAVE A BREAK
       9    WHERE WE COULD ARGUE THOSE OUTSIDE THE PRESENCE OF THE JURY.
      10             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, WE DON'T SEE A COPY OF THE
      11    SECOND ONE THAT YOU JUST MENTIONED.
      12             MR. MAY:  IT WAS MAILED ON FRIDAY.
      13             MS. BARLOW:  IT WAS MAILED ON FRIDAY?
      14             MR. MAY:  UH-HUH.
      15             MS. BARLOW:  TO WHO?
      16             MR. MAY:  TO BOTH YOU AND --
      17             MS. BARLOW:  HAVE YOU SEEN IT?
      18             MR. WILSON:  NO, WE HAVEN'T RECEIVED THE MAIL AS
      19    YET THIS MORNING.
      20             THE COURT:  WELL, I DON'T BELIEVE ANY OF THOSE
      21    PEOPLE ARE BEING -- I HAVE TWO COURTESY COPIES.  I'M HAPPY
      22    TO GIVE ONE -- WE CAN GET ONE TODAY.  IT'S IN MY OFFICE.  OR
      23    IN FACT --
      24             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, WE ALSO -- ALSO HAVE A
      25    MOTION --


                                                                       186



       1             THE COURT:  IN FACT, WHY DON'T WE HAND -- I'M JUST
       2    HANDING YOU ONE OF THESE -- I GOT TWO COURTESY COPIES.  I'VE
       3    ASKED FOR THOSE IN THE PAST.  AND SO THAT'S THE SECOND ONE.
       4             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, WE HAVE A MOTION.
       5             THE COURT:  OKAY.
       6             MS. BARLOW:  INVOLVING TRANSCRIPTS.
       7             THE COURT:  OKAY.  ALL RIGHT.  SO AS IT RELATES TO
       8    WITNESSES, ARE THERE WITNESSES THAT CAN BE CALLED THAT
       9    AREN'T AFFECTED BY THIS MEMORANDUM ON HOSPITAL POLICIES?
      10             MR. WILSON:  YOUR HONOR, I THINK WE -- WE WILL BE
      11    ABLE TO CALL THE FIRST TWO WITNESSES THIS MORNING; HOWEVER,
      12    I WAS PLANNING ON RECALLING SHEILA HEWARD BACK TO THE STAND
      13    FOR THAT PRECISE --
      14             THE COURT:  ISSUE?
      15             MR. WILSON:  -- PURPOSE.
      16             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WELL, THEN WHAT WE COULD DO IS
      17    IF WE CAN START WITH THE WITNESSES THEN WE CAN TAKE A BREAK
      18    AT THE POINT WHEN YOU'VE HAD A CHANCE TO READ THROUGH THAT
      19    AND THEN WE CAN DISCUSS THAT AT A BREAK SO THAT WE CAN
      20    RESOLVE THAT ISSUE BEFORE THE WITNESS IS CALLED.
      21         OKAY.  IS EVERYONE READY TO PROCEED THEN?
      22             MR. STIRBA:  WE'RE READY, YOUR HONOR.  THANK YOU.
      23             THE COURT:  IS THE PLAINTIFF READY TO PROCEED?
      24             MR. WILSON:  YOUR HONOR, COULD I HAVE JUST A
      25    MINUTE?


                                                                       187



       1             THE COURT:  YES.
       2        (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION.)
       3             MR. WILSON:  YOUR HONOR, IF I MIGHT BE EXCUSED?
       4             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THE OTHERS WILL TAKE CARE OF
       5    THESE WITNESSES?
       6             MR. WILSON:  YEAH, THEY WILL.
       7             MR. MAJOR:  AND I THINK WE ARE PREPARED WITH OUR
       8    FIRST WITNESS.
       9             THE COURT:  OKAY.  AND WOULD YOU NOTIFY THE JURY
      10    THEN, PLEASE, MR. WILLIAMS, TO COME IN?  YEAH.  WE CAN HAVE
      11    THE JURY COME IN.
      12         (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THE JURY ENTERS THE COURTROOM,
      13    AFTER WHICH PROCEEDINGS RESUME IN THE HEARING OF THE JURY,
      14    AS FOLLOWS:)
      15             THE COURT:  WE ARE BACK FROM LAST WEEK IN THE CASE
      16    OF STATE OF UTAH VERSUS ROBERT ALLEN WEITZEL, AND COUNSEL
      17    FOR THE PARTIES ARE PRESENT, AS WELL AS THE DEFENDANT.  THE
      18    JURY IS ALL PRESENT.
      19         LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, THANK YOU FOR BEING ON TIME.  WE
      20    HAD SOMETHING WE HAD TO DISCUSS AND AT ONE OF THE BREAKS
      21    TODAY -- WHEN YOU HAVE A BREAK WE HAVE SOME LEGAL MATTERS
      22    THAT I WILL DISCUSS WITH THE ATTORNEYS AND WE WERE JUST
      23    DISCUSSING THE SCHEDULING OF THAT AND THAT'S WHY WE DIDN'T
      24    START RIGHT AT 8:30.  BUT WE'RE READY TO BEGIN NOW.  I
      25    APPRECIATE YOU BEING HERE ON TIME.


                                                                       188



       1         COUNSEL, WOULD YOU LIKE TO CALL YOUR NEXT WITNESS?
       2             MR. MAJOR:  WE WOULD CALL TODD CHAMBERS TO THE
       3    STAND, YOUR HONOR.
       4             THE COURT:  IF YOU'D LIKE TO COME FORWARD TO THE
       5    CLERK AND BE SWORN, PLEASE.
       6                        TODD CHAMBERS,
       7    BEING FIRST DULY SWORN, WAS EXAMINED AND TESTIFIED
       8    AS FOLLOWS:
       9                      DIRECT EXAMINATION
      10    BY MR. MAJOR:
      11    Q.  COULD YOU PLEASE STATE YOUR FULL NAME FOR THE RECORD?
      12    A.  TODD MARTIN CHAMBERS.
      13    Q.  AND MR. CHAMBERS, I'D LIKE TO RECALL YOUR ATTENTION BACK
      14    TO A PERIOD OF TIME AROUND DECEMBER OF 1995 AND ASK YOU
      15    WHERE WERE YOU EMPLOYED AROUND THAT PARTICULAR PERIOD OF
      16    TIME?
      17    A.  I WORKED FOR HORIZON MENTAL HEALTH MANAGEMENT AT DAVIS
      18    HOSPITAL.
      19    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHAT WERE YOUR SPECIFIC DUTIES AT THAT TIME?
      20    A.  I WAS THE PROGRAM DIRECTOR FOR THE GERIATRICS --
      21    GERIATRIC PSYCHIATRY INPATIENT UNIT.  MY MAIN
      22    RESPONSIBILITIES WERE TO PROVIDE LEADERSHIP FOR THE PROGRAM,
      23    BOTH CLINICAL LEADERSHIP AS WELL AS ADMINISTRATIVE OR
      24    FINANCIAL LEADERSHIP, AND ALSO TO -- TO REALLY MEET -- TO
      25    SERVE THE CUSTOMER, THE CLIENT HOSPITAL.


                                                                       189



       1    Q.  OKAY.  THANK YOU.  NOW, I'D LIKE TO GET INTO A LITTLE
       2    BIT ABOUT YOUR TRAINING AND BACKGROUND PRIOR TO GETTING INTO
       3    SOME DETAILS ABOUT YOUR WORK THERE.  DID YOU GRADUATE FROM
       4    COLLEGE?
       5    A.  YES.
       6    Q.  AND WHERE -- WHEN DID -- WHERE DID YOU GRADUATE?
       7    A.  FROM BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY AND SAN DIEGO STATE
       8    UNIVERSITY.
       9    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHAT YEARS DID YOU GRADUATE?
      10    A.  I GRADUATED FROM B.Y.U. IN -- GEE, WHAT WAS IT?
      11    Q.  APPROXIMATELY HOW LONG --
      12    A.  1986.
      13    Q.  IN WHAT DID YOU GRADUATE?
      14    A.  HAD A BACHELOR'S DEGREE IN SOCIOLOGY AND A MINOR DEGREE
      15    IN GERONTOLOGY.
      16    Q.  OKAY.  AND THEN FROM B.Y.U. DID YOU GO TO SAN DIEGO?
      17    A.  YEAH.  TO SAN DIEGO STATE AND I GRADUATED FROM THERE IN
      18    1989 WITH A MASTER'S DEGREE IN CLINICAL SOCIAL WORK.
      19    Q.  OKAY.  AND AFTER GRADUATING FROM SAN DIEGO STATE, DID
      20    YOU FIND EMPLOYMENT?
      21    A.  YES, I DID.
      22    Q.  WHERE DID YOU WORK?
      23    A.  I DON'T HAVE MY RESUME IN FRONT OF ME, BUT AS I RECALL,
      24    I FIRST -- MY FIRST JOB WAS FOR CHARTER HOSPITAL IN -- OF
      25    SAN DIEGO.  I WORKED THERE FOR APPROXIMATELY A YEAR AND A


                                                                       190



       1    HALF OR TWO YEARS.
       2    Q.  AND WHAT WERE YOUR GENERAL DUTIES THERE?
       3    A.  I WAS A PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORKER AND WAS RESPONSIBLE
       4    FOR ASSESSMENTS -- PSYCHOSOCIAL ASSESSMENTS, PSYCHOTHERAPY,
       5    FAMILY THERAPY, THAT SORT OF THING.
       6    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHERE DID YOU GO FROM SAN DIEGO?
       7    A.  TO CHEYENNE MESA IN COLORADO SPRINGS.  IT'S A --
       8    Q.  AND WHAT WERE YOUR DUTIES THERE?
       9    A.  I WAS A SENIOR MENTAL HEALTH CLINICIAN.
      10    Q.  AND WHAT WERE YOUR DUTIES AS A CLINICIAN?
      11    A.  TO PROVIDE -- AGAIN, CONDUCT PSYCHOSOCIAL ASSESSMENTS,
      12    TREATMENT -- OVERSEE THE TREATMENT PLANNING PROCESS, AS WELL
      13    AS CONDUCTING -- CONDUCTING INDIVIDUAL GROUP AND FAMILY
      14    THERAPY.
      15    Q.  WHERE DID YOU GO FROM THERE?
      16    A.  FROM THERE I CAME TO BENCHMARK HOSPITAL -- YEAH, I THINK
      17    THAT'S -- TO BENCHMARK HOSPITAL RIGHT OVER HERE IN WOODS
      18    CROSS.
      19    Q.  AND WHAT WERE YOUR DUTIES AT BENCHMARK?
      20    A.  I WAS THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL SERVICES THERE.  AND HERE
      21    AGAIN, I WAS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDUCTING PSYCHOSOCIAL
      22    ASSESSMENTS, TREATMENT PLANNING, INDIVIDUAL GROUP AND FAMILY
      23    THERAPY AND MULTIFAMILY THERAPY, AS WELL AS SUPERVISION OF
      24    OTHER CLINICIANS.
      25    Q.  OKAY.  AND THEN FROM BENCHMARK DID YOU GO TO DAVIS?


                                                                       191



       1    A.  NOT EXACTLY.  I WORKED FOR A BRIEF TIME FOR RAMSAY
       2    HEALTH CARE WHICH WAS THE PARENT COMPANY OF BENCHMARK
       3    HOSPITAL AT THE TIME.  AND I DID A NUMBER OF THINGS FOR
       4    THEM.  I SET UP GERO -- GEROPSYCH UNITS, I WROTE POLICIES
       5    AND PROCEDURES FOR THEIR GERIATRIC PSYCHIATRY PROGRAMS.
       6    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHAT HAPPENED AFTER THAT?  WHERE DID YOU GO?
       7    A.  THEN FROM THERE I WENT TO WORK FOR HORIZON AT DAVIS
       8    HOSPITAL.
       9    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, YOU'VE MENTIONED THAT PART OF THIS WORK
      10    BACKGROUND THAT YOU HAD THAT YOU DID PSYCHOSOCIAL
      11    EVALUATIONS?
      12    A.  UH-HUH.
      13    Q.  FOR THE JURY'S BENEFIT, CAN YOU EXPLAIN WHAT THOSE ARE?
      14    A.  A PSYCHOSOCIAL EVALUATION IS AN ASSESSMENT OF A PERSON'S
      15    CONDITION.  YOU LOOK AT THEIR -- THEIR MENTAL STATUS, ANY
      16    PSYCHIATRIC SYMPTOMS THEY MAY BE EXPERIENCING.  YOU TRY TO
      17    DOCUMENT THOSE AND UNDERSTAND THE NATURE AND EXTENT OF THOSE
      18    SYMPTOMS, AS WELL AS LOOKING INTO THEIR -- THEIR COMMUNITY
      19    SUPPORT, THEIR FAMILY SUPPORT, MEDICAL CONDITION, THEIR --
      20    THEIR FAMILY HISTORY FOR MENTAL ILLNESS, DRUG HISTORY, LEGAL
      21    HISTORY.  IT'S A FAIRLY BROAD ASSESSMENT WITH -- WITH
      22    PARTICULAR EMPHASIS ON THEIR PSYCHIATRIC FUNCTIONING OR
      23    THEIR MENTAL HEALTH FUNCTIONING.
      24    Q.  AND WHY ARE THESE DONE?
      25    A.  WELL, THEY'RE REALLY DONE -- IN ORDER TO TREAT PATIENTS


                                                                       192



       1    EFFECTIVELY YOU HAVE TO HAVE A GOOD ASSESSMENT SO YOU CAN
       2    HAVE -- SO YOU CAN UNDERSTAND THE -- IT'S REALLY TO HELP
       3    UNDERSTAND THE NATURE OF THE PROBLEM.  AND AFTER YOU
       4    UNDERSTAND THE NATURE OF THE PROBLEM, THEN YOU CAN DEVELOP A
       5    TREATMENT PLAN THAT IS FOCUSSED AND PROCEED WITH ACTIVE
       6    TREATMENT.
       7    Q.  OKAY.  AND DURING THIS PERIOD OF TIME, DID YOU WORK WITH
       8    DOCTORS, PSYCHIATRISTS?
       9    A.  THE WHOLE TIME.
      10    Q.  THE WHOLE TIME.  THANK YOU.  AND DURING THIS PERIOD OF
      11    TIME PRIOR TO COMING TO -- TO THE DAVIS HOSPITAL, DID YOU
      12    HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO WORK WITH ELDERLY PATIENTS?
      13    A.  YES, I DID.
      14    Q.  AND HOW -- HOW MUCH OF YOUR PRACTICE -- OR I SHOULD SAY
      15    YOUR WORK WAS INVOLVED WITH ELDERLY PATIENTS?
      16    A.  OH, I'D SAY MAYBE 25 PERCENT PRIOR TO WORKING FOR
      17    RAMSAY; AND THEN 100 PERCENT; AND THEN OBVIOUSLY 100 PERCENT
      18    WITH -- AT DAVIS HOSPITAL.
      19    Q.  DAVIS HOSPITAL.  AND IN DEALING WITH THESE ELDERLY
      20    PATIENTS, WHAT WAS THEIR GENERAL MENTAL PROBLEMS THAT YOU
      21    WERE DEALING WITH?
      22    A.  VARIETY OF PROBLEMS:  DEPRESSION, ANXIETY, AGITATION,
      23    PSYCHOTIC PROBLEMS.
      24    Q.  ALZHEIMER'S?
      25    A.  YES.


                                                                       193



       1    Q.  AND ALL OF THE -- ALL OF THE -- I UNDERSTAND ALZHEIMER'S
       2    IS A FAIRLY LARGE CATEGORY.
       3    A.  YEAH.
       4    Q.  BUT YOU DEALT WITH THAT AS WELL?
       5    A.  UH-HUH.
       6    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, DO YOU REMEMBER APPROXIMATELY WHEN IT WAS
       7    THAT YOU BEGAN WORKING AT DAVIS NORTH, DAVIS MENTAL --
       8    MEDICAL CENTER?
       9    A.  I BELIEVE IT WAS IN MARCH OF 1995.
      10    Q.  AND CAN YOU DESCRIBE THIS UNIT?  WHAT WAS THE NATURE OF
      11    THE UNIT?
      12    A.  IT WAS A GERIATRIC PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENT UNIT.  WE
      13    CALLED IT A GEROPSYCH UNIT.  AND IT WAS SPECIFICALLY
      14    DESIGNED TO MEET THE PSYCHIATRIC NEEDS OF THE ELDERLY
      15    POPULATION.
      16    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHAT TYPE OF CARE DID IT PROVIDE?
      17    A.  A COMBINATION OF MEDICAL AND PSYCHIATRIC CARE --
      18    PRIMARILY PSYCHIATRIC CARE, INDIVIDUAL THERAPY, GROUP
      19    THERAPY, FAMILY THERAPY, MEDICATIONS, ET CETERA.
      20    Q.  OKAY.  HOW LARGE -- HOW LARGE OF A UNIT WAS IT?  DO YOU
      21    RECALL?
      22    A.  I BELIEVE IT WAS A TEN-BED UNIT.
      23    Q.  AND HOW WERE THE PATIENTS SELECTED TO COME ONTO THIS
      24    UNIT?
      25    A.  HOW WERE THEY SELECTED?


                                                                       194



       1    Q.  YEAH.  HOW DID -- HOW DID IT COME ABOUT THAT THE
       2    PATIENTS WOULD COME ON THIS UNIT?
       3    A.  NORMALLY -- WELL, FIRST OF ALL, WE HAD A STAFF.  WE HAD
       4    AN ADMISSION COORDINATOR AND HE AND MYSELF, PRIMARILY, WERE
       5    INVOLVED IN LETTING -- LETTING REFERRAL SOURCES IN THE
       6    COMMUNITY KNOW ABOUT THE PROGRAM.  AND THEN AS THOSE
       7    REFERRAL SOURCES THOUGHT THAT THEY HAD A PATIENT WHO MAY --
       8    WHO THEY WERE HAVING DIFFICULTY WITH THAT MAY QUALIFY FOR
       9    THE PROGRAM, THEY WOULD CALL US.
      10         WE WOULD TAKE DOWN SOME INITIAL INFORMATION AND THEN WE
      11    WOULD GO OUT TO THE -- THE PERSON'S HOME WITH -- TO THE
      12    NURSING HOME, COULD BE TO A -- COULD HAVE BEEN TO A
      13    COMMUNITY CENTER, VARIETY OF PLACES.  AND WE'D DO A -- WE'D
      14    DO AN INITIAL ASSESSMENT WHICH WAS KIND OF LIKE AN
      15    ABBREVIATED PSYCHOSOCIAL ASSESSMENT THAT I DESCRIBED
      16    EARLIER.  IF WE FOUND PSYCHIATRIC IMPAIRMENT THAT SEEMED TO
      17    BE WITHIN THE BALLPARK OF WHAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A PROPER
      18    ADMISSION TO THE PROGRAM, THEN WE WOULD CONTACT THE
      19    ATTENDING PHYSICIAN, RUN -- GIVE A SUMMARY OF THOSE
      20    FINDINGS, AND THEN WE WOULD EITHER -- THEN THE ATTENDING
      21    PHYSICIAN WOULD MAKE A DECISION WHETHER TO ADMIT OR NOT.
      22    Q.  OKAY.  AND SO YOU WERE ACTUALLY INVOLVED IN GOING OUT
      23    AND MEETING WITH PATIENTS?
      24    A.  YES, I WAS, FROM -- FROM TIME TO TIME.  IT WAS NOT MY
      25    PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY, BUT I DID A FAIR AMOUNT OF IT.


                                                                       195



       1    Q.  OKAY.  WHAT WAS YOUR PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY WITH THE
       2    UNIT?
       3    A.  WELL, I HAD TO OVERSEE THE WHOLE OPERATION.  SO I HAD TO
       4    COORDINATE THE -- MAKE SURE THE ADMISSION COORDINATOR WAS
       5    DOING WHAT HE SHOULD HAVE DONE, COORDINATE WITH THE
       6    HOSPITAL, COORDINATE THINGS WITH THE CHARGE NURSE, THE -- AS
       7    WELL AS THE -- THE SOCIAL WORKERS AND CLINICIANS TO MAKE
       8    SURE THAT WE WERE MEETING THE NEEDS OF THE PATIENT.
       9    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, YOU MENTIONED IN THE BEGINNING THAT YOU WERE
      10    ACTUALLY WORKING FOR ANOTHER -- FOR ANOTHER COMPANY.  WHAT
      11    WAS THE NAME OF THAT COMPANY?
      12    A.  RAMSAY HEALTH CARE.
      13    Q.  OKAY.  AND THEN WHAT WERE THE CIRCUMSTANCES OF YOUR
      14    COMING TO DAVIS HOSPITAL?
      15    A.  I WAS CONTACTED BY A HORIZON PERSON AND I -- I KNEW
      16    SEVERAL EMPLOYEES AT DAVIS HOSPITAL FROM MY WORK AT
      17    BENCHMARK HOSPITAL, AND THEY HAD RECOMMENDED ME.  AND SO
      18    HORIZON CONTACTED ME AND INTERVIEWED ME AND OFFERED ME THE
      19    JOB.  I ACCEPTED THE JOB.
      20    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, YOU MENTIONED THAT IT WAS HORIZONS WHO HIRED
      21    YOU.  CAN YOU EXPLAIN A LITTLE BIT ABOUT HORIZONS, WHAT
      22    HORIZONS IS -- OR WAS, I GUESS?
      23    A.  SURE.  HORIZON -- HORIZON MENTAL HEALTH MANAGEMENT, SO
      24    HORIZON IS SHORT FOR HORIZON MENTAL HEALTH MANAGEMENT,
      25    WAS -- WAS EXPERT IN SETTING UP THESE GERIATRIC PSYCHIATRY


                                                                       196



       1    INPATIENT UNITS.  AND SO THEY WOULD PULL TOGETHER THE
       2    STRUCTURE FOR THE PROGRAM, THEY'D HIRE SOME OF THE
       3    EMPLOYEES.  THEY WERE NORMALLY -- THEY WERE NORMALLY -- THEY
       4    WERE HIRED BY THE HOSPITAL TO HELP SET UP THE PROGRAM.  THE
       5    HOSPITAL HAD EMPLOYEES AND HORIZON HAD EMPLOYEES AND
       6    TOGETHER THEY FORMED A TEAM AND RAN THE UNIT.
       7    Q.  OKAY.  SO YOU ACTUALLY WORKED FOR HORIZONS; IS THAT
       8    CORRECT?
       9    A.  THAT'S TRUE.
      10    Q.  AND CAN YOU GET INTO A LITTLE MORE DETAIL?  WHAT WAS THE
      11    RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN HORIZONS THEN AND DAVIS HOSPITAL?
      12    A.  HORIZON WAS -- WAS THERE TO RUN THE UNIT AND HELP
      13    SUPPORT THE HOSPITAL.  IT WAS THE HOSPITAL'S -- IT WAS THE
      14    HOSPITAL'S PROGRAM.
      15    Q.  OKAY.  SO THEY WERE KIND OF LIKE INDEPENDENT
      16    CONTRACTORS?
      17    A.  SURE.
      18    Q.  OF THAT NATURE.  AND WHAT TYPE OF STAFFING DID THEY HAVE
      19    AT THE -- ON THE UNIT?
      20    A.  WELL, THERE WAS A PROGRAM DIRECTOR, THERE WAS ONE OR TWO
      21    SOCIAL WORKERS, THERE WAS A COMMUNITY RELATIONS PERSON WHO
      22    DID THE MAJORITY OF THESE ASSESSMENTS.  AND THE -- AND
      23    THEY -- AND THEN THERE WAS THE -- HORIZON HAD A RELATIONSHIP
      24    WITH A MEDICAL DIRECTOR AND ASSOCIATE MEDICAL DIRECTOR AS
      25    WELL.


                                                                       197



       1    Q.  OKAY.  AND WERE THEY USUALLY THE PSYCHIATRISTS?
       2    A.  YES.
       3    Q.  AND WHAT ABOUT THE NURSING STAFF AND THOSE TYPE OF
       4    STAFFS?  WHO ACTUALLY HIRED THOSE?
       5    A.  THE NURSING STAFF WERE HOSPITAL EMPLOYEES.
       6    Q.  OKAY.  WERE THERE ANY OTHER HOSPITAL EMPLOYEES THAT
       7    WORKED ON THE UNIT, OTHER THAN THE NURSING STUFF?
       8    A.  OH, YES.  THERE WERE NURSING AIDES, THERE WERE KIND OF
       9    AUXILLIARY SERVICES, PHYSICAL THERAPY AND A NUMBER OF
      10    OTHER -- NUTRITION.  ALL THESE WERE HOSPITAL EMPLOYEES.  SO
      11    IF WE NEEDED A PHYSICAL THERAPY CONSULT OR A NUTRITION
      12    CONSULT OR OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY CONSULT, THESE OTHER
      13    DEPARTMENTS OF THE HOSPITAL WOULD PROVIDE, YOU KNOW, THE --
      14    THOSE EMPLOYEES WOULD COME AND HELP AS WELL.
      15    Q.  OKAY.  DO YOU RECALL FROM YOUR WORKING ON THE -- ON THE
      16    PARTICULAR UNIT WHEN THIS UNIT WAS ACTUALLY FORMED?
      17    A.  I BELIEVE IT WAS FORMED IN THE FALL OF 1994.
      18    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHO WAS THE -- WHEN YOU FIRST BEGAN ON THIS
      19    UNIT, WHO WAS THE INITIAL DOCTOR WORKING ON THE UNIT?
      20    A.  DR. JENSEN WAS -- DR. WELBY JENSEN WAS THE MEDICAL
      21    DIRECTOR.
      22    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHAT WAS HIS DUTIES ON THE UNIT?
      23    A.  WELL, AS THE MEDICAL DIRECTOR HE RECEIVED -- HE HAD SOME
      24    ADMINISTRATIVE DUTIES, BUT PRIMARILY HE SERVED AS THE
      25    ATTENDING PHYSICIAN WHO ADMITTED PATIENTS AND TREATED


                                                                       198



       1    PATIENTS AND SUPERVISED THE TREATMENT OF THE PATIENTS.
       2    Q.  OKAY.  AND HOW LONG DID HE REMAIN ON THE UNIT?  DO YOU
       3    RECALL?
       4    A.  NO, I DON'T RECALL THE EXACT DATE.  HE WAS STILL SEEING
       5    PATIENTS WHEN I WAS THERE.  HE -- I WOULD -- I WOULD GUESS
       6    SOMETIME WITHIN -- THERE WAS A TRANSITION PERIOD WHEN
       7    DOCTOR -- WHEN I CAME IN AND DR. JENSEN WAS KIND OF PHASING
       8    OUT, AS I RECALL.
       9    Q.  AND WAS THERE A PERIOD OF TIME WHEN DR. WEITZEL BECAME
      10    ON THE UNIT?
      11    A.  YES.
      12    Q.  DO YOU RECALL WHEN THAT WAS?
      13    A.  IT WAS AT -- I DON'T RECALL THE EXACT TIME.  I THINK
      14    DR. WEITZEL STARTED IN AND AROUND THE TIME THAT I WAS HIRED,
      15    BUT I BELIEVE THERE WAS A TRANSITION WHERE BOTH DR. JENSEN
      16    AND DR. WEITZEL WERE SEEING PATIENTS AT THE SAME TIME.
      17    Q.  OKAY.  WERE YOU INVOLVED IN THE HIRING OF DR. WEITZEL OR
      18    HAVING --
      19    A.  I WAS -- I WAS PERIPHERALLY.  I BELIEVE MY PREDECESSOR
      20    PROGRAM DIRECTOR WAS MORE INVOLVED.  I REMEMBER GOING OUT TO
      21    A RESTAURANT WITH DR. WEITZEL AND MY BOSS JUST -- JUST PRIOR
      22    TO HIS COMING ON.
      23    Q.  OKAY.  WHAT WERE THE REASONS AND CIRCUMSTANCES OF
      24    DR. WEITZEL COMING ONTO THE UNIT?
      25    A.  WE NEEDED ANOTHER ATTENDING PHYSICIAN.


                                                                       199



       1    Q.  AND WHY WAS THAT?
       2    A.  BECAUSE DR. JENSEN -- COUPLE OF REASONS.  DR. JENSEN WAS
       3    BURNED OUT, HE WAS TIRED.  HE HAD A FULL TIME DAY JOB AND HE
       4    WAS WORKING DAY AND NIGHT AND COULDN'T -- YOU KNOW, IT WAS
       5    TOO MUCH OF A LOAD.  WE NEEDED ANOTHER ATTENDING PHYSICIAN
       6    TO SHARE THE LOAD.
       7    Q.  OKAY.  AND DO YOU KNOW HOW LONG -- HOW LONG IT WAS
       8    APPROXIMATELY THAT THERE WAS THIS JOINT WORKING
       9    RELATIONSHIP?
      10    A.  I -- I DON'T REMEMBER SPECIFICALLY.  I MEAN, IT COULD
      11    HAVE BEEN ONE MONTH, IT COULD HAVE BEEN THREE MONTHS.
      12    Q.  THERE DID COME A TIME THOUGH WHEN DR. WEITZEL TOOK OVER
      13    COMPLETELY ON THE UNIT?
      14    A.  WELL, HE -- YES, THERE WAS.  I THINK DR. JENSEN ALWAYS
      15    WAS A BACK UP.  I THINK THE MAJORITY OF THE TIME DR. JENSEN
      16    HAD ONE OR TWO PATIENTS.  THERE MAY HAVE BEEN A TIME WHEN
      17    DR. WEITZEL HAD ALL OF THE PATIENTS, BUT IT SEEMED LIKE
      18    DR. JENSEN HAD PERIPHERAL INVOLVEMENT MUCH OF THE TIME.
      19    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, GETTING BACK A LITTLE BIT TO THE FUNCTIONING
      20    OF THIS PARTICULAR UNIT, WHEN A PATIENT WOULD COME ONTO THE
      21    UNIT, WHAT WAS THE USUAL LENGTH OF STAY?
      22    A.  OUR AVERAGE LENGTH OF STAY WAS AROUND 14 DAYS, 10 TO 14
      23    DAYS, AS I RECALL.
      24    Q.  OKAY.  WAS THERE ANY LIMIT ON THAT PARTICULAR TIME
      25    FRAME?


                                                                       200



       1    A.  NOT REALLY.  IT WAS DRIVEN PRIMARILY BY THE -- THE
       2    PATIENT'S CLINICAL NEED.
       3    Q.  OKAY.  AND YOU INDICATED A LITTLE BIT ABOUT WHAT THE
       4    STEPS WERE IT WOULD TAKE TO GET A PATIENT ON THE UNIT.  WHO
       5    WOULD INITIALLY MAKE THE CONTACT WITH THE PATIENT?
       6    A.  NORMALLY THAT WOULD BE KEITH PERRY OR MYSELF.  PRIMARY
       7    KEITH.  HE'D -- AS I MENTIONED, THE NURSING HOME MAY CALL,
       8    THEY MAY HAVE A PATIENT THAT WAS EXPERIENCING SOME PROBLEMS.
       9    THEY'D CALL US, ASK US TO COME OUT AND -- AND DO AN
      10    ASSESSMENT.  KEITH PRIMARILY WOULD GO OUT AND DO THE
      11    ASSESSMENT.
      12    Q.  OKAY.  AND -- BUT YOU WERE ALSO INVOLVED IN DOING THE
      13    ASSESSMENTS.
      14    A.  ABSOLUTELY.
      15    Q.  WAS THERE ANY CRITERIA OR ANY SPECIFIC THINGS THAT YOU
      16    WERE TRAINED TO DO WHEN MAKING THESE ASSESSMENTS?
      17    A.  WELL, YEAH.  THAT WAS -- YOU KNOW, WE'D TRY TO GET TO
      18    THE -- TRIED TO DO THE PSYCHO -- YOU KNOW, WE CALLED THEM
      19    INTAKE OR AN -- AN INITIAL ASSESSMENT, BUT ESSENTIALLY IT
      20    WAS VERY SIMILAR TO THE PSYCHOSOCIAL ASSESSMENT I DESCRIBED.
      21    WE NEEDED TO -- TO REALLY IDENTIFY WERE THEIR PSYCHIATRIC
      22    SYMPTOMS THAT WERE AMENABLE TO INPATIENT TREATMENT.
      23    Q.  UH-HUH.
      24    A.  AND OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES.
      25    Q.  AND DID YOU -- DID YOU OR MR. PERRY ACTUALLY GO OUT AND


                                                                       201



       1    I GUESS RECRUIT PATIENTS?  I MEAN, HOW DID THAT ALL WORK?
       2    HOW DID YOU --
       3    A.  WE DIDN'T RECRUIT PATIENTS.  WE ASSESSED PATIENTS.
       4    Q.  WHAT I'M GETTING AT IS HOW WOULD THE NURSING HOME LEARN
       5    ABOUT THE PARTICULAR UNIT OR, YOU KNOW, HOW WOULD THAT
       6    HAPPEN?
       7    A.  OH, ABSOLUTELY.  WE -- WE WERE GOING OUT.  WE'D DO --
       8    WE'D CONDUCT IN-SERVICES FOR PHYSICIANS' STAFFS, FOR THE
       9    COMMUNITY -- THE COMMUNITY CENTER, ELDERLY CENTER -- SENIOR
      10    CENTER, I GUESS YOU CALL THEM.  WE'D GO TO THE NURSING
      11    HOMES.  WE WOULD DO A LOT OF EDUCATION IN THE COMMUNITY TO
      12    HELP MAKE PEOPLE AWARE OF THIS GROWING SEGMENT OF OUR
      13    POPULATION AND THE PSYCHIATRIC PROBLEMS THAT THEY MAY BE
      14    RECEIVING.
      15         AND SO WE WERE -- MOST OF THEM CONSIDERED US KIND OF A
      16    VALUE-ADDED SERVICE TO HELP THEM DEAL WITH PATIENTS THAT
      17    WERE HAVING PROBLEMS.
      18    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, GOING BACK A LITTLE BIT BACK TO THE INITIAL
      19    INTAKE FOR THESE PATIENTS, AS YOU INDICATED, YOU AND KEITH
      20    PERRY WOULD GO OUT WITH THEM.  WHEN YOU WOULD FIRST GO OUT
      21    TO MEET WITH A PATIENT, JUST AS KIND OF AN OVERALL
      22    SITUATION, WHAT WOULD INITIALLY BE THE FIRST THINGS THAT YOU
      23    WOULD DO?
      24    A.  WELL, AS I RECALL, WE'D TALK TO THE -- IF IT WAS AT A
      25    PERSON'S HOME, WE'D TALK TO THE FAMILY MEMBER THAT WAS WITH


                                                                       202



       1    THEM.  IF IT WAS IN A NURSING HOME, WE'D TALK TO THE
       2    STAFF, WE'D TALK TO THE -- THE NURSING STAFF.  WE'D TALK TO
       3    THE -- THE PERSON THAT INITIATED CONTACT WITH US, TRY AND
       4    GET A LITTLE MORE -- YOU KNOW, THEY'D GIVE US SOME GENERAL
       5    INFORMATION OVER THE TELEPHONE, AND THEN WE'D COME OUT AND
       6    WANT TO KIND OF CONFIRM WHAT THEY'D SAID OVER THE PHONE, GET
       7    A LITTLE BIT MORE -- MORE -- MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
       8    PATIENT AND THE SITUATION.  THEN WE WOULD INTERVIEW THE
       9    PATIENT AND TRY AND DETERMINE IF THEY WERE DEPRESSED, IF
      10    THEY WERE ANXIOUS, IF THEY WERE PSYCHOTIC, IF THEY WERE
      11    AGITATED, JUST WHAT WAS THEIR CONDITION, THEN WE'D -- AND
      12    DOCUMENT THAT.
      13    Q.  WOULD YOU REVIEW MEDICAL RECORDS AND THOSE TYPE OF
      14    THINGS?
      15    A.  YES.
      16    Q.  WHAT TYPE OF RECORDS WOULD YOU REVIEW?
      17    A.  WELL, IF IT WAS AT A NURSING HOME WE'D TAKE A LOOK AT
      18    THE CHART, TRY AND -- YOU KNOW, IF SOMEONE HAD BEEN HAVING
      19    SOME DIFFICULTY THEN NORMALLY THE -- THE MORE RECENT CHART
      20    NOTES IN THE NURSING HOME RECORD WOULD INDICATE THAT THEY'D
      21    BEEN HAVING DIFFICULTIES, SO IT'S KIND OF A GOOD CROSS
      22    CHECK.
      23         WE'D LOOK AT THE -- WE'D SCAN THE HISTORY AND PHYSICAL
      24    THAT WAS DONE IN THE NURSING HOME.  YOU KNOW, WE'D -- YOU'D
      25    THUMB THROUGH THE CHART AND TRY AND SEE WHAT YOU -- YOU


                                                                       203



       1    KNOW, GET A BROADER UNDERSTANDING OF THIS PATIENT AND HOW
       2    LONG THEY'D BEEN IN THE NURSING HOME OR THAT SORT OF THING.
       3    Q.  NOW, WHEN YOU WERE DOING THIS, WERE YOU MOSTLY CONCERNED
       4    WITH THEIR MENTAL STATUS OR WERE THERE OTHER THINGS THAT YOU
       5    WERE LOOKING AT WITH THESE PATIENTS?
       6    A.  THERE WERE OTHER THINGS.  IT WAS -- MENTAL STATUS WAS
       7    CERTAINLY WHERE MOST OF OUR TRAINING WAS AND UNDERSTANDING
       8    THE MENTAL HEALTH PART OF THEIR FUNCTIONING.  WE'D ALSO FIND
       9    OUT ABOUT THEIR FAMILY SITUATION, WE'D FIND OUT ABOUT
      10    THEIR -- ANY MEDICAL CONDITION OR MEDICAL ILLNESS THEY MAY
      11    HAVE.
      12    Q.  OKAY.  WOULD YOU MAKE ANY NOTES OF THE MEDICAL
      13    CONDITIONS THEY HAD?
      14    A.  YES.
      15    Q.  WERE THERE ANY CRITERIA THAT -- THAT THE HOSPITAL HAD OR
      16    THE UNIT HAD AS FAR AS MEDICAL CONDITIONS FOR THESE
      17    PATIENTS?
      18    A.  YES.  IN -- IN GENERAL, WE WANTED PATIENTS WHO WERE ABLE
      19    TO BENEFIT FROM INPATIENT TREATMENT.  IN OTHER WORDS, IF
      20    THEIR MEDICAL CONDITIONS WERE SO SERIOUS THAT THEY WEREN'T
      21    ABLE TO BENEFIT FROM PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT THEN WE -- WE'D
      22    PREFER TO -- WELL, NOT PREFER.  WE NEEDED TO GET THOSE
      23    MEDICAL SITUATIONS STABILIZED BEFORE -- SO THAT THEY COULD
      24    THEN COME AND PARTICIPATE IN ACTIVE PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT.
      25    Q.  LET ME SHOW YOU WHAT'S BEEN MARKED FOR IDENTIFICATION AS


                                                                       204



       1    PLAINTIFF'S EXHIBIT NUMBER 2 AND ASK YOU IF YOU CAN IDENTIFY
       2    THAT?
       3    A.  YES, I CAN.
       4    Q.  AND WHAT IS THAT?
       5    A.  DID YOU ASK ME A QUESTION?
       6    Q.  YEAH.  I'M SORRY.  DO YOU RECOGNIZE THAT?
       7    A.  YES.
       8    Q.  AND WHAT IS THAT?
       9    A.  IT'S THE -- IT'S THE INTAKE AND ADMISSION POLICY FROM
      10    DAVIS HOSPITAL FOR THE GEROPSYCHIATRIC UNIT.
      11    Q.  OKAY.  AND WAS -- AND WAS THAT THE INTAKE AND ADMISSION
      12    POLICY THAT WAS IN FORCE AT THE TIME YOU WERE ON THE UNIT?
      13    A.  YES, IT WAS.
      14    Q.  NOW, PROBABLY FORGOT TO ASK YOU -- AND I BETTER DO THAT
      15    RIGHT NOW.  YOU WORKED ON THE UNIT YOU SAID SOME TIME FROM
      16    MARCH OF '95.  APPROXIMATELY WHAT TIME DID YOU LEAVE?
      17    A.  I BELIEVE IT WAS IN SEPTEMBER OF '96.
      18    Q.  OKAY.  AND -- THANK YOU.  NOW, GOING BACK TO THIS INTAKE
      19    AND ADMISSIONS POLICY, DOES IT DESCRIBE WHAT THE ADMISSIONS
      20    CRITERIA ARE?
      21    A.  YES.
      22    Q.  AND DOES IT ALSO INDICATE CERTAIN CRITERIA THAT WOULD BE
      23    EXCLUSIONARY?
      24    A.  YES.
      25    Q.  IN OTHER WORDS, CRITERIA THAT WOULD KEEP THE PATIENT


                                                                       205



       1    FROM BEING ON THE UNIT.
       2    A.  YES.
       3    Q.  NOW, LET ME SHOW YOU A COPY --
       4             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR -- YOUR HONOR, I DON'T
       5    BELIEVE IT'S BEEN OFFERED INTO EVIDENCE AS OF YET.
       6             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, IF THAT'S THE CASE WE WOULD
       7    MOVE TO --
       8             MR. STIRBA:  MAY I JUST VOIR DIRE, YOUR HONOR,
       9    BRIEFLY?
      10             MR. MAJOR:  WELL, UNDER WHAT PARTICULAR AREA DO YOU
      11    WANT TO VOIR DIRE ON?  DO WE HAVE A FOUNDATIONAL PROBLEM
      12    HERE OR --
      13             MR. STIRBA:  YEAH, WE DO.  I WANT TO OBJECT AS TO
      14    FOUNDATION.
      15             MR. MAJOR:  AND WHAT IS THE OBJECTION SPECIFICALLY?
      16             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, I DON'T BELIEVE A COLLOQUY
      17    WITH COUNSEL IS APPROPRIATE.
      18             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WHAT -- OKAY.  LAY A FOUNDATION.
      19             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, THAT'S MY QUESTION.  I'M
      20    NOT SURE EXACTLY WHAT FOUNDATION WE NEED TO LAY.  HE'S
      21    INDICATED THAT HE WAS THE DIRECTOR OF THE UNIT, THAT THIS IS
      22    THE POLICY THAT WAS IN EFFECT, THE POLICY THAT HE FOLLOWED
      23    AT THE TIME OF THE GERIATRIC UNIT.  I'M NOT SURE EXACTLY
      24    WHAT --
      25             THE COURT:  I DON'T BELIEVE THERE'S BEEN ANY


                                                                       206



       1    TIME -- TIME WHEN THIS WAS USED, WHETHER IT WAS USED IN
       2    DECEMBER OF '95 AND JANUARY OF '96.
       3             MR. MAJOR:  I'LL ASK HIM.
       4    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  WAS THIS USED DURING THE PERIOD OF TIME
       5    THAT YOU WERE ON THE UNIT?
       6    A.  THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE POLICY IS JULY 1, '94, REVISED
       7    JANUARY OF '96.
       8    Q.  SO THIS WAS THE POLICY THAT WAS IN EFFECT AT THE TIME
       9    THAT YOU WERE ON THIS UNIT?
      10    A.  I -- I BELIEVE SO.
      11    Q.  THIS WAS THE POLICY THAT YOU AND KEITH PERRY AND THE
      12    OTHER MEMBERS OF THE UNIT WOULD FOLLOW IN ADMITTING
      13    PATIENTS?
      14    A.  I BELIEVE -- I BELIEVE SO.
      15             MR. MAJOR:  WITH THAT, YOUR HONOR, WE'D AGAIN MOVE
      16    FOR THE ADMISSION OF EXHIBIT NUMBER 2.
      17             MR. STIRBA:  NO OBJECTION, YOUR HONOR.
      18             THE COURT:  IT'S RECEIVED.
      19    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  OKAY.  LET ME SHOW YOU A COPY OF
      20    WHAT -- YOU HAVE THE ACTUAL EXHIBIT, I ASSUME?
      21             MS. BARLOW:  YOUR HONOR, DO WE NEED TO TURN ON THE
      22    T.V.'S?
      23             THE COURT:  YEAH.  IF YOU DON'T TURN ON THE T.V.'S,
      24    THAT WON'T SHOW UP.  IT WILL ONLY SHOW ON THE SCREEN.  I
      25    THINK THERE'S A CONTROL THERE.


                                                                       207



       1             MS. BARLOW:  OH, YOU'VE GOT THE REMOTE CONTROL.
       2             THE COURT:  OKAY.  IS IT ON ALL THE SCREENS?  OKAY.
       3    GO AHEAD.
       4    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  SO MR. CHAMBERS, I'D LIKE TO AGAIN
       5    REFER YOU, THIS IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF WHAT YOU HAVE
       6    IN YOUR HAND; IS THAT CORRECT.
       7    A.  YES.
       8    Q.  AND SO WHAT ARE THE -- THE INITIAL FOUR CRITERIA IN
       9    WHICH YOU WOULD -- THOSE FOUR CRITERIA WHICH YOU WOULD
      10    ACCEPT A PATIENT FOR?
      11    A.  THE ADMISSION TO THE PROGRAM ARE INDICATED FOR PATIENTS
      12    OVER 55 WHO HAVE A D.S.M.-IV DIAGNOSIS AND IN ADDITION MEET
      13    ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA:  SUICIDAL BEHAVIOR
      14    AND/OR IDEATION -- DO YOU WANT ME TO READ THESE?
      15    Q.  I JUST -- JUST BRIEFLY.  JUST --
      16             THE COURT:  IT MIGHT BE HELPFUL TO THE JURY IF
      17    YOU'D EXPLAIN WHAT A D.S.M.-IV DIAGNOSIS IS.
      18             MR. MAJOR:  THAT WAS MY NEXT QUESTION.
      19    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  IF YOU COULD EXPLAIN WHAT THE D.S.M.-IV
      20    IS.
      21    A.  D.S.M. STANDS FOR THE DIAGNOSTIC AND STATISTICAL MANUAL
      22    OF MENTAL DISORDERS, 4TH EDITION.  AND THIS IS THE -- IT'S
      23    BASICALLY A MANUAL OR A HANDBOOK THAT LISTS ALL THE
      24    PSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS AND ALL OF THEIR CRITERIA, SO --
      25    Q.  OKAY.  SO THE FIRST ONE -- FIRST CRITERIA THAT YOU --


                                                                       208



       1    THAT WOULD ALLOW A PATIENT TO BE ADMITTED TO WAS NUMBER ONE;
       2    IS THAT CORRECT?
       3    A.  YES.
       4    Q.  AND WHAT IS THAT?
       5    A.  THE FIRST CRITERIA IS IN THE PARAGRAPH WHICH STATES THEY
       6    HAVE TO HAVE -- THERE SHOULD BE REASONABLE EVIDENCE THAT
       7    THERE'S A -- A PSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS.
       8    Q.  RIGHT.
       9    A.  AND THEN IN ADDITION TO THAT, ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FOUR
      10    THINGS.
      11    Q.  OKAY.  AND THEY ALSO HAVE TO BE OVER 65 YEARS OF AGE.
      12    A.  YEAH, 55, I BELIEVE.
      13    Q.  FIFTY-FIVE.  I'M SORRY.  I CAN'T READ THAT.  SO WE HAVE
      14    AN AGE LIMIT, DIAGNOSTIC REQUIREMENT, AND THEN THOSE FOUR.
      15    A.  YEAH, AND THEN ONE OF THE FOUR WHICH -- SUICIDAL
      16    BEHAVIOR OR IDEATION, ASSAULTIVE BEHAVIOR, POTENTIAL FOR
      17    SELF-MUTILATION, AND ACUTE ONSET OR INTENSIFICATION OF SOME
      18    OF THEIR SYMPTOMS THAT'S DISRUPTIVE TO THEIR LIFESTYLE.
      19    Q.  NOW, NUMBER FOUR, THAT'S KIND OF WHAT WE ASSOCIATE WITH
      20    ALZHEIMER'S, I'M ASSUMING?
      21    A.  YES, BUT ALSO, I THINK -- I HAVEN'T READ THIS FOR A
      22    WHILE.  ALZHEIMER'S, YES, BUT ALSO A NUMBER OF PSYCHOTIC
      23    DISORDERS AS WELL.
      24    Q.  YEAH.  IN ORDER WORDS, THIS HOSPITAL WASN'T SIMPLY
      25    LIMITED TO PEOPLE WITH ALZHEIMER'S --


                                                                       209



       1    A.  NO.
       2    Q.  -- PROBLEMS.
       3    A.  NO.
       4    Q.  WHAT TYPE OF -- YOU MENTIONED DEPRESSION.  FOR EXAMPLE,
       5    WHAT TYPE OF DEPRESSION WOULD AN ELDERLY PATIENT SUFFER THAT
       6    YOU WOULD ADMIT TO THIS UNIT?
       7    A.  AN ELDERLY PERSON, LIKE A YOUNGER PERSON, CAN SUFFER
       8    FROM A -- A MAJOR DEPRESSIVE DISORDER WHICH HAS A WHOLE LIST
       9    OF SYMPTOMS THAT MAKE -- INCLUDING FREQUENT SUICIDAL
      10    IDEATION, THAT USUALLY INVOLVES LACK OF PLEASURE IN NORMAL
      11    ACTIVITIES, SLEEP DISTURBANCE, APPETITE DISTURBANCE, A WHOLE
      12    NUMBER OF SYMPTOMS.  AND IT WOULD BE THE SAME FOR AN ELDERLY
      13    PERSON -- VERY SIMILAR FOR AN ELDERLY PERSON AS IT WOULD
      14    ANOTHER PERSON.
      15    Q.  THANK YOU.  NOW, YOU ALSO INDICATED ON THIS -- WE'RE
      16    GOING ON.  ON DOWN HERE THERE'S ALSO ANOTHER, I BELIEVE,
      17    FIVE THROUGH NINE.  CAN YOU TELL THE JURY JUST BRIEFLY WHAT
      18    THOSE CONDITIONS ARE, WHAT THOSE REQUIREMENTS ARE?  AND I'M
      19    KIND OF ASKING YOU MORE TO EXPLAIN, YOU KNOW, IN LAYMEN'S
      20    TERMS WHAT THOSE MEAN.
      21    A.  OKAY.
      22    Q.  IF YOU CAN READ THEM.
      23    A.  WELL, THE LITTLE PARAGRAPH ABOVE NUMBER FIVE, THE
      24    SENTENCE ABOVE NUMBER FIVE JUST INDICATES THAT IF -- IF
      25    POSSIBLE WE'D PREFER, YOU KNOW, TO NOT HAVE A PERSON BE


                                                                       210



       1    HOSPITALIZED.  BUT IF THEIR CONDITION WAS SO BAD THAT THEY
       2    NEEDED TO BE HOSPITALIZED, THEN WE WOULD DO SO.  IF THEIR
       3    CONDITION COULD BE TREATED AT A LOWER LEVEL OF CARE, AN
       4    OUT-PATIENT, THEN THAT IS ALWAYS MORE DESIRABLE.  
       5         AND THEN FIVE THROUGH NINE INDICATE ADDITIONAL CRITERIA
       6    THAT IF THERE'S BEEN AN ACUTE OR A SUDDEN ONSET, IF THERE'S
       7    BEEN A RAPID CHANGE IN BEHAVIOR, THAT NORMALLY IS SOMETHING
       8    YOU WANT TO COME TAKE A CLOSER LOOK AT ON AN INPATIENT
       9    BASIS.
      10         IF SOMEBODY'S HAVING DIFFICULTY WITH THEIR ACTIVITIES
      11    OF DAILY LIVING, SPECIFICALLY PSYCHOMOTOR RETARDATION, THESE
      12    ARE JUST, YOU KNOW, VERY -- IT'S KIND OF THE OPPOSITE OF
      13    BEING AGITATED, JUST VERY LITTLE MOVEMENT, VERY LITTLE
      14    ACTIVITY.  ANOREXIA HAS TO DO WITH WEIGHT LOSS; INSOMNIA HAS
      15    TO DO WITH THE INABILITY TO SLEEP.
      16         AND THEN PSYCHOSIS OR PSYCHOTIC PROBLEMS, PEOPLE ARE
      17    HEARING THINGS OR SEEING -- SEEING THINGS THAT ARE NOT BASED
      18    ON REALITY.  THEN THAT'S -- YOU WANT TO GET THEM IN.  IF
      19    THEY'RE HAVING TOXIC EFFECTS OR SIDE -- SEVERE -- TOXIC
      20    EFFECTS WOULD IMPLY SEVERE SIDE EFFECTS TO A MEDICATION,
      21    YOU'D WANT TO GET THEM IN.  OR IF THERE WAS A NEED FOR 24
      22    HOUR CARE, OBVIOUSLY YOU'D WANT TO GET THEM IN.
      23    Q.  NOW, I WANT TO GO BACK A LITTLE BIT.  WHEN YOU TALK
      24    ABOUT NUMBER FIVE, THE ACUTE ONSET OF -- INTENSIFICATION OF
      25    THEIR AGITATED BEHAVIORS, JUST FOR THE JURY'S BENEFIT AND


                                                                       211



       1    FOR MY BENEFIT, THERE'S A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ACUTE AND
       2    CHRONIC BASED ON YOUR UNDERSTANDING; IS THAT CORRECT?
       3    A.  YES.
       4    Q.  WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE?
       5    A.  WELL, A CHRONIC CONDITION IS AN ENDURING CONDITION.  AN
       6    ACUTE OR SUDDEN ONSET MEANS THERE'S A RAPID OR SUDDEN CHANGE
       7    IN SOMEBODY'S BEHAVIOR OR PRESENTATION.
       8    Q.  OKAY.  AND IN THIS CRITERIA, WAS THERE ANY PARTICULAR
       9    LIMIT ON HOW -- WHAT PERIOD OF TIME THIS ACUTE CONDITION
      10    WOULD TAKE PLACE?  I MEAN, WOULD YOU SAY IF SOMEBODY HAD
      11    GONE DOWNHILL IN THREE MONTHS OR SIX MONTHS OR A YEAR -- SEE
      12    WHAT I'M SAYING?
      13    A.  WELL, IF THEY'D GONE DOWNHILL IN A YEAR, YOU JUST
      14    WOULDN'T CALL IT ACUTE OR SUDDEN, BUT -- YOU KNOW, I'D SAY
      15    REALLY WE JUST TRIED TO LOOK AT THE PATIENT AT THEIR CURRENT
      16    CONDITION.  IF IT WAS A SUDDEN ONSET, THAT WAS -- THAT WAS
      17    HELPFUL INFORMATION.  AND IF THEIR -- IF THEIR BEHAVIOR OR
      18    FUNCTIONING PRIOR TO THAT SUDDEN ONSET WAS -- IF THEY WERE
      19    FUNCTIONING AT A HIGHER LEVEL AND THEN THEY HAD A SUDDEN
      20    ONSET, AND NOW WITHIN 24 HOURS OR WITHIN THREE DAYS, WITHIN
      21    A WEEK'S PERIOD OF TIME THEY'VE GONE FROM A HIGH LEVEL OF
      22    FUNCTIONING TO A LOW LEVEL OF FUNCTIONING, THAT'S A CONCERN.
      23    I BELIEVE THAT IMPLIES THERE'S -- YOU KNOW, IT'S AN
      24    ADVANCEMENT OF A PSYCHIATRIC OR OTHER DISEASE PROCESS.
      25    Q.  NOW, MOVING DOWN QUICKLY TO NUMBER EIGHT, YOU INDICATE


                                                                       212



       1    THE TOXIC EFFECTS FROM THE THERAPEUTIC PSYCHOSOMATIC (SIC)
       2    MEDICATION?
       3    A.  PSYCHOTROPIC.
       4    Q.  PSYCHOTROPIC MEDICATION.  WHAT IS THAT, BASICALLY?
       5    A.  I'M NOT A PHYSICIAN.  A PHYSICIAN COULD SAY MORE ABOUT
       6    WHAT TOXIC EFFECTS OF PSYCHOTROPIC MEDICATION MEANS.
       7    Q.  WELL, AND FOR THE RECORD I UNDERSTAND THAT.  I'M JUST
       8    ASKING BASED ON YOUR TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE.
       9    A.  YEAH.  I BELIEVE THAT MEANS THAT TOXIC SIDE -- I THINK
      10    IT MEANS SEVERE SIDE EFFECTS.  SOME MEDICATIONS HAVE SIDE
      11    EFFECTS, AND IF YOU'RE HAVING TOXIC EFFECTS, THAT MEANS
      12    THERE'S PROBABLY TOO MUCH OF THE MEDICATION IN YOUR SYSTEM
      13    OR IT'S AT LEAST CONSIDERED A TOXIC RESPONSE IF YOU'RE
      14    HAVING A VERY BAD RESPONSE TO MEDICATION.
      15    Q.  AND --
      16    A.  SUCH THAT YOU NEED TO GET THEM IN A 24-HOUR FACILITY
      17    WHERE YOU CAN TAKE A CLOSER LOOK, OR IF NOT A 24-HOUR
      18    FACILITY, VERY CLOSE MONITORING OF THEM SO YOU CAN ASCERTAIN
      19    WHAT MEDICINE IS BEING ADMINISTERED AND WHAT -- IN A
      20    CLINICAL -- IN A DETAILED CLINICAL SENSE, WHAT ARE THE --
      21    WHAT ARE THE EFFECTS OF THE MEDICATION.
      22    Q.  AND THAT WOULD INVOLVE ADJUSTING THE MEDICATIONS -- THE
      23    LEVELS OF MEDICATION GIVEN AND THE TYPES OF MEDICATION
      24    GIVEN?
      25    A.  THAT -- THE DISCONTINUATION OF MEDICINE, THE ADJUSTING


                                                                       213



       1    OF MEDICINE.  IT --
       2    Q.  AND THOSE ARE ALL THE TYPES OF THINGS THIS UNIT WAS SET
       3    UP TO DO?
       4    A.  UH-HUH.  YES.
       5    Q.  NOW, GOING ON TO PAGE TWO OF THIS EXHIBIT NUMBER 2,
       6    THERE'S ALSO SOME EXCLUSIONARY CRITERIA.  WHAT -- WHAT --
       7    JUST IN GENERAL TERMS, WHAT DID THAT MEAN?  WHAT DOES IT
       8    MEAN, EXCLUSIONARY CRITERIA?
       9    A.  WELL, THERE ARE -- THERE ARE REASONS WHY YOU CAN ADMIT
      10    SOMEONE AND THERE ARE REASONS WHY YOU SHOULDN'T ADMIT
      11    SOMEONE.  THE EXCLUSIONARY CRITERIA ARE THOSE CRITERIA WHY
      12    YOU PROBABLY SHOULD NOT.
      13    Q.  SO IF PATIENTS WERE TO FALL UNDER THIS -- THIS
      14    PARTICULAR AREA, THEY WOULD NOT BE ADMITTED?
      15    A.  IN GENERAL.
      16    Q.  AND, BASICALLY, WHAT WERE SOME OF THOSE CRITERIA?
      17    A.  THE -- IF YOU LOOK AT NUMBER ONE I THINK THE SECOND --
      18    THE END OF THE SECOND SENTENCE IS THE MOST IMPORTANT PART.
      19    IF THERE'S NO EXPECTATION FOR A POSITIVE RESPONSE FOR
      20    TREATMENT, THEN REGARDLESS OF THE SITUATION -- WELL, NOT
      21    REGARDLESS, BUT IN GENERAL, IF THERE'S NOT -- IF THERE'S NO
      22    EXPECTATION FOR A POSITIVE RESPONSE TO TREATMENT, THEN YOU
      23    DON'T WANT -- IN GENERAL, YOU DON'T ADMIT THOSE PEOPLE.
      24    Q.  SO IF YOU CAN'T CURE THE PATIENT, YOU DON'T WANT THEM TO
      25    COME ON THE UNIT?


                                                                       214



       1    A.  WELL, IF WE CAN'T HELP THEM.
       2    Q.  OKAY.  WE HAVE DIFFERENT -- IF YOU CAN'T HELP THEM, YOU
       3    DON'T WANT THEM TO COME ON THE UNIT.  OKAY.  I UNDERSTAND
       4    THERE'S A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN CURE FOR A LAYMAN AND CURE FOR
       5    A MEDICAL PROFESSIONAL.
       6    A.  OKAY.
       7    Q.  AND WHAT ABOUT NUMBER TWO?
       8    A.  IF SOMEONE HAS A LIFE-THREATENING ILLNESS, THEY
       9    SHOULDN'T -- THEY DON'T BELONG ON A PSYCHIATRIC UNIT.
      10    Q.  AND NUMBER THREE?
      11    A.  I GUESS I SHOULD SAY A LIFE-THREATENING MEDICAL ILLNESS
      12    AS OPPOSED TO A LIFE-THREATENING PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS.
      13    Q.  OKAY.
      14    A.  WE'RE DESIGNED TO TREAT LIFE-THREATENING PSYCHIATRIC
      15    ILLNESSES.  WE WERE NOT SET UP TO TREAT LIFE-THREATENING
      16    MEDICAL ILLNESSES.
      17    Q.  CAN YOU BRIEFLY -- AGAIN, FOR US LAYMEN, CAN YOU BRIEFLY
      18    DESCRIBE THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A LIFE-THREATENING PHYSICAL
      19    AND A LIFE-THREATENING MENTAL?
      20    A.  WELL, A LIFE-THREATENING MENTAL ILLNESS IS NORMALLY
      21    SOME -- ASSOCIATED WITH SUICIDALITY (SIC).  IF SOMEBODY'S
      22    MADE A LETHAL SUICIDE ATTEMPT OR IF SOMEONE IS AT HIGH RISK
      23    TO MAKE A LETHAL SUICIDE ATTEMPT, WHICH -- WHICH IS TO SAY
      24    THEY HAVE THE INTENT AND THEY HAVE THE ABILITY TO COMPLETE A
      25    SUICIDE, THEN THAT'S CONSIDERED A LIFE-THREATENING


                                                                       215



       1    PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS.
       2         IN TERMS OF A LIFE-THREATENING MEDICAL ILLNESS I WOULD
       3    GUESS THAT -- THAT WOULD MEAN SOMEONE WHO'S GOT A HEART
       4    CONDITION THAT IS SO FRAGILE, YOU KNOW, THEY -- THERE COULD
       5    BE A VARIETY OF MEDICAL CONDITIONS THAT WOULD NEED TO BE
       6    STABILIZED BEFORE THEY WOULD BE ABLE TO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE
       7    IN PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT.
       8    Q.  OKAY.  AND THEN NUMBER THREE INDICATES:  PATIENTS WITH
       9    TERMINAL DISEASE WITHOUT A TREATABLE PSYCHIATRIC DISORDER.
      10    CAN YOU EXPLAIN THAT A LITTLE BIT?
      11    A.  YEAH.  AND THAT "WITHOUT" IS THE MOST IMPORTANT PART.
      12    IF SOMEBODY HAS A TERMINAL ILLNESS -- I THINK WE KNOW WHAT
      13    THAT MEANS.  IF THEY HAVE A TERMINAL ILLNESS, BUT NO
      14    PSYCHIATRIC DISORDER -- WITHOUT A TREATABLE PSYCHIATRIC
      15    DISORDER, THEY SHOULD GO TO THE APPROPRIATE HOSPICE OR OTHER
      16    FACILITY.
      17    Q.  NOW, IN THAT PARTICULAR SITUATION, WHEN YOU'RE TALKING
      18    ABOUT A TERMINAL DISEASE -- I'M UNDERSTANDING THAT THAT
      19    MEANS END OF LIFE.  YOUR UNIT WAS A VERY SHORT-TERM STAY, I
      20    TAKE IT?
      21    A.  REPEAT THE FIRST PART OF WHAT YOU SAID.
      22    Q.  WELL, A TERMINAL -- A TERMINAL DISEASE IS BASICALLY
      23    SOMETHING THAT'S GOING TO END OR TERMINATE THE PERSON'S
      24    LIFE.
      25    A.  RIGHT.


                                                                       216



       1    Q.  AND YOUR UNIT WAS MAINLY FOR A VERY SHORT STAY -- SHORT
       2    STAY.
       3    A.  YEAH.  SOMEONE COULD NOT -- THAT'S RIGHT.  IT WAS A --
       4    IT WAS AN INPATIENT -- ACUTE INPATIENT TREATMENT FACILITY OR
       5    PROGRAM SO WE -- OUR JOB WAS TO STABILIZE PEOPLE,
       6    PSYCHIATRICALLY, SO THEY COULD GO TO A LESSER LEVEL OF CARE
       7    OR GO BACK TO THE -- YOU KNOW, TO A NON-HOSPITAL -- YOU
       8    KNOW, TO THE NURSING HOME, TO THEIR HOME, TO A LESSER LEVEL
       9    OF CARE.
      10    Q.  AND SO GIVEN THE FACT THAT YOU'VE GOT -- YOU'RE
      11    INDICATING THAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT A TERMINAL DISEASE
      12    WHICH MAY CAUSE END OF LIFE AND --
      13             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR -- YOUR HONOR, I'M GOING TO
      14    OBJECT.  LEADING AND SUGGESTIVE.  THIS IS DIRECT
      15    EXAMINATION.
      16             THE COURT:  SUSTAINED.
      17             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, I DON'T BELIEVE -- IF I
      18    MIGHT, JUST BASICALLY I'M JUST TRYING TO SET THE FOUNDATION
      19    SO THAT HE UNDERSTANDS SPECIFICALLY WHERE THE QUESTION IS
      20    GOING TO BE GOING.
      21             THE COURT:  THE OBJECTION IS SUSTAINED.
      22             MR. MAJOR:  THANK YOU.
      23    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  SO WAS THERE ANY PERIOD OF TIME ON
      24    WHICH YOU WOULD MAKE A DETERMINATION ON HOW LONG THIS
      25    PATIENT HAD TO SURVIVE?  IF YOU HAVE A TERMINALLY ILL


                                                                       217



       1    PATIENT COMING ON THE UNIT, WAS THERE A LIMIT ON THE LENGTH
       2    OF ANTICIPATION BEFORE THEIR DEATH?  SEE WHAT I'M GETTING
       3    AT?
       4    A.  TERMINAL DISEASE CAN -- YOU KNOW, SOMEONE CAN HAVE A
       5    TERMINAL DISEASE AND HAVE A LONG PERIOD OF TIME TO LIVE OR A
       6    SHORT TIME -- PERIOD OF TIME TO LIVE.  IT'S NOT AN EXACT
       7    SCIENCE IN MEDICINE OR PSYCHIATRY, BUT I DON'T -- I DON'T
       8    REMEMBER -- WOULD YOU REPEAT THE QUESTION?
       9    Q.  YEAH.
      10    A.  I DON'T KNOW IF I'M ANSWERING THE QUESTION.
      11    Q.  LET ME ASK IT THIS WAY.  LET ME GIVE YOU A HYPOTHETICAL
      12    QUESTION.  IF YOU HAD AN INDIVIDUAL WHO SAY DIDN'T HAVE A
      13    MENTAL DISORDER, HAD A TERMINAL ILLNESS AND THE DOCTOR
      14    INDICATED THEY MAY HAVE TWO OR THREE YEARS LEFT, WOULD THEY
      15    QUALITY FOR THE UNIT?
      16             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, I'M GOING TO OBJECT.  SAME
      17    OBJECTION.  LEADING AND SUGGESTIVE.  HE'S NOT QUALIFIED AS
      18    AN EXPERT, HE'S NOT TREATING HIM AS AN EXPERT.  IT'S AN
      19    INAPPROPRIATE HYPOTHETICAL.
      20             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, I'M NOT ASKING HIM AS AN
      21    EXPERT.  I'M ASKING HIM AS A PERSON WHO WAS INVOLVED WITH
      22    THE INTAKE OF THESE PATIENTS.  WE'RE TRYING TO ESTABLISH
      23    WHAT THE CRITERIA WAS FOR THE INTAKE OF THESE PARTICULAR
      24    PATIENTS.
      25             MR. STIRBA:  WELL, THE CRITERIA IS RIGHT IN THE


                                                                       218



       1    POLICY.  IT SPEAKS FOR ITSELF, YOUR HONOR.
       2             MR. MAJOR:  NO.  THE QUESTION -- IF I MIGHT PROFFER
       3    THE QUESTION TO THE COURT.  THE QUESTION SIMPLY IS WE HAVE A
       4    SHORT-TERM PATIENT.  WOULD HE ACCEPT A PATIENT THAT HAD
       5    PERHAPS AN ESTIMATED LIFE SPAN OF TWO YEARS VERSUS A PATIENT
       6    WHERE THE DOCTOR SAYS THIS PATIENT HAS MAYBE TWO WEEKS,
       7    THREE WEEKS TO LIVE?
       8             THE COURT:  WELL, I THINK THE FIRST QUESTION IS
       9    DOES HE MAKE THE DETERMINATION WHICH PATIENTS ARE ACCEPTED?
      10             MR. MAJOR:  AND THAT WAS HIS -- YES.  AND THAT
      11    WAS -- HE WENT OUT AND DID THE EVALUATION AND MADE THE
      12    RECOMMENDATION.  THAT WAS HIS TESTIMONY.  HE MADE THE
      13    RECOMMENDATION THAT THESE PATIENTS WERE THE ONES THAT COME
      14    ON THE UNIT.
      15             THE WITNESS:  LET ME --
      16             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, RESPECTFULLY, I THINK HE'S
      17    ALREADY TESTIFIED WHO MADE THE ADMISSIONS.  AND I DON'T
      18    THINK ANYBODY OTHER THAN A PHYSICIAN CAN ADMIT ANYBODY TO A
      19    HOSPITAL.
      20             MR. MAJOR:  AND THAT'S CORRECT.  BUT HE WAS -- AND
      21    IF I MIGHT ASK HIM ONE FURTHER QUESTION THEN.
      22             THE COURT:  WELL, WHY DON'T YOU REPHRASE THE
      23    QUESTION.
      24             MR. MAJOR:  NEVER MIND, YOUR HONOR.  WE'LL JUST
      25    SKIP OVER THAT QUESTION.


                                                                       219



       1    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  WHAT WAS THE NEXT -- WHAT'S THE NEXT
       2    REQUIREMENT AS YOUR UNDERSTANDING FOR ADMISSION TO THE UNIT?
       3    A.  THE NEXT EXCLUSIONARY CRITERIA?
       4    Q.  UH-HUH.
       5    A.  THE NEXT EXCLUSIONARY CRITERIA REFERS TO RE -- THE
       6    READMISSION OF PATIENTS WHO HAVE ALREADY -- IF WE'D ALREADY
       7    TREATED SOMEONE AND THEY'D BENEFITTED AS MUCH AS -- WE'D
       8    GIVEN THEM ALL WE HAD TO OFFER AND THERE WAS -- IT WASN'T
       9    ANTICIPATED WE COULD DO ANYTHING MORE TO HELP THEM, OR
      10    THEY'D BEEN SO DISRUPTIVE THAT IT REALLY WAS NOT IN THE BEST
      11    INTEREST OF THE OTHER PATIENTS THAT THEY BE TREATED THERE --
      12    Q.  OKAY.
      13    A.  -- OR PEOPLE HAD REFUSED TO PARTICIPATE IN THE TREATMENT
      14    THE FIRST TIME, THESE WERE EXCLUDED.
      15    Q.  AND NUMBER FIVE INDICATES PATIENTS THAT ARE BEDRIDDEN OR
      16    CANNOT PARTICIPATE IN THE TREATMENT PROGRAM.
      17    A.  YES.
      18    Q.  AND WHY WOULD THAT NOT -- WHY WOULD THAT BE A LACK OF
      19    QUALIFICATION?
      20    A.  IF SOMEONE'S BEDRIDDEN IT'S DIFFICULT FOR THEM TO
      21    ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE, EVEN IN PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT.
      22    Q.  OKAY.  AND THE NEXT ONE IS SIX IS PATIENTS WITH COMPLEX
      23    MEDICAL AND SURGICAL PROCEDURES.  AND THAT'S KIND OF THE
      24    SAME AS BEING -- SOME OF THE OTHER PROBLEMS WE'VE TALKED
      25    ABOUT.


                                                                       220



       1    A.  YES.
       2    Q.  OKAY.  NOW YOU, YOURSELF, AREN'T -- DO NOT ADMIT THE
       3    PATIENTS TO THE UNIT; IS THAT CORRECT?
       4    A.  I DO NOT ADMIT THE PATIENTS.
       5    Q.  YOU DON'T HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO ADMIT PATIENTS ONTO THE
       6    UNIT?
       7    A.  NO.
       8    Q.  DID YOU HAVE AUTHORITY AT THIS TIME TO REJECT PATIENTS
       9    FOR THE UNIT?
      10    A.  NO.
      11    Q.  SO IF AN INDIVIDUAL WERE TO CALL YOU UP FROM A REST
      12    HOME --
      13             MR. STIRBA:  OBJECT.  LEADING AND SUGGESTIVE, YOUR
      14    HONOR.
      15             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, IT'S JUST SIMPLY
      16    ESTABLISHING --
      17             THE COURT:  FINISH THE QUESTION.  I DIDN'T HEAR THE
      18    QUESTION.
      19    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  IF AN INDIVIDUAL WERE TO CALL YOU OUT
      20    TO A REST HOME, INDICATED THEY HAD A PATIENT, THEN WHAT WAS
      21    THE PROCEDURE THAT YOU WOULD FOLLOW?
      22    A.  WE WOULD CONDUCT AN INITIAL ASSESSMENT OF THE PATIENT
      23    AND TRY TO DETERMINE TO THE BEST OF OUR ABILITY WHETHER THEY
      24    WOULD BENEFIT FROM INPATIENT PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT OR OTHER
      25    TREATMENT.  IF WE FELT THAT THEY WOULD BENEFIT FROM


                                                                       221



       1    INPATIENT PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT, WE WOULD CALL THE ATTENDING
       2    PHYSICIAN, GIVE THAT PHYSICIAN A SUMMARY OF OUR FINDINGS,
       3    AND THEN THE ATTENDING PHYSICIAN WOULD MAKE A DECISION.
       4    Q.  WOULD YOU DO THAT IF THE PATIENT THAT YOU WERE LOOKING
       5    AT FELL IN ONE OF THESE CATEGORIES -- ONE OF THESE SIX
       6    CATEGORIES WE JUST DISCUSSED?
       7    A.  WE MAY.  WE'D -- WE'D -- WE'D REALLY HAVE TO LOOK AT THE
       8    PATIENT RIGHT THEN AND THERE.  AND THESE -- THESE WERE
       9    GUIDELINES.  THEY WERE NOT HARD AND FAST.
      10    Q.  UH-HUH.
      11    A.  YOU KNOW, WE WOULDN'T ASSESS SOMEONE BECAUSE THEY FELL
      12    INTO THIS CATEGORY OR THAT.  WE'D STILL MAKE THE ASSESSMENT,
      13    WE'D TRY AND GET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND DO WHAT WAS --
      14    WHAT WE FELT WAS BEST FOR THE PATIENT.
      15    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHEN YOU -- YOU CONTACTED THE PHYSICIAN, WHO
      16    WOULD THAT BE?
      17    A.  THAT WOULD BE DR. JENSEN OR DR. WEITZEL.
      18    Q.  WHAT INFORMATION WOULD YOU PROVIDE TO THEM?
      19    A.  A SUMMARY OF OUR FINDINGS.  WE HAD AN INTAKE FORM THAT
      20    WE WOULD FILL OUT AND THAT -- THAT -- THAT FORM WOULD HELP
      21    US SUMMARIZE THE FINDINGS OF OUR ASSESSMENT AND WE'D -- WE
      22    WOULD REPEAT THOSE OR SUMMARIZE THOSE TO -- FOR THE
      23    PHYSICIAN.
      24    Q.  WOULD YOU SPEAK PERSONALLY WITH THE PHYSICIANS?
      25    A.  YES.


                                                                       222



       1    Q.  AND WOULD YOU RAISE ANY QUESTIONS THAT YOU HAD ON THE
       2    PATIENTS?
       3    A.  YES.
       4    Q.  AND WOULD YOU DISCUSS MEDICAL CONDITIONS WITH THEM?
       5    A.  YES.
       6    Q.  WOULD YOU DISCUSS THE PSYCHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS WITH
       7    THEM?
       8    A.  YES.
       9    Q.  WOULD YOU DISCUSS YOUR -- THE ABILITY OF THE PATIENT TO
      10    RECEIVE TREATMENT ON THE UNIT?
      11    A.  WE MAY.
      12    Q.  AND TO HELP ON THE UNIT?
      13    A.  WE -- WE MAY.  MORE THE FORMER THAN THAT SPECIFICALLY.
      14    Q.  OKAY.  THEN WHAT WOULD HAPPEN AFTER YOU HAD THIS
      15    DISCUSSION WITH THE DOCTOR?
      16    A.  THE PHYSICIAN WOULD MAKE A DECISION TO ADMIT OR TO NOT
      17    ADMIT OR TO GET MORE INFORMATION.
      18    Q.  OKAY.  AND IF THE -- THE PHYSICIAN AT THAT POINT IN TIME
      19    DETERMINED TO ADMIT THE PATIENT, WHAT WOULD OCCUR?
      20    A.  I BELIEVE THEN WE WOULD GO AHEAD -- I THINK THE
      21    PHYSICIAN WOULD CALL THE NURSE OR WE WOULD CALL THE NURSE
      22    BACK AT THE HOSPITAL AND SAY WE GOT APPROVAL FROM THE
      23    PSYCHIATRIST, AND THEN WE'D INITIATE THE ADMISSION
      24    PROCEDURES WHICH WOULD INVOLVE TRANSFERRING THE PATIENT OR
      25    THE PATIENT BEING TRANSPORTED TO THE HOSPITAL.  THEY WOULD


                                                                       223



       1    THEN GO THROUGH A -- REALLY THE FIRST THING THEY WOULD DO
       2    WHEN THEY'D HIT THE DOOR IS HAVE A NURSING ASSESSMENT.  THE
       3    NURSING STAFF WOULD CONDUCT, YOU KNOW, THAT FIRST ASSESSMENT
       4    ON THE UNIT.
       5    Q.  AND DO YOU KNOW, BASED ON YOUR EXPERIENCE WITH THE
       6    HOSPITAL, WHAT THAT ENTAILED?
       7    A.  YES.  IT WAS -- IT WAS FAIRLY DETAILED.  AGAIN, MANY OF
       8    THE SAME CATEGORIES I'VE ALREADY MENTIONED BUT IN GREATER
       9    DETAIL.  THEY'D INTERVIEW THE FAMILY AND THE PATIENT TO TRY
      10    AND FILL OUT, YOU KNOW, IT MAY HAVE BEEN A SIX OR EIGHT PAGE
      11    FORM, THE NURSING --
      12    Q.  WHAT ELSE -- PARDON ME.  WHAT ELSE WOULD TAKE PLACE ONCE
      13    THE PATIENT HAD BEEN ACCEPTED?
      14    A.  USUALLY WITHIN 24 HOURS THERE'D BE A PSYCHIATRIC
      15    EVALUATION BY THE PSYCHIATRIST, AS WELL AS A HISTORY AND
      16    PHYSICAL BY ONE OF THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE MEDICAL STAFF AT
      17    THE HOSPITAL.  IT WOULD EITHER BE AN INTERNIST OR A FAMILY
      18    PRACTITIONER.
      19    Q.  OKAY.  THIS WOULD BE A PHYSICIAN THEN?
      20    A.  YEAH.
      21    Q.  AND THAT WAS WITHIN WHAT PERIOD OF TIME?  I MISSED THAT.
      22    A.  THE HISTORY AND PHYSICAL WAS TO OCCUR WITHIN 24 HOURS
      23    AND THE PSYCHIATRIC EVAL WAS TO OCCUR WITHIN 24 HOURS.
      24    Q.  OKAY.  AND THEN WHAT WOULD HAPPEN?
      25    A.  WELL, THERE'S -- THE NURSING ASSESSMENT, PSYCH EVAL, AND


                                                                       224



       1    H&P WERE TO OCCUR WITHIN THE FIRST 24 HOURS OF ADMISSION.  I
       2    THINK THE NURSING ASSESSMENT WAS TO OCCUR WITHIN THE FIRST
       3    SIX HOURS OR EIGHT HOURS OF TREATMENT.  AND THEN THE SOCIAL
       4    WORKER WAS TO COMPLETE A -- A FORMAL PSYCHOSOCIAL EVALUATION
       5    WITHIN 72 HOURS OF ADMISSION.  AND AN INITIAL TREATMENT PLAN
       6    WOULD BE DEVELOPED FOR THE PATIENT WITHIN THE FIRST 24
       7    HOURS, USUALLY BASED ON THE NURSING ASSESSMENT AND THE
       8    INTAKE, AND THEN TREATMENT WOULD COMMENCE.
       9    Q.  OKAY.  WOULD THE NURSING STAFF AND THE DOCTOR -- THE
      10    PSYCHIATRIST ON THE UNIT HAVE ACCESS TO THE PHYSICAL EXAMS
      11    THAT WERE CONDUCTED?
      12    A.  YES.  THE -- NORMALLY THE PHYSICIAN CONDUCTING THE
      13    HISTORY AND PHYSICAL WOULD WRITE A CHART NOTE AS WELL AS A
      14    DICTATION, MAYBE A FORM THAT WAS IN THE CHART.  THERE WAS
      15    SOME VARIATION THERE, BUT CERTAINLY A DICTATED HISTORY AND
      16    PHYSICAL OR A HANDWRITTEN HISTORY AND PHYSICAL WOULD BE
      17    AVAILABLE WITHIN THE -- USUALLY WITHIN A REASONABLE PERIOD
      18    OF TIME.
      19    Q.  OKAY.  AND NATURALLY AS THE PATIENTS WERE ON THIS UNIT,
      20    I GUESS SOMETIMES THEIR HEALTH COULD DETERIORATE?  WHAT WAS
      21    THE NORMAL PROCEDURE IF A PATIENT BECAME ILL ON THE UNIT?
      22    A.  TO TREAT THE ILLNESS.
      23    Q.  OKAY.  AND IF THE ILLNESS WAS SERIOUS?
      24    A.  AGAIN, WE'D -- WE'D -- WE WOULD TREAT SERIOUS ILLNESS,
      25    MEDICAL AND PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS ON THIS UNIT.  IF THE


                                                                       225



       1    ILLNESS BECAME -- IF THE MEDICAL PROBLEM BECAME SO ACUTE
       2    THAT THEY COULD NOT BENEFIT FROM PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT WE
       3    WOULD -- SOMETIMES WE WOULD TRANSFER THE PATIENT TO A
       4    MEDICAL FLOOR SO THEY COULD BE STABILIZED OR HAVE AGGRESSIVE
       5    TREATMENT FOR THE MEDICAL CONDITION, THEN TRANSFER THEM BACK
       6    TO FINISH THE PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT, IF NECESSARY.
       7    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, YOU'RE FAMILIAR WITH THE TERM HOSPICE, ARE
       8    YOU NOT?
       9    A.  UH-HUH.
      10    Q.  AND WHAT IS HOSPICE?
      11    A.  HOSPICE IS USUALLY A PROGRAM OF CARE AND SUPPORT GIVEN
      12    TO PATIENTS AND THEIR FAMILIES WHEN THEY REACH KIND OF A
      13    CRITICAL, TERMINAL PHASE OF THEIR ILLNESS.
      14    Q.  WAS THIS UNIT DESIGNED OR SET UP FOR ANY TYPE OF HOSPICE
      15    TREATMENT?
      16    A.  WE HAD RELATED HOSPICE SERVICES, BUT NOT -- WE WERE NOT
      17    A HOSPICE UNIT.
      18    Q.  YOU'RE ALSO FAMILIAR WITH THE TERM OF "COMFORT CAR," ARE
      19    YOU NOT?
      20    A.  YES.
      21    Q.  AND WHAT IS YOUR UNDERSTANDING OF THAT TERM?
      22    A.  MEDICAL TREATMENT TO REALLY KEEP A PATIENT COMFORTABLE
      23    DURING A -- EITHER A PAINFUL OR -- WELL, USUALLY A CRITICAL,
      24    TERMINAL PHASE OF TREATMENT IS MY UNDERSTANDING.
      25    Q.  OKAY.  WAS THIS UNIT SET UP TO TAKE CARE OF OR HANDLE


                                                                       226



       1    COMFORT CARE?
       2    A.  IT WAS NOT SET UP FOR THAT PURPOSE.    
       3    Q.  THANK YOU.  NOW, DURING THE COURSE OF A PATIENT'S STAY  
       4    WHILE YOU WERE THE DIRECTOR, WAS THERE TIMES WHEN YOU WOULD
       5    HAVE STAFF MEETINGS TO DISCUSS THE PATIENT'S CARE?
       6    A.  WELL, WE'D HAVE STAFF MEETINGS TO TALK ABOUT STAFF
       7    ISSUES.  WE'D HAVE TREATMENT PLANNING MEETINGS TO DISCUSS
       8    THE TREATMENT OF THE PATIENTS.
       9    Q.  OKAY.  SO THERE IS THAT DISTINCTION.  WHEN I -- I SAY
      10    STAFF MEETINGS, GENERALLY EVERYBODY GETS TOGETHER AND TALKS.
      11    BUT THERE WAS A DISTINCTION BETWEEN THE TWO TYPES?
      12    A.  YES.
      13    Q.  OKAY.  AND WHEN YOU HAD THE TREATMENT CARE -- STAFF --
      14    OR I SHOULDN'T SAY STAFF -- TREATMENT CARE MEETINGS, WHO WAS
      15    INVOLVED IN THOSE?
      16    A.  THE TREATMENT TEAM.  USUALLY THE CHARGE NURSE, THE
      17    SOCIAL WORKER, THE PROGRAM DIRECTOR, THE PHYSICIAN, THE
      18    INTAKE PERSON I'VE REFERRED TO.  USUALLY THE WHOLE TREATMENT
      19    TEAM WOULD PARTICIPATE.
      20    Q.  AND HOW OFTEN WOULD THEY MEET?
      21    A.  AS I RECALL IT WOULD BE TWO OR -- TWO OR -- I WOULD
      22    GUESS TWO TIMES A WEEK, MAYBE MORE OFTEN.
      23    Q.  AND, GENERALLY, WHAT WAS DISCUSSED IN THESE MEETINGS?
      24    A.  WE'D REVIEW EACH OF THE PATIENTS AND THEIR TREATMENT
      25    PLAN AND HOW THINGS WERE GOING AND DISCUSS -- YOU KNOW, KIND


                                                                       227



       1    OF -- IT WAS A TIME WHERE WE COULD ALL BE IN THE SAME ROOM
       2    AND DISCUSS ASPECTS OF CARE THAT NEEDED TO BE COORDINATED.
       3    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, DURING THE PERIOD OF TIME FROM DECEMBER OF
       4    1995 AND JANUARY OF 1996, THERE WERE APPROXIMATELY FIVE
       5    PATIENTS WHO DIED ON THIS UNIT.  WERE YOU AWARE OF THAT?
       6    A.  YES.
       7    Q.  AND HOW DID YOU BECOME AWARE OF THAT?  WHAT WERE THE
       8    CIRCUMSTANCES?
       9    A.  NURSING STAFF INFORMED ME.
      10    Q.  AND DO YOU RECALL WHEN THAT WAS OR WHAT THE
      11    CIRCUMSTANCES OF THEM INFORMING YOU?
      12    A.  I GUESS -- I MEAN, I WAS AT WORK DOING MY JOB.  I THINK
      13    IT WAS EARLY IN THE MORNING.  YOU KNOW, THAT'S JUST KIND OF
      14    A BLUR ABOUT THE CIRCUMSTANCES OF HOW THEY INFORMED ME.  THE
      15    NURSING STAFF CAME TO MY OFFICE AND SAID DO YOU KNOW WHAT
      16    HAPPENED OR DO YOU KNOW WHAT'S GOING ON?  SOMEONE IS REALLY
      17    GOING DOWNHILL FAST.  I THINK I WAS INFORMED OF CLIENTS THAT
      18    WERE GOING DOWNHILL QUICKLY, AS WELL AS AFTER THE FACT WHEN
      19    SOME DEATHS HAD ALREADY OCCURRED.
      20    Q.  OKAY.  NOW, DURING THIS PERIOD OF TIME I ASSUME YOU WERE
      21    HAVING THE TREATMENT MEETINGS, AGAIN, WITH THE DOCTOR --
      22    WITH DR. WEITZEL AND THE OTHER NURSING STAFF; IS THAT
      23    CORRECT?
      24    A.  YES.
      25    Q.  DURING ANY OF THESE TREATMENT MEETINGS, SPECIFICALLY IN


                                                                       228



       1    THE PERIOD OF TIME OF DECEMBER OF 1995 AND JANUARY OF 1996
       2    AND TO SOME EXTENT AFTER THAT PERIOD OF TIME, WAS THERE ANY
       3    DISCUSSIONS EVER MADE ABOUT THE INTAKE POLICY OF THE
       4    HOSPITAL FOR THESE PATIENTS?
       5    A.  WELL, WE MAY HAVE ASKED IF THESE -- WE MAY HAVE ASKED
       6    OURSELVES IF THESE WERE APPROPRIATE ADMISSIONS AND KIND OF
       7    REVIEWED THE INITIAL FINDINGS, YOU KNOW.  YOU KNOW, WE MAY
       8    HAVE CHECKED OURSELVES.  THERE MAY HAVE BEEN SOME -- SOME
       9    DISCUSSION.
      10    Q.  DID DR. WEITZEL EVER INDICATE TO YOU THAT HE FELT THERE
      11    WAS A PROBLEM WITH THE INTAKE?
      12    A.  NOT THE INTAKE SPECIFICALLY.  I THINK AFTER SOME OF THE
      13    ADMISSIONS OCCURRED WE ALL FELT LIKE THEY WERE PRETTY
      14    SERIOUS -- SOME OF THEM WERE MORE SERIOUS MEDICALLY THAN WE
      15    HAD FIRST THOUGHT.
      16    Q.  AND WHERE DID THAT INFORMATION COME FROM?
      17    A.  WELL, FROM THE -- FROM THE PATIENT THEMSELVES, FROM THE
      18    HISTORY AND PHYSICAL PERFORMED.  YOU KNOW, FROM THE PATIENT
      19    ASSESS -- YOU KNOW, DAILY ONGOING ASSESSMENT OF THE
      20    PATIENT'S CONDITION.
      21    Q.  OKAY.  WAS ANY CRITERIA CHANGED AS FAR AS ADMISSION OF
      22    PATIENTS WERE CONCERNED?  AFTER -- AFTER THESE DEATHS?
      23    A.  THERE WAS NEW -- THERE WAS SOME ADDITIONAL EMPHASIS
      24    GIVEN TO MEDICAL CONDITION, BUT THE POLICIES -- IT'S MY
      25    RECOLLECTION THEY GENERALLY STAYED THE SAME.   !!


                                                                       229



       1    Q.  OKAY.  THANK YOU.
       2             MR. MAJOR:  MAY I HAVE JUST ONE MINUTE, YOUR HONOR?
       3             THE COURT:  YES.
       4        (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION.)
       5    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  A COUPLE OF QUESTIONS JUST TO FOLLOW
       6    UP.  IN GOING BACK TO KIND OF WHAT WE WERE TALKING ABOUT
       7    WITH TERMINAL ILLNESS.  IF YOU DID AN ASSESSMENT ON A
       8    PATIENT, BASED ON YOUR TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE, AND IT WERE
       9    DETERMINED IN THAT ASSESSMENT THAT PATIENT HAD SIX MONTHS TO
      10    LIVE, WOULD THAT PATIENT QUALIFY TO COME ON TO THIS UNIT?
      11             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, I'M GOING TO OBJECT.
      12    IRRELEVANT AND I BELIEVE THE POLICY SPEAKS FOR ITSELF.  IT'S
      13    ALREADY BEEN ADMITTED INTO EVIDENCE.
      14             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, IF I MIGHT, THE POLICY JUST
      15    INDICATES TERMINAL ILLNESS AND IT INDICATES --
      16             THE COURT:  WELL, ARE YOU ASKING WHAT
      17    RECOMMENDATION HE WOULD MAKE?
      18             MR. MAJOR:  THAT'S -- THAT WAS THE NATURE OF MY
      19    QUESTION.
      20             THE COURT:  OKAY.  OVERRULED.
      21    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  IF THAT WERE THE CASE, AS WE MENTIONED,
      22    THERE WAS SIX MONTHS OR LESS TO LIVE, WHAT RECOMMENDATION
      23    WOULD YOU MAKE ON THAT PATIENT?
      24    A.  I DON'T KNOW IF WE WOULD MAKE A RECOMMENDATION AS MUCH
      25    AS WE WOULD GIVE A SUMMARY OF OUR FINDINGS OF THEIR MENTAL


                                                                       230



       1    CONDITION AND THEIR MEDICAL CONDITION BASED ON OUR INTAKE.
       2    WE -- WE WOULD -- WE'D GET A CALL TO GO OUT, WE WOULD MAKE
       3    AN ASSESSMENT, WE WOULD PRESENT THAT MATERIAL TO THE
       4    PHYSICIAN TO MAKE A DECISION.
       5    Q.  AND SO YOU'RE INDICATING THAT THAT WOULD BE THE
       6    PHYSICIAN'S CALL?
       7    A.  YES.
       8    Q.  SO --
       9    A.  EVEN IF WE KNEW THEY HAD SIX MONTHS -- WERE TOLD THEY
      10    HAD SIX MONTHS TO LIVE, THAT WOULD BE THE PHYSICIAN'S CALL
      11    TO -- WE'D STILL PRESENT THAT INFORMATION AND THE PHYSICIAN
      12    WOULD MAKE A DECISION.
      13    Q.  AND DOING THIS, DURING THE PERIOD OF TIME THAT YOU WERE
      14    WORKING WITH DR. WEITZEL, BASED ON YOUR TRAINING AND
      15    EXPERIENCE, BASED ON YOUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE POLICIES AND
      16    YOUR PSYCHO -- INTERVIEWS WITH THE PATIENTS, DID YOU HAVE
      17    ANY CONCERNS ABOUT DR. WEITZEL'S ACCEPTING OR DENYING
      18    PATIENTS COMING ONTO THE UNIT?
      19             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, I'LL OBJECT.  IRRELEVANT
      20    WITH RESPECT TO THESE FIVE PATIENTS ONLY.
      21             THE COURT:  SUSTAINED.
      22    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  DO YOU RECALL THE ADMISSIONS OF THESE
      23    FIVE PATIENTS?
      24    A.  NO.  I MEAN, IT'S --
      25    Q.  AND IS DR. WEITZEL, THE DOCTOR THAT YOU DEALT WITH ON


                                                                       231



       1    THIS OCCASION, IS HE IN THE COURTROOM TODAY?
       2    A.  YES.
       3    Q.  CAN YOU IDENTIFY HIM FOR THE RECORD?
       4    A.  RIGHT THERE IN THE MIDDLE OF THE --
       5             MR. MAJOR:  MAY THE RECORD -- MAY THE RECORD
       6    REFLECT HE'S IDENTIFIED THE DEFENDANT, YOUR HONOR?
       7             THE COURT:  YES.
       8             MR. MAJOR:  WE HAVE NO FURTHER QUESTIONS AT THIS
       9    TIME.
      10             THE COURT:  OKAY.  LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, WE'VE BEEN
      11    GOING FOR ABOUT AN HOUR.  WHY DON'T WE TAKE A 15 MINUTE
      12    BREAK AT THIS TIME.
      13         DURING THAT BREAK IT'S YOUR DUTY NOT TO CONVERSE AMONG
      14    YOURSELVES OR TO CONVERSE WITH OR ALLOW YOURSELVES TO BE
      15    ADDRESSED BY ANY OTHER PERSON ON ANY SUBJECT OF THIS TRIAL.
      16    IT'S ALSO YOUR DUTY NOT TO FORM OR EXPRESS AN OPINION UNTIL
      17    THE CASE IS FINALLY SUBMITTED TO YOU.
      18         SO WE'LL COME BACK AT 9:45.
      19        (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THE JURY LEAVES COURTROOM,
      20    AFTER WHICH PROCEEDINGS RESUME, AS FOLLOWS:)
      21             THE COURT:  THE RECORD SHOULD REFLECT THAT THE JURY
      22    HAS LEFT.
      23         WHEN DO YOU WISH TO ADDRESS THIS ONE ISSUE REGARDING
      24    THE HOSPITAL POLICIES?  I MEAN -- ARE WE GOING TO HAVE THIS
      25    WITNESS CROSS-EXAMINED OR DO YOU HAVE ANOTHER WITNESS THAT


                                                                       232



       1    IS NOT GOING TO BE AFFECTED BY THAT MOTION?
       2             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, I BELIEVE AT THIS POINT IN
       3    TIME -- WITHOUT MR. WILSON HERE, I'M NOT SURE WHAT HIS
       4    DESIRES ARE.  I THINK HE HAS GONE BACK -- THIS IS THE FIRST
       5    TIME WE'VE HAD A CHANCE TO SEE THOSE MOTIONS.
       6             THE COURT:  SURE.
       7             MR. MAJOR:  I THINK HE IS RIGHT NOW REVIEWING THOSE
       8    MOTIONS AND GETTING READY.
       9             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WELL, WHY DON'T YOU -- I THOUGHT
      10    HE SAID YOU HAD TWO WITNESSES, AND SO IF YOU HAVE ONE OTHER
      11    ONE --
      12             MR. MAJOR:  YEAH.
      13             THE COURT:  -- WE MIGHT WAIT, YOU KNOW, UNTIL LATER
      14    AND THEN -- HOW LONG DO YOU THINK YOU'RE GOING TO BE ON
      15    CROSS-EXAMINATION?
      16             MR. STIRBA:  OH, 20 MINUTES, HALF AN HOUR, I'D
      17    EXPECT.
      18             THE COURT:  OKAY.
      19             MR. MAJOR:  AND THEN OUR NEXT WITNESS WE ANTICIPATE
      20    WILL BE WELBY -- DR. WELBY JENSEN, YOUR HONOR, AND I'M NOT
      21    SURE HOW LONG HE WOULD TAKE, SPECIFICALLY.
      22             THE COURT:  OKAY.  BUT HE WOULD NOT NECESSARILY
      23    SPEAK TO THIS -- THE ISSUE OF THIS MOTION?
      24             MR. MAJOR:  NO, I DON'T BELIEVE SO.
      25             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WELL THEN MAYBE WE'LL DO IT


                                                                       233



       1    AFTER HIM.  WE'LL DO IT SOMETIME.  SO WE'LL BE BACK --
       2             MR. MAJOR:  PERHAPS WE COULD BREAK A HALF HOUR
       3    EARLY FOR LUNCH AND --
       4             THE COURT:  WELL, THAT'S WHAT I'M TRYING TO THINK
       5    OF, DEPENDING ON WHERE WE ARE WITH THE WITNESSES.
       6         OKAY.  THEN LET'S COME BACK AT 9:45.
       7        (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THERE'S A RECESS, AFTER WHICH
       8    PROCEEDINGS RESUME IN THE HEARING OF THE JURY, AS FOLLOWS:)
       9             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THE RECORD SHOULD REFLECT THAT
      10    COUNSEL ARE PRESENT WITH DEFENDANT, AND THE JURY ARE ALL
      11    PRESENT.
      12         MR. STIRBA?
      13             MR. STIRBA:  THANK YOU, YOUR HONOR.
      14                       CROSS-EXAMINATION
      15    BY MR. STIRBA:
      16    Q.  GOOD MORNING, MR. CHAMBERS.
      17    A.  GOOD MORNING.
      18    Q.  YOU TESTIFIED EARLIER ABOUT A NUMBER OF ASSESSMENTS THAT
      19    TYPICALLY WERE DONE WITH PATIENTS WHO WERE ADMITTED TO THE
      20    UNIT.  DO YOU RECALL THAT?
      21    A.  YES.
      22    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT ONE OF THE ASSESSMENTS
      23    THAT WAS TO BE DONE -- OR AN EVALUATION WAS TO BE DONE BY A
      24    MEDICAL DOCTOR, TYPICALLY AN INTERNAL MEDICINE DOCTOR, AND
      25    THAT WAS THE HISTORY AND PHYSICAL OF THE PATIENT; IS THAT


                                                                       234



       1    CORRECT?
       2    A.  YES.
       3    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE THAT THAT DOCTOR WAS SUPPOSED TO DO THAT
       4    WITHIN 24 HOURS OF THE ADMISSION OF A PATIENT ON TO THE
       5    UNIT, CORRECT?
       6    A.  YES.
       7    Q.  AND ONE OF THE PURPOSES CERTAINLY OF DOING THAT HISTORY
       8    AND PHYSICAL WAS TO PROVIDE CERTAIN MEDICAL INFORMATION, IF
       9    YOU WILL, THAT MIGHT BE HELPFUL AND USEFUL FOR PURPOSES OF
      10    TREATMENT, CORRECT?
      11    A.  THAT'S MY UNDERSTANDING.
      12    Q.  FOR EXAMPLE, THAT MEDICAL DOCTOR WOULD CONDUCT
      13    ESSENTIALLY A SYSTEMS REVIEW, TRUE?
      14    A.  YES.
      15    Q.  AND WOULD GO OVER THE PREVIOUS MEDICATIONS THAT THE
      16    PATIENT HAD BEEN ON, TRUE?
      17    A.  YES.
      18    Q.  AND, ALSO, WOULD DO A COMPREHENSIVE PHYSICAL AND
      19    COMPREHENSIVE HISTORY; ISN'T THAT TRUE?
      20    A.  THAT'S TRUE.
      21    Q.  AND ALL THAT INFORMATION THEN WOULD BE GENERATED AND
      22    WOULD BECOME PART OF THE PATIENT'S CHART, CORRECT?
      23    A.  YES.
      24    Q.  AND CERTAINLY THAT WOULD BE HELPFUL AND CERTAINLY COULD
      25    BE HELPFUL FOR PURPOSES OF ANY PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT,


                                                                       235



       1    CORRECT?
       2    A.  YES.
       3    Q.  NOW, THAT WAS ONE ASSESSMENT, AND THEN THERE WAS ANOTHER
       4    ASSESSMENT THAT YOU TESTIFIED TO THAT WAS DONE BY A SOCIAL
       5    WORKER, CORRECT?
       6    A.  YES.
       7    Q.  AND THAT SOCIAL WORKER, I BELIEVE YOU TESTIFIED, HAD TO
       8    DO HIS OR HER ASSESSMENT WITHIN 72 HOURS, TRUE?
       9    A.  YES.
      10    Q.  AND ONCE AGAIN, THAT WOULD BE A -- A REVIEW, I GUESS, OF
      11    THE PATIENT'S SITUATION FROM THE EXPERTISE AND PERSPECTIVE
      12    OF A SOCIAL WORKER, CORRECT?
      13    A.  YES.
      14    Q.  AND THAT WAS ALSO WRITTEN AND -- AND -- AND THERE WAS A
      15    DOCUMENT CREATED THAT WAS CALLED A SOCIAL WORK ASSESSMENT ON
      16    THE PATIENT, TRUE?
      17    A.  I BELIEVE SO.
      18    Q.  AND THAT DOCUMENT, TOO, WAS ALL PART OF THE PROCESS AND
      19    COULD BE HELPFUL FOR PURPOSES OF PROVIDING APPROPRIATE
      20    PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT OR CARE, CORRECT?
      21    A.  YES.
      22    Q.  AND THEN YOU TOLD US ABOUT A NURSING ASSESSMENT.
      23    REMEMBER THAT?
      24    A.  YES.
      25    Q.  AND THAT WAS AN ASSESSMENT THAT WOULD BE DONE TYPICALLY


                                                                       236



       1    EITHER ON ADMISSION OR WITHIN A SHORT TIME THEREAFTER,
       2    CORRECT?
       3    A.  YES.
       4    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT THERE WAS A FAIRLY
       5    LENGTHY FORM, IN OTHER WORDS, MORE THAN 10 PAGES, WHERE A
       6    NURSE WOULD OTHERWISE CHART OR REFLECT ANSWERS TO VARIOUS
       7    QUESTIONS BASED UPON HIS OR HER ASSESSMENT, CORRECT?
       8    A.  YES.  I DON'T REMEMBER THE EXACT NUMBER OF PAGES.
       9    Q.  BUT THERE WAS A FORM, TRUE?
      10    A.  IT WAS A LENGTHY FORM.
      11    Q.  AND -- AND THE INFORMATION THERE WAS PARTLY MEDICAL,
      12    CORRECT?
      13    A.  YES.
      14    Q.  AND ALSO DEALT WITH THE PATIENT'S FAMILY, TRUE?
      15    A.  YEAH.  THE FAMILY STUFF WAS MORE IN THE SOCIAL WORK
      16    ASSESSMENT THAN IN THE NURSING ASSESSMENT, BUT THERE'S
      17    PROBABLY SOME IN THE NURSING ASSESSMENT.
      18    Q.  AND THERE WAS SOME ISSUE THERE IN THE NURSING ASSESSMENT
      19    ABOUT DAILY LIVING ABILITIES AND WHAT HAVE YOU; IS THAT
      20    TRUE?
      21    A.  YES.
      22    Q.  AND THERE WAS ALSO A PLACE THERE FOR, ONCE AGAIN, A
      23    REVIEW OF THE MEDICATIONS THAT THE PATIENT WAS ON ON
      24    ADMISSION, CORRECT?
      25    A.  YES.


                                                                       237



       1    Q.  AND ALSO THERE WAS A PLACE WHERE THE HISTORY, THE
       2    MEDICAL HISTORY OF THE PATIENT WAS ALSO REVIEWED AND
       3    CHARTED, TRUE?
       4    A.  YES.
       5    Q.  AND ONCE AGAIN, THAT NURSING ASSESSMENT FORM WAS PART OF
       6    THE MEDICAL RECORD AND MIGHT BE HELPFUL AND USEFUL FOR
       7    PURPOSE OF PROVIDING PSYCHIATRIC CARE, TRUE?
       8    A.  YES.
       9    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT WHEN A PATIENT WAS
      10    ADMITTED TO THE UNIT, THEY WOULD RECEIVE ON A DAILY BASIS,
      11    IF ABLE, ESSENTIALLY CERTAIN TREATMENT IN THE TERMS OF GROUP
      12    THERAPY AND THE LIKE, CORRECT?
      13    A.  YES.
      14    Q.  FOR EXAMPLE, THERE WAS AN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPIST WHO
      15    WOULD CONSULT WITH THE PATIENTS EVERY ONCE IN A WHILE; ISN'T
      16    THAT TRUE?
      17    A.  YES, WHEN APPROPRIATE.
      18    Q.  AND THOSE -- THOSE TREATMENT GROUPS, THERAPY, THEY WOULD
      19    BE PROVIDED TO THE PATIENTS AS WELL; IS THAT RIGHT?
      20    A.  YES.
      21    Q.  AND WERE THERE OTHER FORMS OF GROUP THERAPY PROVIDED IN
      22    ADDITION TO AN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY CONSULT?
      23    A.  YES.
      24    Q.  TELL US, PLEASE, WHAT THOSE ADDITIONAL GROUP THERAPIES
      25    WERE.


                                                                       238



       1    A.  THERE WAS THE GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY CONDUCTED BY THE
       2    SOCIAL WORKER; THERE COULD BE A NURSING EDUCATION GROUP
       3    ABOUT MEDICATION, PSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS, SIDE EFFECTS,
       4    CONDUCTED BY THE NURSES.  AND THEN THE -- KIND OF AN
       5    ACTIVITY THERAPY SORT OF GROUP, ALSO -- I THINK IT WAS ALSO
       6    CONDUCTED BY THE NURSING STAFF AS WELL.
       7    Q.  AND ALL THAT INFORMATION, ONCE AGAIN, WOULD HAVE BEEN
       8    DOCUMENTED AND PLACED IN THE MEDICAL CHART OF THE PATIENT;
       9    IS THAT RIGHT?
      10    A.  YES.
      11    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT IF YOU'RE A NURSE WORKING
      12    ON THE UNIT, YOU WOULD HAVE FULL ACCESS TO THE PATIENT'S
      13    MEDICAL CHART, CORRECT?
      14    A.  YES.
      15    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE THAT, FOR EXAMPLE, IN YOUR POSITION AS THE
      16    PROGRAM DIRECTOR, YOU HAD FULL ACCESS TO THE PATIENT'S
      17    CHART, TRUE?
      18    A.  YES.
      19    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT PHYSICIANS, WHETHER THEY
      20    BE INTERNAL MEDICINE DOCTORS OR PSYCHIATRISTS WOULD HAVE
      21    FULL ACCESS TO THE MEDICAL CHART, CORRECT?
      22    A.  YES.
      23    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT THERE WERE TIMES WHEN A
      24    MEDICAL SITUATION WOULD ARISE SUCH THAT A PSYCHIATRIST OR
      25    SOMEONE ELSE WOULD ASK FOR AN OUTSIDE CONSULT FROM A MEDICAL


                                                                       239



       1    DOCTOR, CORRECT?
       2    A.  YES.
       3    Q.  FOR EXAMPLE, IF THERE WAS A GYNECOLOGICAL ISSUE, IT
       4    WOULD NOT BE UNHEARD OF TO HAVE A GYNECOLOGIST COME IN AND
       5    PROVIDE A CONSULT WITH RESPECT TO THAT MEDICAL PROBLEM,
       6    TRUE?
       7    A.  THAT'S TRUE.
       8    Q.  AND SIMILARLY, THOSE -- THOSE CONSULTS AND THE RESULTS
       9    OF THOSE CONSULTS, THEY WOULD BE ASSESSABLE BY ANYBODY WHO
      10    WAS PART OF THE TREATMENT TEAM, TRUE?
      11    A.  YES.
      12    Q.  AND THEY WOULD ALL BE IN PART OF THAT MEDICAL FILE FOR
      13    THE PATIENT, CORRECT?
      14    A.  YES.
      15    Q.  IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT ESSENTIALLY THE WAY CARE WAS
      16    BEING PROVIDED, IT WAS BEING PROVIDED BASED UPON A TEAM
      17    APPROACH, CORRECT?
      18    A.  YES.
      19    Q.  IN OTHER WORDS, YOU TOOK A BUNCH OF FOLKS WHO HAD
      20    VARIOUS SPECIALITIES IN VARIOUS AREAS TO ESSENTIALLY TEAM
      21    MANAGE THE PSYCHIATRIC PROBLEM, CORRECT?
      22    A.  TRUE.
      23    Q.  AND CERTAINLY ONE OF -- ONE OF THE PLAYERS, IF YOU WILL,
      24    IN THAT TEAM WOULD HAVE BEEN THE PSYCHIATRIST, CORRECT?
      25    A.  YES.  THE PSYCHIATRIST WAS THE LEAD PLAYER.


                                                                       240



       1    Q.  AND, IN FACT, THE PSYCHIATRIST, BECAUSE OF THEIR
       2    POSITION AS A MEDICAL DOCTOR, THEY CERTAINLY WERE NEEDED
       3    BECAUSE IF YOU'RE DEALING WITH PSYCHOTROPIC OR PSYCHIATRIC
       4    MEDICATIONS, THAT COULD ONLY BE PRESCRIBED OR ORDERED BY A
       5    PHYSICIAN, CORRECT?
       6    A.  YES.
       7    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT SOCIAL WORKERS WERE
       8    INVOLVED IN THE TEAM, CORRECT?
       9    A.  YES.
      10    Q.  NURSES WERE INVOLVED IN THE TEAM, CORRECT?
      11    A.  YES.
      12    Q.  OCCUPATIONAL THERAPISTS WERE INVOLVED IN THE TEAM,
      13    CORRECT?
      14    A.  YES.
      15    Q.  NURSES' AIDES WERE PART OF THE TEAM, TRUE?
      16    A.  YES.
      17    Q.  RESPIRATORY THERAPISTS AT TIMES WERE PART OF THE TEAM,
      18    TRUE?
      19    A.  AT TIMES.
      20    Q.  AND ALL THESE PEOPLE ESSENTIALLY HAD ONE GOAL AND THAT
      21    IS TO TRY TO PROVIDE, TO THE BEST OF ANYONE'S JUDGMENT, THE
      22    BEST CARE THAT COULD BE PROVIDED FOR THE PATIENT GIVEN THEIR
      23    PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCE; ISN'T THAT TRUE?
      24    A.  YES.
      25    Q.  NOW, YOU TOLD US ABOUT THE -- THE POLICIES AND YOU WERE


                                                                       241



       1    SHOWN, I GUESS, AN EXHIBIT.  AND I THOUGHT, IF I HEARD YOU
       2    CORRECTLY, YOU TESTIFIED THAT THOSE POLICIES THAT YOU SAW
       3    WERE, IN FACT, IN EFFECT IN DECEMBER OF 1995 AND JANUARY OF
       4    1996, CORRECT?
       5    A.  YES.
       6    Q.  AND I THOUGHT YOU SAID THAT THEY WERE IN EFFECT, BUT
       7    ESSENTIALLY THEY WERE GUIDELINES, NOT NECESSARILY HARD AND
       8    FAST IN ALL CASES; IS THAT CORRECT?
       9    A.  THAT'S CORRECT.
      10    Q.  AND -- AND THE REASON FOR THAT, IS IT NOT, IS BECAUSE
      11    WHEN YOU AND -- AND, FOR INSTANCE, MR. PERRY WOULD GO OUT
      12    AND MAKE AN ASSESSMENT, A PSYCHOSOCIAL ASSESSMENT, YOU --
      13    YOU UNDERSTAND THAT THAT IS NOT NECESSARILY ALWAYS A PRECISE
      14    SCIENCE, CORRECT?
      15    A.  YES.
      16    Q.  CERTAINLY THERE ARE COMPLICATIONS, DIFFICULTIES, MATTERS
      17    FOR WHICH YOU OR NO ONE ELSE COULD NECESSARILY ANTICIPATE,
      18    TRUE?
      19    A.  TRUE.
      20    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT WHEN YOU WENT OUT AND
      21    MADE A PSYCHOSOCIAL ASSESSMENT, YOU HAD A FORM, DID YOU NOT,
      22    ESSENTIALLY AN INTAKE FORM THAT WAS PROVIDED WHICH WOULD
      23    HAVE BEEN PART OF THE MEDICAL RECORD, CORRECT?
      24    A.  YES.
      25             MR. STIRBA:  IF I MAY APPROACH, YOUR HONOR?


                                                                       242



       1             THE COURT:  YES.
       2    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  MR. CHAMBERS, I'M GOING TO SHOW YOU
       3    WHAT IS PART OF A MEDICAL FILE AND IT'S DOCUMENT MED --
       4    MED-00230 WHICH IS PART OF THE MEDICAL FILE FOR, I BELIEVE,
       5    MARY CRANE.  DO YOU SEE THAT?
       6    A.  YES.
       7    Q.  AND ON THAT DOCUMENT, DO YOU SEE SOME WRITING THAT IS
       8    YOURS?
       9    A.  YES.
      10    Q.  AND IS YOUR SIGNATURE ON THAT DOCUMENT?
      11    A.  YES.
      12    Q.  AND TELL US GENERALLY WHAT THAT DOCUMENT IS.
      13    A.  THIS IS A INTAKE FORM.  THE -- THE FIRST PART OF THE
      14    FORM ABOVE THE HEAVY LINE WAS WHERE WE WOULD DOCUMENT A
      15    PHONE CALL SAY FROM A NURSING HOME.  THEY'D GIVE US SOME
      16    PRELIMINARY INFORMATION, WE'D WRITE THAT DOWN.
      17         THE INFORMATION BELOW THE HEAVY LINE WAS -- WERE OUR
      18    FINDINGS BASED ON A FACE-TO-FACE ASSESSMENT.  I -- AS I
      19    RECALL, THAT'S HOW THIS FORM WAS USED.
      20    Q.  DO YOU HAVE -- AS YOU SIT HERE TODAY, DO YOU HAVE ANY
      21    RECOLLECTION SPECIFICALLY OF TALKING TO DR. WEITZEL OR
      22    ANYONE ELSE FOR THAT MATTER ABOUT MARY CRANE?
      23    A.  NO, NOT MARY CRANE SPECIFICALLY.
      24    Q.  AND WOULD THE SAME BE TRUE WITH RESPECT TO PATIENT
      25    JUDITH -- JUDITH LARSEN?


                                                                       243



       1    A.  NO SPECIFIC RECOLLECTION.
       2    Q.  AND WOULD THE SAME BE TRUE WITH RESPECT TO PATIENT LYDIA
       3    SMITH?
       4    A.  YES.
       5    Q.  WOULD THE SAME BE TRUE WITH RESPECT TO PATIENT ELLEN
       6    ANDERSON?
       7    A.  YES.
       8    Q.  AND WOULD THE SAME BE TRUE WITH RESPECT TO PATIENT ENNIS
       9    ALLDREDGE?
      10    A.  YES.
      11             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, I WOULD LIKE TO DISPLAY
      12    THIS TO THE JURY.  WE HAVE A STIPULATION AS TO MEDICAL
      13    RECORDS.  THIS IS PART OF ONE OF THE STIPULATED DOCUMENTS.
      14    I DON'T WANT TO OFFER IT AS A SEPARATE EXHIBIT, BUT --
      15             THE COURT:  IS THERE ANY OBJECTION TO HAVE THAT
      16    BEING SHOWN?
      17             MR. MAJOR:  NO OBJECTION, YOUR HONOR.  I'M ONLY A
      18    LITTLE CONCERNED THAT APPARENTLY IT HAS BEEN MARKED.
      19             MR. STIRBA:  THESE MARKINGS WILL NOT BE DISPLAYED,
      20    I HOPE, ON THE ELMO.
      21             MR. MAJOR:  I HAVE NO OBJECTION TO THAT, YOUR
      22    HONOR.
      23             THE COURT:  OKAY.  GO AHEAD.
      24    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  NOW, THAT'S THE DOCUMENT YOU WERE JUST
      25    TESTIFYING TO AND IT SAYS AT THE TOP, PSYCHIATRIC PHONE


                                                                       244



       1    INTAKE.  DO YOU SEE THAT?
       2    A.  YEAH.  IT ACTUALLY SAYS -- YOU CAN'T SEE IT BECAUSE OF
       3    THE HOLE PUNCH MARK.
       4    Q.  OH, OKAY.
       5    A.  IT SAYS GEROPSYCHIATRIC PHONE INTAKE.
       6    Q.  THANK YOU.  AND YOU HAVE A REFERENCE TO A PATIENT NAMED
       7    MARY CRANE UP IN THE RIGHT-HAND CORNER, CORRECT?
       8    A.  MARY CRANE'S NAME --
       9    Q.  RIGHT-HAND SIDE.
      10    A.  YOU SAID YOU.  MOST OF THIS HANDWRITING IS BY KEITH
      11    PERRY.
      12    Q.  I -- I WAS GOING TO GET TO THAT.  I'M JUST TALKING ABOUT
      13    THE DOCUMENT.
      14    A.  OKAY.  WELL, YEAH, MARY -- GOT YOU.
      15    Q.  OKAY.  I APPRECIATE THE CLARIFICATION.  AND THEN THERE
      16    IS THAT SIGNATURE, AND IT HAS K.P.  THAT STANDS FOR KEITH
      17    PERRY.
      18    A.  YES.
      19    Q.  SO YOU DON'T WANT TO TAKE CREDIT FOR AUTHORING THIS
      20    DOCUMENT.
      21    A.  I -- ONLY THE VERY BAD WRITING IS MINE.
      22    Q.  OKAY.
      23    A.  SOME OF MY WRITING IS ON THERE.
      24    Q.  WE'LL GET TO THE BAD WRITING SHORTLY.  AND THE INTAKE
      25    EVALUATION WHERE I'M POINTING TO THERE, CAN YOU JUST


                                                                       245



       1    GENERALLY TELL US WHAT -- WHAT THAT IS PURPORTING TO BE, WHY
       2    THAT INFORMATION IS THERE?
       3    A.  YEAH.  THIS WAS THE MECHANICIAN WE USED TO DOCUMENT OUR
       4    FINDINGS WHEN WE GO OUT TO ASSESS A POTENTIAL PATIENT.
       5    Q.  WELL, IF I PUT THE DOCUMENT UP LIKE THAT, HAVE WE GOTTEN
       6    TO SOME WRITING WHICH YOU BELIEVE IS YOURS?
       7    A.  YES.
       8    Q.  AND PERHAPS IF YOU COULD JUST MAYBE APPROACH THE WHITE
       9    BOARD AND POINT OUT WHAT WRITING IS YOURS.
      10    A.  THIS IS THE TAIL END OF MY SIGNATURE.  EDEMA,
      11    HYPERTENSION, THESE -- THIS -- THIS IS MY WRITING.  60 DAYS
      12    IS CIRCLED UP THERE, THAT WAS MY WRITING.
      13    Q.  AND WAS THERE A PARTICULAR REASON ON THIS DOCUMENT THAT
      14    YOU WOULD HAVE WRITTEN ON IT SUCH THAT YOU JUST DESCRIBED?
      15    A.  YES.  KEITH PERRY MAY HAVE HALF A DOZEN OF THESE INTAKE
      16    FORMS IN VARYING DEGREES OF PROGRESS ON HIS DESK.  AND HE
      17    MAY HAVE APPOINTMENTS OR AN IN-SERVICE OR A TRAINING TO GIVE
      18    THROUGHOUT THE DAY ALL OVER THE -- THE AREA.
      19         AND SO HE WOULD LEAVE TWO OR -- HE'D TAKE HIS TWO OR
      20    THREE FORMS AND GO TO HIS APPOINTMENTS.  HE'D HAVE TWO OR
      21    THREE LEFT ON HIS DESK AND SAY TODD, WE MAY BE EXPECTING A
      22    CALL FROM SO AND SO.  IF SO, HERE'S THE SITUATION, HERE'S
      23    THE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WE STILL NEED, AND SO FORTH.  AND
      24    SO I'D GET THE PHONE CALL OR I WOULD GO OUT AND -- AND
      25    FOLLOW UP ON AN ASSESSMENT AND I WOULD ADD MY FINDINGS TO


                                                                       246



       1    HIS FINDINGS.
       2    Q.  NOW, ON THIS PARTICULAR FORM, IF -- IF I LOOK ON THE
       3    DOCUMENT YOU SEE A PLACE WHERE IT SAYS MEDICATIONS.  DO YOU
       4    SEE THAT?
       5    A.  YES.
       6    Q.  AND THOSE MEDICATIONS ARE A LISTING, AT LEAST AS
       7    REPORTED TO MR. PERRY, OF WHAT MEDICATIONS MS. CRANE WOULD
       8    HAVE BEEN ON PRIOR TO ADMISSION; IS THAT CORRECT?
       9    A.  THAT'S MY UNDERSTANDING.
      10    Q.  AND THEN ALSO I NOTICE IN THE MIDDLE SECTION WHERE IT
      11    SAYS PRESENTING PROBLEM, DO YOU SEE THAT?
      12    A.  YES.
      13    Q.  IT SAYS A-L-Z UNIT -- I PRESUME THAT STANDS FOR
      14    ALZHEIMER'S UNIT?
      15    A.  AT THE NURSING HOME.
      16    Q.  AND THEN THERE'S POST-STROKE '89.  DO YOU SEE THAT?
      17    A.  YES.
      18    Q.  AND IS THIS AN AREA WHERE MR. PERRY'S REPRESENTING HIS
      19    UNDERSTANDING OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES SUCH THAT MR. CRANE IS
      20    SEEKING ADMISSION TO THE UNIT?
      21    A.  YES.
      22    Q.  FOR EXAMPLE, HE WRITES:  FLUID RESTRICTION DIET,
      23    DRINKING OUT OF TOILET, SPITTING, MANIPULATION, PATIENT
      24    SEEKING FLUIDS CONTINUALLY, HITTING, VERBALLY ABUSIVE, RUNS
      25    INTO OTHER -- LOOKS LIKE WITH WHEELCHAIR -- SCREAMING.


                                                                       247



       1    PATIENT SEEKING FLUIDS CONTINUALLY.  STUCK FINGERS DOWN
       2    THROAT, AND THEN THERE'S AN ARROW, THROW-UP.  AND I REALLY
       3    CAN'T READ THE REST OF THAT.
       4         WOULD THOSE BE THE KINDS OF BEHAVIORS THAT -- THAT YOU
       5    WOULD ASSOCIATE WITH AN APPROPRIATE ADMISSION TO THE
       6    GEROPSYCH UNIT?
       7    A.  YES.
       8    Q.  NOW, YOU'RE AWARE, ARE YOU NOT, MR. CHAMBERS, OF AN
       9    EXISTENCE OF A CONTRACT BETWEEN HORIZON AND THE HOSPITAL?
      10    A.  YES, I AM.
      11    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT WHEN HORIZON STARTED TO
      12    PROVIDE SERVICES TO THE HOSPITAL, THEY HAD A WRITTEN
      13    DOCUMENT, A WRITTEN CONTRACT WHICH DELINEATED, I GUESS, THE
      14    RESPONSIBILITIES OF HORIZON AND THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE
      15    HOSPITAL; ISN'T THAT TRUE?
      16    A.  YES.
      17             MR. STIRBA:  MAY I APPROACH, YOUR HONOR?
      18             THE COURT:  YES.
      19    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  I'M GOING TO SHOW YOU WHAT HAS BEEN
      20    MARKED AS D-1 AND ASK IF YOU CAN IDENTIFY THAT DOCUMENT.
      21    A.  THIS LOOKS LIKE THE CONTRACT BETWEEN HORIZON --
      22             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR --
      23             THE WITNESS:  PARDON ME?
      24             MR. MAJOR:  -- WE HAVE NOT SEEN THAT DOCUMENT.  DO
      25    WE HAVE A COPY OF THAT?


                                                                       248



       1             MR. STIRBA:  I BELIEVE IT WAS PRODUCED BY THE
       2    COUNTY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE, AND I WAS GOING TO SHOW IT TO THEM
       3    IF I OFFERED IT, YOUR HONOR.
       4             THE COURT:  OKAY.
       5             MR. MAJOR:  THANK YOU.
       6    A.  I BELIEVE THIS IS THE CONTRACT BETWEEN DAVIS HOSPITAL
       7    AND HORIZON MENTAL HEALTH MANAGEMENT.  IT SAYS JULY 1994 ON
       8    THE FRONT, AND I -- THAT'S -- THE SIGNATURES AREN'T DATED,
       9    BUT I'D JUST HAVE TO CHECK MY RESUME OR MY TIME FRAMES.  IT
      10    SEEMS EARLY.
      11    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  DO YOU BELIEVE THAT IS THE CONTRACT
      12    THEN BETWEEN THE HOSPITAL AND HORIZON WHEREBY HORIZON
      13    PROVIDED CERTAIN SERVICES AND THE HOSPITAL PROVIDED CERTAIN
      14    SUPPORT FOR THOSE SERVICES?
      15    A.  YES.
      16             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, I --
      17             MR. STIRBA:  WE'D OFFER D-1, YOUR HONOR.
      18             MR. MAJOR:  WE HAVE NO OBJECTION, YOUR HONOR.
      19             THE COURT:  OKAY.  EXHIBIT D-1 IS RECEIVED.
      20             MR. STIRBA:  I'LL HAND THAT BACK TO YOU, SIR.
      21             THE WITNESS:  THANK YOU.
      22             MR. MAJOR:  COULD WE HAVE A COPY OF THAT, YOUR
      23    HONOR?
      24         (WHEREUPON, MR. STIRBA TENDERS DOCUMENT TO MR. MAJOR.)
      25    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  NOW, THAT CONTRACT -- IF YOU LOOK AT


                                                                       249



       1    THE FRONT PAGE IT STATES -- SAYS GENERAL HOSPITALS OF GALEN,
       2    INC, D/B/A DAVIS HOSPITAL AND MEDICAL CENTER, LAYTON, UTAH.
       3    AND THEN IT HAS COLUMBIA H.C.A. HEALTH CARE CORPORATION.
       4    AND THEN UNDERNEATH THAT HORIZON MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES, SAN
       5    FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA, JULY 1994.
       6         DID I READ THAT CORRECTLY?
       7    A.  YES.
       8    Q.  AND YOU WERE EMPLOYED BY HORIZON MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES?
       9    A.  I WAS EMPLOYED BY HORIZON MENTAL HEALTH MANAGEMENT WHICH
      10    I BELIEVE IS A SUBSIDIARY OF HORIZON MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES.
      11    Q.  IF YOU WOULD TURN TO PAGE 4, PLEASE.  AND THERE IT HAS A
      12    SECTION CALLED COVENANTS OF HORIZON.  DO YOU SEE THAT?
      13    A.  YES.
      14    Q.  AND IF YOU GO DOWN TO SUBSECTION (C), IT HAS MEDICAL
      15    DIRECTOR(S), DIRECTORS.  DO YOU SEE THAT?
      16    A.  YES.
      17    Q.  AND IT -- IT SAYS PART-TIME, TRUE?
      18    A.  TRUE.
      19    Q.  I MEAN, DO YOU UNDERSTAND AS YOU SIT HERE THAT BOTH
      20    DR. JENSEN AND DR. WEITZEL HAD A CONTRACT THAT DELINEATED
      21    THEIR OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES WITH HORIZON?
      22    A.  YES, I DID.
      23    Q.  YOU UNDERSTAND THAT TO BE THE CASE?
      24    A.  YES.
      25    Q.  ALL RIGHT.  THEN IF YOU'D TURN TO PAGE 6, PLEASE.


                                                                       250



       1    A.  UH-HUH.
       2    Q.  SUBSECTION (C).  DO YOU SEE THAT?
       3    A.  YES.
       4    Q.  IT STATES:  HORIZON SHALL CONSULT WITH HOSPITAL IN THE
       5    SELECTION OF ITS PROGRAM DIRECTOR, MEDICAL DIRECTOR, AND ALL
       6    MEMBERS OF ITS PROGRAM STAFF FOR THE PROGRAM.
       7         HORIZON SHALL NOT OFFER EMPLOYMENT OR CONTINUE TO
       8    EMPLOYEE ON -- ON THE JOB SITE ANY INDIVIDUAL, NOR SHALL
       9    HORIZON HIRE ANY INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR, OR CONTINUE TO
      10    ENGAGE ANY INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR TO -- TO WHOM THE HOSPITAL
      11    REASONABLY OBJECTS.
      12         DID I READ THAT CORRECTLY?
      13    A.  YES.
      14    Q.  AND THEN IT SAYS AT THE BOTTOM OF THAT PARAGRAPH,
      15    NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY, IT IS AGREED THAT
      16    ANY PROGRAM EMPLOYEE OR CONTRACTOR SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY
      17    REMOVED FROM THE PROGRAM IF HOSPITAL DETERMINES THAT THE
      18    INDIVIDUAL CONSTITUTES A THREAT TO PATIENT SAFETY OR
      19    WELFARE.
      20         DID I READ THAT CORRECTLY?
      21    A.  YES.
      22    Q.  AND THEN IF YOU'LL FLIP TO PAGE 7, WHICH IS THE NEXT
      23    PAGE, IT TALKS ABOUT THE FEES THAT HORIZON IS TO RECEIVE,
      24    CORRECT?
      25    A.  YES.


                                                                       251



       1    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT THERE IS A -- A FORMULA
       2    THAT IS CONTAINED IN THAT SUBSECTION?
       3    A.  YES.
       4    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT THAT FORMULA IS IN PART
       5    BASED UPON THE NUMBER OF PATIENTS THAT THE UNIT HAS AT ANY
       6    ONE TIME OVER A PERIOD OF TIME?
       7    A.  YES.  I THINK -- I BELIEVE -- MY UNDERSTANDING IS THE
       8    RATE WENT UP OR DOWN DEPENDING ON THE AVERAGE DAILY CENSUS.
       9    Q.  THANK YOU.  THAT'S ALL I'M GOING TO ASK YOU ABOUT THIS
      10    EXHIBIT.
      11         NOW, MR. CHAMBERS --
      12             MR. STIRBA:  MAY I APPROACH, YOUR HONOR?
      13             THE COURT:  YES.
      14    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  I'M GOING TO SHOW YOU WHAT HAS BEEN
      15    MARKED AS D-23, ASK YOU IF YOU'VE SEEN THAT BEFORE?
      16    A.  YES, I HAVE.
      17    Q.  AND JUST GENERALLY TELL US, PLEASE --
      18             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, WE'D LIKE TO AT LEAST HAVE
      19    AN OPPORTUNITY TO EXAMINE THAT DOCUMENT BEFORE IT'S
      20    INTRODUCED.  WE MAY HAVE AN OBJECTION IF IT'S WHAT I'M
      21    THINKING IT IS.
      22             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WELL, I THINK IT NEEDS TO BE
      23    IDENTIFIED AND THEN --
      24             MR. STIRBA:  WELL, I'LL -- I'LL GIVE COUNSEL A
      25    COPY.


                                                                       252



       1             THE COURT:  OKAY.
       2         (WHEREUPON, MR. STIRBA TENDERS DOCUMENT TO MR. MAJOR.)
       3    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  AND COULD YOU GENERALLY, PLEASE,
       4    IDENTIFY --
       5             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, I THINK WE HAVE AN
       6    OBJECTION TO THIS DOCUMENT, IF WE MIGHT HAVE JUST ONE
       7    MINUTE.
       8             THE COURT:  WELL, IT HASN'T BEEN OFFERED YET, SO
       9    LET'S SEE IF HE CAN IDENTIFY THE DOCUMENT FIRST.
      10             MR. MAJOR:  WELL, THAT'S PART OF THE PROBLEM WE
      11    HAVE.  IF WE MIGHT APPROACH THE BENCH, YOUR HONOR?
      12             THE COURT:  YES.
      13        (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION AT THE
      14    BENCH.)
      15             THE COURT:  OKAY.  LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, THERE IS
      16    AN ISSUE -- A LEGAL ISSUE THAT WE HAVE TO TALK ABOUT ABOUT
      17    THIS NEXT EXHIBIT, AND SO WHAT I WOULD SUGGEST IS YOU JUST
      18    STAY NEARBY.  IF YOU WANT TO GO OUTSIDE, THAT'S FINE, BUT
      19    JUST BE RIGHT, YOU KNOW, SOMEWHERE NEAR SO THAT THE BAILIFF
      20    CAN GET TO YOU.  I DON'T THINK THIS IS GOING TO BE A
      21    PROLONGED PERIOD OF TIME.
      22         BUT AS I'VE TOLD YOU BEFORE, DO NOT CONVERSE AMONG
      23    YOURSELVES OR ALLOW ANYONE TO ADDRESS YOU ABOUT ANY SUBJECT
      24    OF THIS TRIAL.  IT'S YOUR DUTY NOT TO FORM OR EXPRESS AN
      25    OPINION UNTIL THE CASE IS FINALLY SUBMITTED TO YOU.


                                                                       253



       1         AND WE'LL BE IN A BRIEF RECESS WHILE WE ARGUE ABOUT THE
       2    ISSUE.
       3         (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THE JURY LEAVES THE COURTROOM,
       4    AFTER WHICH PROCEEDINGS RESUME, AS FOLLOWS:)
       5             THE COURT:  YOU CAN -- YEAH, YOU CAN SIT WHEREVER
       6    YOU'D LIKE.
       7         OKAY.  THE JURY IS NOW OUT AND THERE WAS A EXHIBIT D-23
       8    THAT WAS BEING PRESENTED TO THE WITNESS, MR. CHAMBERS.
       9    AT -- AT THE BENCH COUNSEL RAISED AN ISSUE REGARDING --
      10    COUNSEL FOR THE STATE -- THAT THEY HAD SUBPOENAED RECORDS
      11    FROM HORIZON MENTAL HEALTH, BUT THEY DID RECEIVE THIS
      12    EXHIBIT.  DEFENSE COUNSEL INDICATED THAT THEY'D SUBPOENAED
      13    THE RECORDS AND HAD RECEIVED THIS EXHIBIT.  SO WHAT EXACTLY
      14    IS THE PROBLEM?
      15             MR. MAJOR:  YOUR HONOR, THE PROBLEM IS WHEN WE
      16    INITIALLY BEGAN THE INVESTIGATION -- AS A MATTER OF FACT, IT
      17    WAS ONLY A FEW WEEKS PRIOR TO THE ACTUAL TRIAL DATE WE HAD
      18    CONTACTED REPRESENTATIVES FROM HORIZONS, NUMBER ONE,
      19    CONCERNING CERTAIN DOCUMENTS.  WE WERE LOOKING FOR
      20    EVALUATIONS AND INTAKE EVALUATIONS AND CERTAIN OTHER
      21    DOCUMENTS THAT WERE DONE ON THESE FIVE PATIENTS.
      22         WE WERE TOLD THAT ALL OF THE MEDICAL RECORDS THAT
      23    HORIZONS HAD IN THEIR POSSESSION HAD BEEN TURNED OVER TO THE
      24    HOSPITAL AND WERE MAINTAINED IN THE HOSPITAL RECORD.  WE DID
      25    SUBPOENA CERTAIN OTHER RECORDS FROM HORIZONS.  WE WERE


                                                                       254



       1    INDICATED THOSE RECORDS WERE PRIVILEGED UNDER A PEER REVIEW
       2    GROUP TYPE SITUATION AND WOULD NOT BE TURNED OVER TO US.
       3         THESE WERE THE EXACT TYPE OF DOCUMENTS WE WERE LOOKING
       4    FOR FROM HORIZONS DEALING WITH THEIR INTAKE MANAGEMENT THAT
       5    WE WERE TOLD WE COULDN'T -- NUMBER ONE, WE COULD NOT HAVE;
       6    AND WE WERE TOLD, NUMBER TWO, THEY WERE PART OF THE HOSPITAL
       7    RECORDS.
       8         OUR PROBLEM IS WE HAVE NEVER SEEN THESE DOCUMENTS.
       9    WE'VE ASKED THEM AND WE REQUESTED THAT WE HAVE THEM.  WE
      10    HAVE NOT HAD A CHANCE TO REVIEW THEM.  WE DON'T KNOW WHAT --
      11    WHAT THEY CONTAIN.  AND I HAVE A LITTLE BIT OF PROBLEM
      12    STIPULATING OR HAVING THEM ADMITTED UNTIL WE HAVE A
      13    FOUNDATION AS TO WHERE THESE DOCUMENTS CAME FROM, WHO
      14    PRODUCED THE DOCUMENTS, WHAT DOCUMENTS THEY ARE, AND HAVE AN
      15    OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THE DOCUMENTS BECAUSE APPARENTLY
      16    THEY'RE ON EACH INDIVIDUAL -- EACH OF THE FIVE INDIVIDUAL
      17    PATIENTS -- OR THE VICTIMS, I SHOULD SAY, IN THIS MATTER,
      18    IDENTIFIED AS A RISK IDENTIFICATION REPORT.
      19         BUT LIKE I SAID, WE'VE NEVER SEEN IT.  WE'VE REQUESTED
      20    ALL OF THESE DOCUMENT, BUT THEY'VE NEVER BEEN TURNED OVER.
      21    WE JUST THINK IT'S -- AT THIS POINT IN TIME IT'S UNFAIR TO
      22    US TO BE HAVING DOCUMENTS INTRODUCED INTO EVIDENCE THAT WE
      23    COULD NOT GET AND DON'T HAVE -- HAVE NOT HAD A CHANCE TO
      24    REVIEW.
      25             THE COURT:  OKAY.  DOES ANYONE KNOW WHY THEY


                                                                       255



       1    WEREN'T PRODUCED TO THE STATE BEFOREHAND?
       2             MR. STIRBA:  WELL, I'M NOT SURE THAT -- ANYTHING
       3    BUT THE FACT THAT WE HAD THEM, WE JUST DIDN'T -- WEREN'T
       4    SURE WHEN MR. CHAMBERS WAS GOING TO TESTIFY.  AND THEY --
       5    THEY WERE NOT PRODUCED.  I THOUGHT THAT THEY MAY HAVE HAD
       6    THEM, BUT THEY WERE NOT PRODUCED, YOUR HONOR.  WE GOT THEM
       7    PURSUANT TO A SUBPOENA.  AND SO THAT'S -- THAT'S THE ANSWER
       8    TO THAT.  I DON'T KNOW WHAT ELSE I CAN SAY.
       9             THE COURT:  WELL, IS THE -- DID YOU SAY THE
      10    ATTORNEY FOR HORIZON IS PRESENT?
      11             MR. STIRBA:  MR. -- MR. MAJOR IS HERE, YOUR HONOR.
      12             MR. MAJOR:  MR. OWENS.  I'M MAJOR.
      13             MR. OWENS:  MR. OWENS.
      14             MR. STIRBA:  I'M SORRY.
      15             THE COURT:  PARDON ME, WHAT WAS YOUR NAME?
      16             MR. OWENS:  STEVEN OWENS ON BEHALF OF HORIZON.
      17             THE COURT:  IF YOU'D PLEASE COME FORWARD.
      18         CAN -- CAN YOU TELL ME -- ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH THIS
      19    EXHIBIT 23?
      20             MR. OWENS:  I AM, YOUR HONOR, AND LET ME JUST
      21    EXPLAIN.  HORIZON, WHO -- WHO ACTUALLY NO LONGER WORKS IN
      22    UTAH.
      23             THE COURT:  OKAY.
      24             MR. OWENS:  BUT THERE IS A PRIVILEGE IN UTAH BASED
      25    UPON PEER REVIEW QUALITY IMPROVEMENT.  AND IT IS AT UTAH


                                                                       256



       1    CODE ANNOTATED SECTION 26-25-3 AND -- AND THE SECTIONS
       2    AROUND THAT.  THIS IS A SHARED PRIVILEGE WITH DR. WEITZEL,
       3    THUS THE -- I -- I WROTE TO BOTH COUNSEL FOR DAVIS COUNTY
       4    AND DR. WEITZEL'S COUNSEL INDICATING THAT HORIZON HAS A
       5    NUMBER OF -- OF DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING SOME OF THESE PEER
       6    REVIEW DOCUMENTS.  YOUR HONOR, THESE ARE DOCUMENTS THAT
       7    AFTER, FOR INSTANCE, THERE'S A DEATH, THERE IS A LITTLE KIND
       8    OF A PROCESS, A QUALITY IMPROVEMENT PROCESS THAT IS GONE
       9    THROUGH TO REVIEW THE PATIENT AND -- AND THOSE ARE
      10    PRIVILEGED BY STATUTE TO PROTECT THE INTEGRITY OF THE
      11    PROCESS.  PEOPLE WON'T TALK OPENLY ABOUT WHAT OCCURRED --
      12             THE COURT:  IF THEY KNEW IT WAS GOING TO COME OUT?
      13             MR. OWENS:  -- IF -- IF THOSE THINGS WERE LATER
      14    TO -- TO BE ADMITTED AT TRIAL.
      15         IT IS, AGAIN, A SHARED PRIVILEGE, THUS HORIZON CAN'T
      16    WAIVE IT ALONE, DR. WEITZEL CAN'T WAIVE IT ALONE, BUT IF
      17    BOTH COUNSEL FOR -- FOR BOTH PARTIES WAIVE IT, IT -- IT CAN
      18    BE WAIVED.  THUS, THAT'S WHY THE SUBPOENA TO DR. WEITZEL WAS
      19    ANSWERED AND THE SUBPOENA TO DAVIS COUNTY WAS NOT.
      20         BUT WE DID INDICATE -- MY UNDERSTANDING IS THIS -- THIS
      21    PREDATES ACTUALLY MY RETENTION AS COUNSEL A LITTLE BIT.
      22    THEY WERE NOTIFIED THERE ARE DOCUMENTS, BUT THAT THEY --
      23    THEY CANNOT BE TURNED OVER, CITING THE STATUTE.
      24         NOW, DR. -- ON THIS LAST BREAK MR. STIRBA SAID WE ARE
      25    WILLING TO WAIVE THE PRIVILEGE AS TO THESE FIVE PAGES OF


                                                                       257



       1    DOCUMENTS.  I REVIEWED THOSE DOCUMENTS AND HAVE AGREED TO
       2    WAIVE THE PRIVILEGE AS WELL.
       3             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WHAT ARE THESE BEING OFFERED
       4    FOR?
       5             MR. STIRBA:  YEAH.  I'LL -- I'LL TELL YOU THEY --
       6    AND I'LL JUST MAKE A CLARIFICATION.  WE DON'T CONSIDER THESE
       7    PEER REVIEW DOCUMENTS.  THEY WERE PREPARED, MY
       8    UNDERSTANDING, FOR PURPOSES OF RISK MANAGEMENT BY
       9    MR. CHAMBERS.  THEY WERE NOT PART OF THE PEER REVIEW
      10    PROCESS, PER SE, IN TERMS OF THE REVIEW OF THIS SITUATION.
      11         AND THEY'RE BEING OFFERED BECAUSE THEY HAVE --
      12             THE COURT:  SO ARE THESE HIS WRITING?
      13             MR. STIRBA:  YES.
      14             THE COURT:  OKAY.
      15             MR. STIRBA:  HE HAS RECITED FACTS WHICH HE WROTE ON
      16    THE DOCUMENT, ON THE BACK.  YOU'LL SEE THERE IS SORT OF A
      17    RECORDATION OF EVENTS CONCERNING -- CONCERNING RATHER --
      18    IT'S HARD TO READ, BUT IT'S BASICALLY CONCERNING THE
      19    CIRCUMSTANCES OF THE PATIENT AT THE TOP.  AND THEN IT HAS
      20    THE ATTITUDE OF PATIENT FAMILY, AND I THINK IT HAS ADMITTING
      21    PHYSICIAN.  AND THAT INFORMATION IS WHAT IT'S BEING OFFERED
      22    FOR.  AND THEN IT HAS SOME GENERAL OTHER INFORMATION ABOUT
      23    WHAT HAPPENED.
      24         BUT IT IS A RECORDATION MADE AT THE TIME OF WHAT THE
      25    UNDERSTANDING WAS OF MR. CHAMBERS, AT LEAST TO THE EXTENT HE


                                                                       258



       1    WAS GOING TO REPORT IT TO THE RISK MANAGEMENT PEOPLE AT
       2    HORIZON MENTAL HEALTH.
       3             THE COURT:  OKAY.  MR. MAJOR?
       4             MR. MAJOR:  A COUPLE OF THINGS, YOUR HONOR.  FIRST
       5    OFF, IF THIS IS ONLY FIVE PAGES OUT OF -- OF A MORE
       6    VOLUMINOUS DOCUMENT, THEN WE WOULD OBJECT TO ITS
       7    INTRODUCTION UNLESS WE HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THE
       8    OTHER DOCUMENTS THAT ARE IN THAT FILE TO DETERMINE IF
       9    THERE'S ANYTHING CONTRADICTORY, ANYTHING EXCULPATORY, I
      10    GUESS YOU'D SAY, FROM THE STATE'S POINT OF VIEW.  I MEAN, WE
      11    DON'T KNOW WHAT'S IN THOSE DOCUMENTS BECAUSE THERE'S ONLY
      12    THESE FIVE DOCUMENTS.
      13         THE SECOND PROBLEM THAT WE HAVE, AND I JUST -- JUST
      14    FIRST GLANCE AT THE FIRST PAGE THAT DEALS WITH ENNIS
      15    ALLDREDGE, AND THE STATEMENT, I GUESS HE'S INDICATING TO GET
      16    IN, WAS PATIENT'S DAUGHTER REPORTS THAT --
      17             THE COURT:  ARE YOU ON THE BACK PAGE?
      18             MR. MAJOR:  YEAH, ON THE FIRST PAGE ON THE BACK
      19    PAGE, YOUR HONOR.
      20             THE COURT:  OKAY.
      21             MR. MAJOR:  ABOUT -- SAYS PATIENT'S DAUGHTER
      22    REPORTS THAT HER FATHER PROBABLY HAD A STROKE.
      23         THIS IS EXACTLY THE PROBLEM WE'RE HAVING.  THE FAMILY
      24    MEMBERS FOR ENNIS ALLDREDGE WHO COULD TESTIFY TO MAKING THAT
      25    STATEMENT ARE IN THE COURTROOM.  THEY'VE BEEN IN THE


                                                                       259



       1    COURTROOM.  WE'VE ACKNOWLEDGED THAT THEY HAVE BEEN ABLE TO
       2    BE IN THE COURTROOM BECAUSE WE DID NOT INTEND TO CALL THEM.
       3         AT THIS POINT IN TIME IF THIS DOCUMENT IS INTRODUCED,
       4    FOR EXAMPLE -- AND THIS IS ONLY LOOKING AT THE FIRST
       5    DOCUMENT -- WE WOULD BE WANTING TO CALL FAMILY MEMBERS TO
       6    SAY THAT'S EITHER WHAT WE SAID OR THAT'S NOT WHAT WE SAID OR
       7    THAT'S NOT OUR UNDERSTANDING, YOU KNOW, OR WHAT THE
       8    CIRCUMSTANCES OF THEM BEING CONTACTED.  AT LEAST OUR PROFFER
       9    WAS THAT NONE OF THE FAMILY MEMBERS KNEW THAT THE -- THAT
      10    THEIR FATHER HAD EVEN BEEN ADMITTED TO THE DAVIS HOSPITAL.
      11    THAT'S WHY WE DIDN'T CALL THEM.
      12         SO THAT'S THE SECOND -- THAT'S THE SECOND PROBLEM WE
      13    HAVE.  WE'VE BEEN PUT IN A POSITION NOW THAT WE'VE
      14    COMPROMISED OUR WITNESSES IF THIS DOCUMENT COMES IN.
      15             THE COURT:  WELL, IF -- AS TO THAT ISSUE, IF
      16    THERE'S SOMETHING IN THIS DOCUMENT THAT THEY CAN REBUT,
      17    THEY'RE NOT GOING TO BE BARRED FROM TESTIFYING ABOUT THAT.
      18             MR. MAJOR:  THAT'S TRUE, AND THAT -- THAT MAY BE
      19    THE SITUATION.
      20         THE SECOND -- THE THIRD ISSUE WE HAVE, YOUR HONOR, THIS
      21    IS HEARSAY.
      22             THE COURT:  WELL, ISN'T THIS SOMEWHAT AKIN TO A
      23    MEDICAL RECORD UNDER THE RULES OF HEARSAY?
      24             MR. MAJOR:  IT DEPENDS.  WE WOULD -- WE'D OFFER THE
      25    FACT THAT IT IS, IN FACT, HEARSAY.  NUMBER TWO, WE'D OFFER


                                                                       260



       1    THE FACT THAT MR. CHAMBERS ISN'T THE KEEPER OF THE RECORDS.
       2    HE'S NOT THE ONE WHO COULD TESTIFY --
       3             THE COURT:  BUT ISN'T HE THE AUTHOR OF THE
       4    DOCUMENT?
       5             MR. MAJOR:  I DON'T KNOW.  I -- THAT'S MY QUESTION.
       6    WE DON'T KNOW THAT.  I MEAN, THAT'S THE THING THAT WE'RE
       7    ASKING.
       8             THE COURT:  WELL, WE NEVER GOT TO THAT.  YOU MADE
       9    THE OBJECTION BEFORE HE COULD SAY WHAT IT WAS OR WHAT --
      10             MR. MAJOR:  YEAH, I THINK HE'D HAVE TO BE ABLE TO
      11    SAY --
      12             THE COURT:  IF IT'S -- IF IT'S HIS WRITING -- WELL,
      13    HE DOESN'T HAVE TO SAY.  AS LONG AS HE CAN SAY THAT THIS IS
      14    HIS WRITING AND HE FILLED OUT THIS DOCUMENT, ISN'T THAT
      15    ENOUGH?
      16             MR. MAJOR:  WELL, THOSE ARE OUR OBJECTIONS.  OUR
      17    BIGGEST OBJECTION IS, NUMBER ONE, YOUR HONOR, THAT THIS IS
      18    ONLY FIVE DOCUMENTS OUT OF A -- OBVIOUSLY A MUCH LARGER
      19    DOCUMENT, AND WE FEEL IT'S TOTALLY UNFAIR BOTH TO THE STATE
      20    AND TO THE JURY TO BE PIECEMEALING THESE TYPE OF THINGS WHEN
      21    THE STATE HAS NOT HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW WHAT REMAINS
      22    IN THOSE DOCUMENTS.  THERE COULD BE ANOTHER DOCUMENT ON THE
      23    NEXT PAGE WHICH REFUTES WHAT'S IN THIS FIRST PAGE OR ANOTHER
      24    FINDING OR A DIFFERENT TYPE OF THING THAT WE DON'T KNOW
      25    ABOUT.  AND I THINK THE COURT CANNOT ALLOW THIS DOCUMENT TO


                                                                       261



       1    COME IN UNTIL THE STATE'S HAD A CHANCE TO RECEIVE ALL OF
       2    THOSE DOCUMENTS, HAD A CHANCE TO REVIEW THEM, ESPECIALLY
       3    IF -- IF MR. -- IF DR. WEITZEL AND MR. OWENS, REPRESENTING
       4    HORIZON, ARE STILL ASKING FOR THE PRIVILEGE ON THE REST OF
       5    THOSE DOCUMENTS.
       6             THE COURT:  OKAY.
       7             MR. MAJOR:  I DON'T THINK THEY CAN COME IN HERE AND
       8    JUST SAY GEE, WE'LL WAIVE THE PRIVILEGE TO THESE FIVE, BUT
       9    WE'RE NOT GOING TO WAIVE TO THE OTHER -- THE REST OF THE
      10    DOCUMENTS AND WE WON'T TURN THEM OVER TO THE STATE TO
      11    REVIEW.
      12             MR. STIRBA:  AND I WANT TO MAKE IT CLEAR THAT
      13    THAT'S -- THAT'S NOT WHAT WE'RE DOING.  WE DON'T CONSIDER
      14    THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE PART OF THE PEER REVIEW PROCESS; AND,
      15    IN FACT, WE GOT THESE PURSUANT TO A SUBPOENA.  AND, IN FACT,
      16    HORIZON, I BELIEVE, HAS WITHHELD OTHER DOCUMENTS FROM
      17    DR. WEITZEL WHICH IT CLAIMS A PEER REVIEW PRIVILEGE
      18    CONCERNING.
      19         SO THAT'S THE REASON WHY WE'RE OFFERING THESE.  WE
      20    DON'T CONSIDER THEM TO BE WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THE PRIVILEGE,
      21    AND, IN FACT, THE SUPREME COURT HAS SPOKEN IN THE CASE OF --
      22    IT'S VINCENT VERSUS I.H.C. HOSPITALS IN TERMS OF THE READING
      23    26-25-3 NARROWLY.  AND IT HAS TO BE A PRIVILEGE WITH RESPECT
      24    TO ONLY DOCUMENTS PREPARED SPECIFICALLY TO BE SUBMITTED FOR
      25    REVIEW PROCESS -- FOR REVIEW PURPOSES, AND NOT ANY AND ALL


                                                                       262



       1    DOCUMENTS WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN THAT REVIEW
       2    PROCESS.
       3         AND WE CONSIDER THESE PARTICULAR DOCUMENTS TO BE
       4    DOCUMENTS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF ANY PEER REVIEW, AND THAT'S
       5    WHY WE'RE OFFERING THEM.  WE'RE NOT OFFERING THEM AS THESE
       6    ARE PRIVILEGED AND THE OTHER ONES ARE PRIVILEGED, BUT WE
       7    JUST WANT THESE PRIVILEGED DOCUMENTS IN.
       8             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WELL, HE'S ASKING -- OR HIS
       9    OBJECTION IS THAT IF THIS IS ONE PAGE OF, YOU KNOW, 100
      10    PAGES, YOU KNOW, THEY HAVEN'T -- I UNDERSTAND HIS ARGUMENT
      11    TO BE THEY SHOULD BE ENTITLED TO SEE THE ENTIRE DOCUMENT TO
      12    SEE IF THERE'S ANYTHING THAT CONTRADICTS THIS DOCUMENT.
      13         IS THAT YOUR ARGUMENT?
      14             MR. MAJOR:  THAT'S -- THAT'S BASICALLY IT, AND WE
      15    UNDERSTAND THE PROBLEM WE'RE DEALING WITH HERE IS THAT
      16    THERE'S A PRIVILEGE FOR THE DOCTOR, AS WELL AS THERE'S A
      17    PRIVILEGE FOR HORIZON.  SO EVEN THOUGH DR. -- DR. WEITZEL
      18    MAY BE SAYING I DON'T HAVE ANY PROBLEMS IF YOU REVIEW THESE
      19    DOCUMENTS, YOU KNOW --
      20             THE COURT:  YEAH.
      21             MR. MAJOR:  -- HORIZON STILL MAY SAYING WE WON'T.
      22    SO THAT'S OUR -- OUR PROBLEM.
      23             MR. OWENS:  YOUR HONOR, CAN I TAKE 30 SECONDS ONCE
      24    MORE?  THERE IS A SECOND PRIVILEGE AT STAKE WHICH IS THE
      25    ATTORNEY/CLIENT PRIVILEGE AND RIGHT -- IT'S VERY CLEAR IN


                                                                       263



       1    THE UPPER LEFT-HAND CORNER, A PRIVILEGE AND CONFIDENTIAL
       2    COMMUNICATION FOR USE BY LEGAL COUNSEL, NOT PART OF THE
       3    MEDICAL RECORD.
       4         AND IF -- IF THE -- IF YOUR HONOR IS INCLINED TO SAY
       5    HORIZON CANNOT WAIVE ITS PRIVILEGES AS TO THESE FIVE
       6    DOCUMENTS ONLY AND MUST PRODUCE EVERYTHING ELSE, I -- I WILL
       7    WITHDRAW OUR WAIVER OF THE PRIVILEGE BECAUSE I -- I -- I
       8    ONLY WANT TO OFFER A VERY LIMITED WAIVER BECAUSE MR. STIRBA
       9    HAS INDICATED -- HAS -- HAS SHOWN ME THESE DOCUMENTS AND
      10    ASKED FOR A VERY SPECIFIC WAIVER AS TO THESE FIVE DOCUMENTS.
      11             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THEN HOW DO YOU RESPOND,
      12    MR. STIRBA, REGARDING IF THEY'RE ONLY GOING TO DO THESE FIVE
      13    AND THEN THE STATE DOESN'T GET TO SEE ANY OF THE OTHERS TO
      14    SEE IF IT CONTRADICTS THIS OR THE CONTENTS OF IT?
      15             MR. STIRBA:  WELL, IN FAIRNESS, THE ONLY WAY IS
      16    WHAT I'VE SAID.  THESE, I DON'T BELIEVE, ARE PEER REVIEW
      17    DOCUMENTS.  WE DON'T HAVE ACCESS TO THE ENTIRE PEER REVIEW
      18    FILE.  AND I THINK THE REASON WHY THEY WERE PRODUCED
      19    PURSUANT TO A SUBPOENA IS BECAUSE THEY WEREN'T CONSIDERED
      20    PEER REVIEW DOCUMENTS.  THEY ARE RISK MANAGEMENT DOCUMENTS
      21    THAT MR. CHAMBERS APPARENTLY PROVIDED TO HORIZON, AND
      22    PRESUMEDLY TO THEIR LEGAL DEPARTMENT, AND THAT IS WHY WE
      23    THINK THEY CAN BE INTRODUCED AND ARE NOT COVERED BY A PEER
      24    REVIEW PRIVILEGE.
      25         I WOULD SUBMIT IF THAT WAS OUR ARGUMENT THAT WE


                                                                       264



       1    BASICALLY WANT A WAIVER WITH RESPECT TO THESE AND NOT WITH
       2    RESPECT TO OTHERS, I THINK THAT WOULD BE AN INCONGRUOUS
       3    ARGUMENT, BUT WE'VE NEVER TAKEN THAT POSITION BECAUSE WE
       4    DON'T BELIEVE THAT THE FOUNDATION WOULD BE THAT THEY WERE
       5    PROVIDED OR CREATED AS PART OF ANY PEER REVIEW PROCESS, BUT
       6    THEY ARE A RISK MANAGEMENT DOCUMENT.
       7             MR. MAJOR:  BUT, YOUR HONOR, I JUST -- I JUST WANT
       8    TO MAKE ONE MORE THING.  IT'S MY UNDERSTANDING THAT IT'S
       9    PART OF THE PEER REVIEW DOCUMENT.  EXACTLY WHAT THEY'RE
      10    TALKING ABOUT IS THE CAUSE OF THESE DEATHS, YOU KNOW, THOSE
      11    TYPE THINGS.
      12         I JUST FEEL -- I UNDERSTAND WHERE MR. STIRBA'S COMING
      13    FROM, AND I GUESS IF HE'S GOING TO REPRESENT TO THE COURT
      14    THAT THESE ARE THE ONLY FIVE DOCUMENTS THAT HE'S SUBPOENAED
      15    FROM HORIZON, THAT'S ONE THING.  BUT AGAIN, JUST LIKE I SAY,
      16    IF THIS IS JUST FIVE DOCUMENTS OF A WHOLE STACK OF OTHER
      17    DOCUMENTS, THERE MAY BE VITAL INFORMATION IN THERE THAT THE
      18    STATE MAY NEED TO REBUT WHAT'S IN THOSE DOCUMENTS.
      19         AND I'M JUST SAYING, I DON'T THINK IT'S VERY FAIR
      20    EITHER TO THE JURY OR THE COURT TO SIMPLY ADMIT THOSE FIVE
      21    WITHOUT HAVING US GET ACCESS TO THE OTHER DOCUMENTS.
      22             THE COURT:  WELL, DO WE KNOW FROM THIS WITNESS IF
      23    THERE'S ANY OTHER OF THIS TYPE OF DOCUMENT THAT HE AUTHORED
      24    AFTER THE DEATHS?
      25             THE WITNESS:  PARDON ME?


                                                                       265



       1             MR. STIRBA:  PERHAPS -- I DO -- I DO BELIEVE THERE
       2    WAS A MEMORANDUM THAT IS A PEER REVIEW DOCUMENT THAT WAS
       3    SUBMITTED TO THE HOSPITAL, AND IT'S DATED JANUARY 23RD, I
       4    BELIEVE, OF 1996.  THAT'S THE ONLY OTHER DOCUMENT THAT I'M
       5    AWARE OF THAT MR. -- MR. CHAMBERS AUTHORED.
       6             MR. OWENS:  THERE ARE OTHER DOCUMENTS, YOUR HONOR.
       7    THEY'RE -- WHEN THESE DEATHS OCCURRED, THERE WAS -- THERE
       8    WERE INVESTIGATIONS.  THE HOSPITAL CONDUCTED ONE, HORIZON
       9    CONDUCTED ONE, AND IN FAIRNESS, THESE ARE FIVE OF A STACK OF
      10    DOCUMENTS.  I'M NOT SURE -- I CAN'T SAY IF ALL OF THEM WERE
      11    TURNED OVER TO DR. WEITZEL.  THOSE THAT WERE FELT TO -- THAT
      12    HE SHARED THAT PRIVILEGE WERE TURNED OVER TO DR. WEITZEL.
      13             MR. MAJOR:  AND FOR THE RECORD, NONE OF THOSE
      14    DOCUMENTS WERE TURNED OVER TO THE STATE.
      15             MR. OWENS:  THAT'S CORRECT.
      16             MR. MAJOR:  AND THAT'S -- I GUESS THAT GOES BACK TO
      17    MY POINT.  I MEAN, FOR EXAMPLE, IF PART OF THEIR
      18    INVESTIGATION WERE TO COME BACK AND HAVE A DOCUMENT THAT
      19    SAYS, WE REVIEWED ENNIS ALLDREDGE AND WENT BACK ON THE
      20    INVESTIGATION, WE FOUND THERE WAS NO STROKE ONE WEEK PRIOR
      21    TO HIS ADMISSION, I MEAN, THAT'S THE TYPE OF DOCUMENT THE
      22    STATE WOULD LIKE TO KNOW WHETHER OR NOT IS IN THERE.
      23             THE COURT:  OKAY.  ANYTHING FURTHER?
      24             MR. STIRBA:  I HAVE NOTHING, YOUR HONOR.
      25             THE COURT:  OKAY.  I'M GOING TO TAKE A SHORT BREAK


                                                                       266



       1    TO REVIEW THIS.
       2        (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THERE'S A RECESS, AFTER WHICH
       3    PROCEEDINGS RESUME OUT OF THE HEARING OF THE JURY, AS
       4    FOLLOWS:)
       5             THE COURT:  OKAY, WE'RE BACK ON THE RECORD.  THE
       6    JURY IS NOT PRESENT.
       7         AS TO DEFENDANT'S EXHIBIT 23, RULE 102 OF THE RULES OF
       8    EVIDENCE STATES THAT THESE RULES SHOULD BE CONSTRUED TO
       9    SECURE FAIRNESS IN ADMINISTRATION, ELIMINATION OF
      10    UNJUSTIFIABLE EXPENSE AND DELAY, AND PROMOTION OF GROWTH AND
      11    THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE LAW OF EVIDENCE TO THE END THAT THE
      12    TRUTH MAY BE ASCERTAINED AND PROCEEDINGS JUSTLY DETERMINED.
      13         I HAVE A CONCERN THAT FAIRNESS IN ADMINISTRATION AND
      14    PROCEEDINGS JUSTLY DETERMINED THAT IF WE PUT CERTAIN OF
      15    THESE DOCUMENTS IN AND WE DON'T PUT ALL OF THE DOCUMENTS IN,
      16    AND THAT THEY CAN BE CONTROLLED EITHER BY HORIZON OR BY THE
      17    DEFENDANT ON WAIVERS, I'M NOT GOING TO ALLOW THE EXHIBITS
      18    IN.
      19         I'M GOING TO OVER -- OR I'M GOING TO SUSTAIN THE
      20    OBJECTION TO DEFENSE EXHIBIT 23.
      21         SO LET'S HAVE THE JURY COME IN.
      22             MR. STIRBA:  THANK YOU, YOUR HONOR.
      23         (WHEREUPON, AT THIS TIME THE JURY ENTERS THE COURTROOM,
      24    AFTER WHICH PROCEEDINGS RESUME, AS FOLLOWS:)
      25             THE COURT:  THE RECORD SHOULD REFLECT THAT COUNSEL


                                                                       267



       1    AND THE DEFENDANT AND THE JURY ARE PRESENT.
       2         LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, PROBABLY WHAT WE JUST DID WAS --
       3    MADE IT SO INSTEAD OF YOU HAVING YOUR TWO BREAKS IN THE
       4    MORNING AN HOUR APART, YOU KNOW, YOU KIND OF HAD THEM
       5    CLOSER, MAYBE AN HOUR AND THEN A HALF HOUR APART.  SO WE'LL
       6    TRY TO GO MORE TO THE LUNCH BREAK NOW, BUT SOME OF THESE
       7    MATTERS HAVE TO BE RESOLVED AND WE TRY TO DO THEM AS QUICKLY
       8    AS POSSIBLE AND SO WE APPRECIATE YOUR PATIENCE.
       9         MR. STIRBA?
      10             MR. STIRBA:  THANK YOU, YOUR HONOR.
      11    Q.  (BY MR. STIRBA)  MR. -- MR. CHAMBERS, YOU PREVIOUSLY
      12    WERE TESTIFYING ABOUT THE POLICIES AND YOU -- YOU TESTIFIED
      13    THAT -- THAT IN MANY INSTANCES THERE ARE GUIDELINES THAT ARE
      14    NOT HARD AND FAST GIVEN THE DIFFICULTIES OF PREDICTING
      15    CERTAIN MEDICAL EVENTS; IS THAT RIGHT?
      16    A.  YES.
      17    Q.  AND ONE OF THOSE POLICIES THAT YOU READ AND TERMED AN
      18    EXCLUSIONARY CRITERIA EARLIER SAID THAT PATIENTS WHO HAD A
      19    TERMINAL DISEASE WITHOUT A TREATABLE PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS,
      20    AND THEN IT WENT ON TO SAY, ESSENTIALLY, WILL BE REFERRED
      21    FOR HOSPICE CARE.  AND I BELIEVE YOU EMPHASIZED THE
      22    "WITHOUT" EARLIER ON DIRECT; IS THAT RIGHT?
      23    A.  YES.
      24    Q.  AND IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THE REASON WHY YOU EMPHASIZED
      25    THAT IS BECAUSE THERE WERE CIRCUMSTANCES WHERE IF A PATIENT


                                                                       268



       1    HAD A TERMINAL DISEASE AND YET TREATMENT COULD STILL BE
       2    PROVIDED THAT MIGHT BE EFFECTIVE OR HELPFUL, IT WAS
       3    APPROPRIATE TO TREAT THEM ON THE UNIT; ISN'T THAT TRUE?
       4    A.  YES.
       5             MR. STIRBA:  THAT'S ALL I HAVE, YOUR HONOR.  THANK
       6    YOU.
       7             THE COURT:  ANY REDIRECT?
       8             MR. MAJOR:  YES, YOUR HONOR.
       9                     REDIRECT EXAMINATION
      10    BY MR. MAJOR:
      11    Q.  MR. CHAMBERS, IT WAS INDICATED IF YOU HAD A PATIENT THAT
      12    HAD A TERMINAL ILLNESS, THAT DIDN'T NECESSARILY DISQUALIFY
      13    THEM FROM BEING ON THE UNIT.
      14    A.  THAT'S CORRECT.
      15    Q.  HOWEVER, IF YOU DID HAVE A PATIENT WITH A TERMINAL
      16    ILLNESS, WOULD THAT BE REFLECTED IN YOUR NOTES?
      17    A.  IT -- IT -- IT CERTAINLY WOULD BE REFLECTED IN THE
      18    HISTORY AND PHYSICAL.  IT PROBABLY SHOULD BE REFLECTED IN MY
      19    NOTES.
      20    Q.  IF IT WAS A SIGNIFICANT -- SIGNIFICANT EVENT?
      21    A.  I WOULD HOPE SO.
      22    Q.  WOULD THAT BE SOMETHING THAT MIGHT BE PASSED ON TO THE
      23    DOCTOR?
      24    A.  ABSOLUTELY.
      25    Q.  THANK YOU.  NOW, AS INDICATED ALSO ON CROSS-EXAMINATION,


                                                                       269



       1    THIS WAS A TEAM EFFORT.  DID YOU CONSIDER YOURSELF TO BE
       2    PART OF THE TEAM?
       3    A.  YES.
       4    Q.  WHAT DO YOU DEFINE -- HOW DO YOU DEFINE A TEAM?
       5             THE COURT:  IN THIS CONTEXT?
       6    Q.  (BY MR. MAJOR)  IN THIS CONTEXT, OR HIS UNDERSTANDING.
       7    WHEN THEY SAY YOU'RE PART OF TEAM, WHAT'S YOUR UNDERSTANDING
       8    OF WHAT THAT MEANT?
       9    A.  WE WERE ALL WORKING TOGETHER FOR A COMMON GOAL, TO -- TO
      10    TREAT AND SERVE THESE PATIENTS.
      11    Q.  OKAY.  AS YOUR POSITION AS DIRECTOR, DID YOU ALSO HAVE
      12    AN OPPORTUNITY TO RECEIVE COMPLAINTS FROM TEAM MEMBERS?
      13    A.  YES.
      14    Q.  DID YOU HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO RECEIVE COMPLAINTS FROM
      15    NURSES?
      16             MR. STIRBA:  YOUR HONOR, I'M GOING TO OBJECT.
      17    IRRELEVANT.
      18             MR. MAJOR:  MAY WE APPROACH, YOUR HONOR?
      19         (WHEREUPON, THERE'S AN OFF-THE-RECORD DISCUSSION AT THE
      20    BENCH.)
      21             MR. OWENS:  YOUR HONOR, WE -- WE CAN HEAR SOME OF
      22    THIS CONVERSATION.  I THOUGHT YOU'D LIKE TO KNOW.
      23             THE COURT:  OKAY.  I'M GOING TO SUSTAIN THE
      24    OBJECTION.
      25             MR. MAJOR:  THANK YOU.  WE HAVE NO FURTHER


                                                                       270



       1    QUESTIONS THEN, YOUR HONOR.
       2             MR. STIRBA:  JUST BRIEFLY, YOUR HONOR.
       3             THE COURT:  OKAY.
       4                      RECROSS-EXAMINATION
       5    BY MR. STIRBA:
       6    Q.  IT'S TRUE, IS IT NOT, THAT WHEN YOU WOULD MAKE AN
       7    ASSESSMENT, YOU TRIED TO MAKE AN ASSESSMENT BASED ON THE
       8    MEDICAL CONDITIONS AND CIRCUMSTANCES OF WHICH YOU WERE AWARE
       9    AT THE TIME, TRUE?
      10    A.  TRUE.
      11    Q.  AND THEN THERE WERE SOME TIMES WHEN THINGS COULD CHANGE
      12    UPON ADMISSION; ISN'T THAT CORRECT?
      13    A.  TRUE.
      14    Q.  THANK YOU.
      15             MR. STIRBA:  NOTHING FURTHER.
      16             MR. MAJOR:  NOTHING FURTHER OF THIS WITNESS, YOUR
      17    HONOR.
      18             THE COURT:  DOES ANYBODY ANTICIPATE THIS WITNESS --
      19    MAY THIS WITNESS NOW BE EXCUSED?
      20             MR. MAJOR:  WE WOULD HAVE NO PROBLEM WITH HIM BEING
      21    EXCUSED.
      22             MR. STIRBA:  YES, YOUR HONOR.
      23             THE COURT:  OKAY.  THANK YOU.
      24             THE WITNESS:  THANK YOU.
      25             THE COURT:  OKAY.  WOULD YOU LIKE TO CALL YOUR NEXT


                                                                       271



       1    WITNESS?
       2             MR. WILSON:  YES, YOUR HONOR.  WE WOULD CALL
       3    DR. WELBY JENSEN TO THE STAND AT THIS TIME.
       4             THE WITNESS:  WHAT DO YOU WANT ME TO DO WITH THIS?
       5             THE COURT:  JUST GIVE IT TO ME, PLEASE.
       6         (WITNESS TENDERS DOCUMENT TO THE COURT.)
       7             THE COURT:  WAS THIS NEXT WITNESS NOT IN THE FLIGHT
       8    PLAN?
       9             MR. WILSON:  I GUESS HIS LANDING PATTERN WAS
      10    DELAYED, YOUR HONOR.  HE HAS BEEN WAITING IN THE OFFICE.  I
      11    TOLD HIM AN HOUR AGO IT'D PROBABLY BE HALF AN HOUR, SO I
      12    ASSUME HE'LL BE HERE SHORTLY.  I APOLOGIZE TO THE COURT.
      13    WE'LL TRY TO KEEP THEM OUTSIDE IN THE COURT CORRIDOR IN THE
      14    FUTURE.
      15             THE COURT:  OKAY.  IF YOU'D LIKE TO COME FORWARD
      16    AND BE SWORN, PLEASE.
      17                      WELBY NEAL JENSEN,
      18    BEING FIRST DULY SWORN, WAS EXAMINED AND TESTIFIED
      19    AS FOLLOWS:
      20                      DIRECT EXAMINATION
      21    BY MR. WILSON:
      22    Q.  DR. JENSEN, WOULD YOU STATE YOUR FULL NAME FOR THE
      23    RECORD, PLEASE?
      24    A.  WELBY NEAL JENSEN, M.D.
      25    Q.  AND WHERE DO YOU CURRENTLY RESIDE, SIR?


                                                                       272



       1    A.  KODIAK, ALASKA.
       2    Q.  OKAY.  I NOTE THAT THERE'S SOME WATER AT THE BENCH THERE
       3    IF THAT WILL HELP YOUR -- YOUR VOICE.  YOU'VE BEEN SUFFERING
       4    FROM A RESPIRATORY MATTER, I UNDERSTAND?
       5    A.  RIGHT.
       6    Q.  YOU'RE IN KODIAK, ALASKA?  HOW LONG HAVE YOU BEEN UP IN
       7    ALAS